UNITED
STATES
SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
FORM 10-K
þ
|
ANNUAL
REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934
|
|
|
|
For
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
|
|
or
|
|
|
o
|
TRANSITION
REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934
|
|
|
|
For
the transition period from to
|
Commission
File No.
0-8419
NEONODE
INC.
(Exact
name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
|
94-1517641
|
(State
or Other Jurisdiction of
|
(I.R.S.
Employer
|
Incorporation
or Organization)
|
Identification
Number)
|
Sweden
Warfvingesväg 45, SE-112 51 Stockholm, Sweden
USA
4000
Executive Parkway, San Ramon, CA., 94549
(Address
of principal executive offices and Zip Code)
Sweden
46-8-678
18 50
USA
(925)
355-2000
(Registrant's
Telephone Numbers, including Area Code)
Securities
registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title
of Each Class
|
Name
of Each Exchange on Which Registered
|
Common
Stock
|
The
NASDAQ Capital Market
|
Securities
registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined
in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes
¨
No
ý
Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes
¨
No
ý
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to
be
filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the
preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required
to
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the
past 90 days. Yes
ý
No
¨
Indicate
by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best
of
the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to
this
Form 10-K.
o
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company.
See
the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller
reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
|
Large accelerated filer
¨
|
Accelerated filer
¨
|
|
Non-accelerated filer
¨
|
Smaller reporting company
ý
|
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule
12b-2 of the Act. Yes
¨
No
ý
The
approximate aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates
of
the registrant, based on the closing price for the registrant’s common stock on
June 29, 2007 (the last business day of the second quarter of the registrant’s
current fiscal year) as reported on the Nasdaq Capital Markets, was
$5,699,977.
The
number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 26,
2008 was 25,918,162.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions
of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders is incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K to
the
extent stated herein
NEONODE
INC.
2007
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
PART I
|
|
Item 1.
|
BUSINESS
|
2
|
Item 1A.
|
RISK
FACTORS
|
7
|
Item
1B.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
|
16
|
Item 2.
|
PROPERTIES
|
16
|
Item 3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
|
17
|
Item 4.
|
SUBMISSION
OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
|
17
|
|
|
|
PART II
|
|
Item 5.
|
MARKET
FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
18
|
Item 6.
|
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
|
18
|
Item 7.
|
MANAGEMENT’S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
|
19
|
Item 7A.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
29
|
Item 8.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
29
|
Item 9.
|
CHANGES
AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
|
62
|
Item 9A.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
62
|
Item 9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION
|
63
|
|
|
|
PART III
|
|
Item 10.
|
DIRECTORS,
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
|
63
|
Item 11.
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
|
64
|
Item 12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
64
|
Item 13.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
|
65
|
Item 14.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
|
65
|
|
|
|
PART IV
|
|
Item 15.
|
EXHIBITS,
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
65
|
|
|
|
SIGNATURES
|
67
|
SPECIAL
NOTE ON FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain
statements set forth in or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section
27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange
Act
of 1934. These statements include, without limitation, our expectations
regarding the adequacy of anticipated sources of cash, planned capital
expenditures, the effect of interest rate increases, and trends or expectations
regarding our operations. Words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “believes,”
“anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” ”plans,” “estimates” and similar
expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, but are not
the
exclusive means of identifying such statements. Such statements are based on
currently available operating, financial and competitive information and are
subject to various risks and uncertainties. Readers are cautioned that the
forward-looking statements reflect management’s estimates only as of the date
hereof, and we assume no obligation to update these statements, even if new
information becomes available or other events occur in the future. Actual future
results, events and trends may differ materially from those expressed in or
implied by such statements depending on a variety of factors, including, but
not
limited to those set forth under “Item 1A Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
PART
I
Overview
Our
business focus is a combination of licensing our touchscreen technology to
other
companies and developing and selling our own products using our technology
in
mobile device markets. The cornerstone of our business is our innovative patent
pending touchscreen solutions. We believe that in the future keyboards and
keypads with moving parts will become obsolete and that our touchscreen
solutions and technologies will be at the forefront of a new wave of input
technologies that will be able to run everything from small mobile devices
to
large industrial applications.
We
believe our current product, the Neonode N2, is the world’s smallest touchscreen
mobile phone handset. The N2 fits in the palm of your hand and is designed
to
allow the user to navigate the menus and functions with simple finger based
taps
and sweeps. The N2 incorporates our patent pending touchscreen and other
proprietary technologies to deliver a mobile phone with a completely unique
user
experience that doesn’t require keypads, buttons or other moving parts.
The
first
model of our touchscreen multimedia mobile phone, the N1, was released in
November 2004. The N1 was primarily a concept phone that was sold in limited
quantities from late 2004 to early 2006. The N2 is our first production-quality
product. We began shipping the N2 to customers in mid-July 2007 and have shipped
approximately 31,000 units from July 2007 through December 31,
2007.
We
believe, the N2 is the smallest touchscreen multimedia mobile phone in the
world
that works on any
GSM
based
mobile phone network.
The
N2
features include
:
·
A
touchscreen mobile multimedia phone that is also an MP3 and video
player;
·
Innovative
design, including the N2’s small size, a variety of available colors, and an
attractive look and feel;
·
Fast,
flexible and easy software downloads through the internet and SD cards;
and
·
Large
storage capacity for media content, with up to 32 Gigabytes available
storage.
According
to the Gardner Group there were approximately 1.2 billion cell phones sold
globally in 2007 and the growth of cell phone market is expected be more than
10% in both 2008 and 2009. Some of the key growth categories are smart phones
and multimedia devices which is where the Neonode N2 competes. Both these
categories are expected to grow dramatically in the coming years.
We
believe the Neonode N2 and our ongoing product developments will benefit from
key market developments and trends, including:
·
Production
capacity and scalability;
·
Increased
availability of off the shelf technology;
·
Increased
focus on enhancing the user experience, demonstrated by the popularity of
designer phones such as the iPhone
·
Convergence
of multiple applications in a single device, including games, videos, music
and
cameras.
·
Increased
popularity of Touchscreen based devices such as the iPhone and HTC
Touch.
History
Neonode,
formerly known as SBE, Inc., was incorporated in the state of Delaware on
September 4, 1997.
On
January 11, 2007, SBE, Inc. entered into an Agreement for the Purchase and
Sale
of Assets with One Stop Systems, Inc., a manufacturer of industrial-grade
computing systems and components (One Stop), pursuant to which it sold all
of
the assets associated with its embedded hardware business (excluding cash,
accounts receivable and other excluded assets specified in the asset purchase
agreement) to One Stop for approximately $2,200,000 in cash plus One Stop’s
assumption of the lease of SBE, Inc.’s corporate headquarters building and
certain equipment leases.
On
August
10, 2007, Cold Winter Acquisition Corporation (Cold Winter Acquisition Sub),
a
Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of SBE, Inc., consummated
a
merger and reorganization where Cold Winter Acquisition Sub was merged with
and
into Neonode Inc. a Delaware Corporation (Old Neonode) with Old Neonode
continuing after the merger as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned
subsidiary of SBE, Inc. (Merger). SBE, Inc.’s name was subsequently changed to
“Neonode Inc.” in connection with the completion of the Merger.
Old
Neonode was incorporated in the State of Delaware in 2006 and is the parent
of
Neonode AB, a company founded in February 2004 and incorporated in Sweden.
After
the
Merger with Cold Winter Acquisition Sub, Old Neonode changed its name to Cold
Winter, Inc. (Cold Winter). The stockholders of SBE, Inc. approved the
transaction in a special meeting of stockholders held on August 10, 2007.
Following the closing of the Merger, the business and operations of Cold Winter
prior to the Merger became the primary business and operations of the
newly-combined company. The newly-combined company’s headquarters is located in
Stockholm, Sweden.
Unless
the context otherwise requires, all references herein to “Neonode” refer to
Private Neonode prior to the Merger, and Neonode Inc. (formally known as SBE,
Inc.) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries after the Merger.
The
Neonode Principle
Our
product design goal is to deliver a user experience that is faster, easier,
more
enjoyable than comparable products. To achieve that goal, we focus on enhancing
the user experience between the user and device in four key areas:
·
Durable,
precise and fast touchscreen technology;
·
Fast,
fun
and easy user interface;
·
Innovative
design and ergonomics
·
Variety
of useful accessories and ease of usability
We
believe that for both professionals and consumers the mobile device,
particularly the mobile phone, is positioned to become the center of an evolving
digital lifestyle by integrating with and enhancing the utility of advanced
digital devices such as phone, voice and text mail, digital music, digital
video
and still cameras, television, personal digital assistants, web browsing and
other digital devices, into a single mobile handheld computing and communication
device. The attributes of the mobile device that enable this functionality
include a high-quality user interface, easy access to relatively inexpensive
data storage, the ability to run complex applications, and the ability to
connect easily to a wide variety of other digital devices and to the Internet.
We provide the functionality and ease of integration with a personal computer
(PC) or other media devices along with a uniquely differentiated touchscreen
user interface that positions us to offer innovative integrated digital
lifestyle solutions.
Strategy
Our
overall strategy is to develop innovative differentiated touchscreen hardware
and software technologies. Our business model combines the licensing of our
technology to other companies who develop mobile devices along with developing
and selling our own Neonode branded touchscreen mobile media products. Our
Neonode brand of products is currently targeting consumers in the middle to
high
middle segment of the mobile multimedia phone market who value style combined
with innovative technology. Our mobile phone handset is not locked into any
individual mobile telephone operator’s network and can be used on any Global
System for Mobile (GSM) phone network in the world, thereby allowing the end
users to select the network and calling plans. We may develop future mobile
phone handsets that are tailored for specific mobile network operator’s
needs.
Together
with a network of third party partners such as Sykes and TRS who provide our
first line product support and product delivery logistics, we are focused on
building a large-scale product development and customer support infrastructure.
We
are
building a sales channel with an initial focus on European distributors and
now
plan to expand our marketing distribution to Asia, Latin America and the United
States. We also sell our products through our web site to areas where we do
not
have a distributor or reseller presence. We have an agreement with a provider
of
call center, customer technical support and credit card payment processing
for
our web sales.
Neonode
USA
Neonode
USA is our affiliated company formed in early 2008 together with Distribution
Management Consolidators LLC (DMC), a sales channel development and supply
chain
management company. Neonode USA, exclusively markets and sells our innovative
products within North America, Latin America and China ("Neonode USA Territory")
and is the exclusive worldwide licensor of our intellectual property to third
parties. The Neonode USA’s main office is located in New York, USA.
As
Neonode USA is a venture between us and another company, DMC, there is a
risk
that in the event that DMC was to terminate its participation in Neonode
USA, or
Neonode USA was to reach an impass as to as to a key strategic decision,
the
marketing and sales efforts in the Neonode USA Territory would materially
suffer.
Products
We
developed a series of touchscreen multimedia mobile phones that convert the
functionality of a desktop computer to a mobile phone interface. We began
shipping our latest mobile phone, the N2, to customers in July 2007. In addition
to connecting to any GSM supported cellular telephone network in the world,
our
N2 multimedia mobile phone is based on an open platform Windows CE technology
that provides simplicity in connecting to any personal computer for updating
contact information, calendars and downloading of media files via Bluetooth
or
USB connections. It also allows users to watch movies or music videos in full
screen, play music, take pictures with a two mega-pixel camera and play video
games, all with internet pod casting capabilities. The Windows CE environment
allows third party software developers and individual users to develop
customized software applications and video games for use on our N2 phone.
Our
N2
mobile phone is based on a patent pending user interface that incorporates
one-hand on screen navigation with a simple user interface that recognizes
gestures rather than defined keys. As a result, our interface features a large
display without physical buttons using what we believe is the smallest
touchscreen handset in the mobile phone industry. Our standard N2 phone
incorporates a standard one gigabyte SD memory card which is currently
expandable to eight gigabytes with what we expect to be future expandability
to
32 gigabytes. The SD memory card has the storage capacity for thousands of
songs
and pictures and several movies. Our multimedia mobile phone has battery life
of
approximately six hours of music and video playback time. In addition, standby
time is estimated to be 200 hours with a talk-time of approximately four
hours.
We
also
license our patent pending touchscreen hardware and software designs to third
party companies for incorporation into diverse products that incorporate
touchscreen technology such as MP3 and video players, digital cameras, Global
Positioning Systems (GPS) and alarm system touch pads. In 2005, we entered
into
a license agreement with a major Asian mobile telephone manufacturer where
we
licensed our touch screen technology for use in a mobile phone to be included
in
their product assortment. The original license agreement was for a two-year
period and was exclusive. Upon expiration of the exclusive period in July 2007,
we extended the license agreement on a non-exclusive basis for an additional
year. We may also provide consulting services related to the implementation
of
our software. The fees for these consultancy services may vary from hourly
rates
to monthly rates and will be based on reasonable market rates for such
services.
Our
technology and product designs are based on our patent pending zForce ™ and
Neno™ hardware and software technology. zForce™ is our optical touchscreen
technology that supports one-handed navigation allowing the user to operate
the
functionality with finger gestures passing over the screen and Neno™ is our
software based user interface.
zForce™
was patented in several countries by Neonode in 2002 and has a patent pending
in
the US. It uses infrared light that is projected as a grid over the screen.
The
infrared light pulses 120 times a second so the grid is constantly being
refreshed. Coordinates are being produced on the screen and are then converted
into mathematical algorithms when your fingers move across the screen. This
input method is unique for Neonode and is enabled by the zForce™ Technology.
Currently
there are two core touchscreen technologies available in the market today -
capacitive and resistive. Capacitive technology is the technology that the
Apple
iPhone uses and resistive technology is what you find on most stylus based
PDAs.
Resistive technology is pressure sensitive technology and requires a stylus
to
activate. Best used for detailed work and selection of a particular spot on
a
screen but not for sweeping or motion, such as zooming in and out. Capacitive
technology is what is used on a laptop computer mouse pad. It is very good
for
sweeping gestures and motion. The screen actually reacts to the tiny electric
impulses of your finger. Capacitive touchscreens work if you have unimpeded
contact between your finger and the screen.
Our
zForce™ has a number of key advantages over each of these technologies
including:
|
·
|
There
are no additional layers added to the screen that dilutes the screen
resolution and clarity. Layering technology is required to activate
the
capacitive and resistive technologies and can be very
costly;
|
|
·
|
The
zForce™ grid technology is more responsive than the capacitive screens and
as result is quicker and less prone to misreads. It allows movement
and
sweeping motions as compared to the point sensitive stylus based
resistive
screens;
|
|
·
|
zForce™,
an abbreviation for zero force necessary, means that you do not have
to
use any force to select or move items on the screen like you would
with a
stylus;
|
|
·
|
zForce™
is cost efficient due to the lower cost of materials and extremely
simple
manufacturing process when compared to the expensive layered capacitive
and resistive screens; and
|
|
·
|
zForce™
allows multiple methods of input such as simple finger taps to hit
keys,
sweeps to zoom in our out and gestures to write text or symbols directly
on the screen.
|
zForce™
incorporates some of the best functionalities of both the capacitive and
resistive touch screen technologies but at a much lower cost. It works in all
climates and, unlike the competing technologies, can be used with gloves. In
addition, zForce™ allows for waterproofing.
Because
of its uniqueness and flexibility, we believe that our zForce™ technology
presents a tremendous licensing opportunity for Neonode. The market is vast
given the current rapid increase in touchscreen based devices such as cell
phones, PCs, media players and GPS navigation devices.
Our
software user interface Neno™ runs on Windows CE and is completely unique. Neno™
is designed to operate complex and full feature applications on a small screen.
It allows for a number of input methods and is designed to deliver high
precision, fast response and ease of use on a complex device.
Neno™
includes the following features:
|
·
|
Media
players for streaming video, movies and music that supports all the
standard applications, including WMA,WMV, MP3,WAV,DivX and AVI MPEG¼;
|
|
·
|
Internet
explorer 6.0 browser;
|
|
·
|
Image
viewer with camera preview and
capture;
|
|
·
|
Organizer
with calendar and task with Microsoft Outlook
synchronization;
|
|
·
|
Calendar,
alarm, calculator and call list;
|
|
·
|
Telephony
manager for voice calls;
|
|
·
|
Messaging
manager for SMS, MMS, IM and T9;
|
|
·
|
Task
manager for switching between
applications;
|
Intellectual
Property
We
believe that innovation in product engineering, sales, marketing, support,
and
customer relations, and protection of this proprietary technology and knowledge
will impact our future success. In addition to certain patents that are pending,
we rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, trade secret laws and
contractual provisions to establish and protect the proprietary rights in our
products.
We
have
applied for patent protection of our invention named “On a substrate formed or
resting display arrangement” in six countries through a patent cooperation
treaty (PCT) application and in 24 designated countries through an application
to the European Patent Office (EPO). We applied for a patent in Sweden relating
to a mobile phone and have also applied for a patent in the United States
regarding software named “User Interface.”
We
have
been granted design protection in Sweden for the design of a mobile phone,
and
have applied for design protection in Sweden for a new a design of our mobile
phone.
We
have
been granted trademark protection for the word NEONODE in the European Union
(EU), Sweden, Norway, and Australia. In addition, we have been granted
protection for the figurative mark NEONODE in Sweden. Additional applications
for the figurative trademark are still pending in Switzerland, China, Russia
and
the United States.
Our
“User
Interface” may also be protected by copyright laws in most countries, especially
Sweden and the EU (which do not grant patent protection for the software
itself), if the software is new and original. Protection can be claimed from
the
date of creation.
We
also
license technologies from third parties for integration into our products.
We
believe that the licensing of complementary technologies from third parties
with
specific expertise is an effective means of expanding the features and
functionality of our products, allowing us to focus on our core competencies.
Consistent
with our efforts to maintain the confidentiality and ownership of our trade
secrets and other confidential information and to protect and build our
intellectual property rights, we require our employees and consultants and
certain customers, manufacturers, suppliers and other persons with whom we
do
business or may potentially do business to execute confidentiality and invention
assignment agreements upon commencement of a relationship with us and typically
extending for a period of time beyond termination of the
relationship.
Distribution,
Sales and Marketing
We
are
building a network of distributors covering Europe, India and Asia and planning
to expand our network to the remaining countries in Europe, the United States,
Asia and Latin America in 2008. We currently have seven distributors selling
our
products in 13 European countries.
Our
products are customizable for each country or region using the GSM standard.
Our
phone supports all local languages and a number of well known carriers such
as
Vodafone, Tim, Telia and Telenor have included our phone in their core product
assortment and are selling it with carrier subsidies where the carrier provides
incentives to the customer if they sign up for calling plans. In addition to
the
distributor sales channel, we are using the Neonode.com web store as a direct
sales channel to sell our products and third-party products in countries where
we do not have a sales presence.
Our
internal sales and marketing organization supports our channel marketing
partners by providing sales collateral, such as product data sheets,
presentations, and other sales/marketing resource tools. Our sales staff
solicits prospective customers, provides technical advice with respect to our
products and works closely with marketing partners to train and educate their
staff on how to sell, install, and support our product lines.
Our
sales
are normally negotiated and executed in U.S. Dollars or Euros.
Our
direct sales force and marketing operations are based out of our corporate
headquarters in Stockholm, Sweden.
Research
and Development
We
continue to invest in research and development of current and emerging
technologies that we deem critical to maintaining our competitive position
in
the mobile multimedia telecommunications markets. Many factors are involved
in
determining the strategic direction of our product development focus, including
trends and developments in the marketplace, competitive analyses, market
demands, business conditions, and feedback from our customers and strategic
partners. In fiscal years 2007 and 2006 we spent $4.5 million and $2.2 million,
respectively, on research and development activities.
A
critical part of our research and development is focused on touch screen
technology. We believe there is strong potential for zForce™ but understand the
need for constant development and enhancement of the technology to keep our
leading position in the market in relation to finger based touch screens.
We
carefully monitor innovations in other technologies and are constantly seeking
new areas for application of zForce™. We have developed a technology roadmap
that we believe will ensure a steady stream of new innovations and areas of
use.
Our
research and development is predominantly in-house but also done in close
collaboration with external partners and specialists. Our development areas
can
be divided into the following areas:
·
Software
·
Optical
·
Mechanical
·
Electrical
Our
product development efforts are focused principally on our strategic product
lines, including a new touch screen phone with additional
functionality.
Manufacturing
We
do not
engage in any manufacturing operations. We have a strong relationship with
our
manufacturing partner Balda AG and their manufacturing plant in Malaysia.
Together, we believe we have the ability to increase production volumes to
meet
the demands from the markets and our expansion plans.
Competition
Competition
in the mobile computing device market is intense and characterized by rapid
change and complex technology. The principal competitive factors affecting
the
market for our mobile computing devices are access to sales and distribution
channels, price, styling, usability, functionality, features, operating system,
brand, marketing, availability of third-party software applications and customer
and developer support. Our devices compete with a variety of mobile devices,
including pen-and keyboard-based devices, mobile phones and converged voice/data
devices.
Our
principal competitors include: mobile handset and Smartphone manufacturers
such
as Apple, High Tech Computer (HTC), Palm, Motorola, Nokia, Research in Motion,
Samsung, Sony-Ericsson and Hewlett-Packard; hand held devices made by consumer
electronics companies such as Garmin, NEC, Sharp Electronics and Yakumo; and
a
variety of early-stage technology companies.
Some
of
these competitors, such as HTC, produce multimedia phones as carrier-branded
devices in addition to their own branded devices.
In
addition, our devices compete for a share of disposable income and enterprise
spending on consumer electronics, telecommunications and computing products
such
as MP3 players, Apple’s iPods, media/photo views, digital cameras, personal
media players, digital storage devices, handheld gaming devices, GPS devices
and
other such devices.
Many
of
our competitors have greater financial resources and are well established.
Competition within the communications market varies principally by application
segment.
Backlog
On
December 31, 2007, we did not have any firm order backlog of product orders
from
our customers.
Employees
On
December 31, 2007, we had 42 full-time employees and augment our staffing needs
with consultants as needed. Our employees are located in our corporate
headquarters in Stockholm, Sweden and branch offices located in Portugal, Hong
Kong, Shanghai, China and the United States. None of our employees is
represented by a labor union. We have experienced no work stoppages. We believe
our employee relations are positive.
In
addition to the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K,
stockholders or prospective investors should carefully consider the following
risk factors:
Risks
Related To Our Business
Our
independent registered public accounting firm issued a going concern opinion
on
our financial statements, questioning our ability to continue as a going
concern.
Due
to
our need to raise additional financing to fund our operations and satisfy
obligations as they become due, our independent registered public accounting
firm has included an explanatory paragraph in their report on our December
31,
2007 consolidated financial statements regarding their substantial doubt as
to
our ability to continue as a going concern. This may have a negative impact
on
the trading price of our common stock and adversely impact our ability to obtain
necessary financing.
We
will require additional capital in the future to fund our operations, which
capital may not be available on commercially attractive terms or at
all.
We
will
require sources of capital in addition to cash on hand to continue operations
and to implement our strategy. In March 2008 we closed an aggregate of $4.5
million of private equity financing. If our operations do not become cash flow
positive as projected we will be forced to seek credit line facilities from
financial institutions, additional private equity investment or debt
arrangements. No assurances can be given that we will be successful in obtaining
such additional financing on reasonable terms, or at all. If adequate funds
are
not available on acceptable terms, or at all, we may be unable to adequately
fund our business plans and it could have a negative effect on our business,
results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if funds are
available, the issuance of equity securities or securities convertible into
equity could dilute the value of shares of our common stock and cause the market
price to fall, and the issuance of debt securities could impose restrictive
covenants that could impair our ability to engage in certain business
transactions.
We
have never been profitable and we anticipate significant additional losses
in
the future
.
Neonode
was formed in 2006 as a holding company owning and operating Neonode AB, which
was formed in 2004 and has been primarily engaged in the business of developing
and selling mobile phones. We have a limited operating history on which to
base
an evaluation of our business and prospects. Our prospects must be considered
in
light of the risks and uncertainties encountered by companies in the early
stages of development, particularly companies in new and rapidly evolving
markets. Our success will depend on many factors, including, but not limited
to:
·
the
growth of mobile telephone usage;
·
the
efforts of our marketing partners;
·
the
level
of competition faced by us; and
·
our
ability to meet customer demand for products and ongoing service.
In
addition, we have experienced substantial net losses in each fiscal period
since
our inception. These net losses resulted from a lack of substantial revenues
and
the significant costs incurred in the development of our products and
infrastructure. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on
our
ability to raise additional funds and implement our business plan.
Our
limited operating history and the emerging nature of our market, together with
the other risk factors set forth in this report, make prediction of our future
operating results difficult. There can also be no assurance that we will ever
achieve significant revenues or profitability or, if significant revenues and
profitability are achieved, that they could be sustained.
If
we fail to develop and introduce new products and services successfully and
in a
cost effective and timely manner, we will not be able to compete effectively
and
our ability to generate revenues will suffer
.
We
operate in a highly competitive, rapidly evolving environment, and our success
depends on our ability to develop and introduce new products and services that
our customers and end users choose to buy. If we are unsuccessful at developing
and introducing new products and services that are appealing to our customers
and end users with acceptable quality, prices and terms, we will not be able
to
compete effectively and our ability to generate revenues will suffer.
The
development of new products and services is very difficult and requires high
levels of innovation. The development process is also lengthy and costly. If
we
fail to anticipate our end users’ needs or technological trends accurately or we
are unable to complete the development of products and services in a cost
effective and timely fashion, we will be unable to introduce new products and
services into the market or successfully compete with other
providers.
As
we
introduce new or enhanced products or integrate new technology into new or
existing products, we face risks including, among other things, disruption
in
customers’ ordering patterns, excessive levels of older product inventories,
inability to deliver sufficient supplies of new products to meet customers’
demand, possible product and technology defects, and a potentially different
sales and support environment. Premature announcements or leaks of new products,
features or technologies may exacerbate some of these risks. Our failure to
manage the transition to newer products or the integration of newer technology
into new or existing products could adversely affect our business, results
of
operations and financial condition.
We
are dependent on third parties to manufacture and supply our products and
components of our products.
Our
products are built by a limited number of independent manufacturers. Although
we
provide manufacturers with key performance specifications for the phones, these
manufacturers could:
·
manufacture
phones
with
defects that fail to perform to our specifications;
·
fail
to
meet delivery schedules; or
·
fail
to
properly service phones or honor warranties.
Any
of
the foregoing could adversely affect our ability to sell our products and
services, which, in turn, could adversely affect our revenues, profitability
and
liquidity, as well as our brand image.
We
may become highly dependent on wireless carriers for the success of our
products.
Our
business strategy includes significant efforts to establish relationships with
international wireless carriers. We cannot assure you that we will be successful
in establishing new relationships, or maintaining such relationships, with
wireless carriers or that these wireless carriers will act in a manner that
will
promote the success of our multimedia phone products. Factors that are largely
within the control of wireless carriers, but which are important to the success
of our multimedia phone products, include:
|
·
|
testing
of our products on wireless carriers’
networks;
|
|
·
|
quality
and coverage area of wireless voice and data services offered by
the
wireless carriers;
|
|
·
|
the
degree to which wireless carriers facilitate the introduction of
and
actively market, advertise, promote, distribute and resell our multimedia
phone products;
|
|
·
|
the
extent to which wireless carriers require specific hardware and software
features on our multimedia phone to be used on their
networks;
|
|
·
|
timely
build out of advanced wireless carrier networks that enhance the
user
experience for data centric services through higher speed and other
functionality;
|
|
·
|
contractual
terms and conditions imposed on them by wireless carriers that, in
some
circumstances, could limit our ability to make similar products available
through competitive carriers in some market
segments;
|
|
·
|
wireless
carriers’ pricing requirements and subsidy programs;
and
|
|
·
|
pricing
and other terms and conditions of voice and data rate plans that
the
wireless carriers offer for use with our multimedia phone
products.
|
For
example, flat data rate pricing plans offered by some wireless carriers may
represent some risk to our relationship with such carriers. While flat data
pricing helps customer adoption of the data services offered by carriers and
therefore highlights the advantages of the data applications of its products,
such plans may not allow its multimedia phones to contribute as much average
revenue per user to wireless carriers as when they are priced by usage, and
therefore reduces our differentiation from other, non-data devices in the view
of the carriers. In addition, if wireless carriers charge higher rates than
consumers are willing to pay, the acceptance of our wireless solutions could
be
less than anticipated and our revenues and results of operations could be
adversely affected.
Wireless
carriers have substantial bargaining power as we enter into agreements with
them. They may require contract terms that are difficult for us to satisfy,
which could result in higher costs to complete certification requirements and
negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. Moreover,
we may not have agreements with some of the wireless carriers with whom they
will do business and, in some cases, the agreements may be with third-party
distributors and may not pass through rights to us or provide us with recourse
or contact with the carrier. The absence of agreements means that, with little
or no notice, these wireless carriers could refuse to continue to purchase
all
or some of our products or change the terms under which they purchase our
products. If these wireless carriers were to stop purchasing our products,
we
may be unable to replace the lost sales channel on a timely basis and our
results of operations could be harmed.
Wireless
carriers could also significantly affect our ability to develop and launch
products for use on their wireless networks. If we fail to address the needs
of
wireless carriers, identify new product and service opportunities or modify
or
improve our multimedia phone products in response to changes in technology,
industry standards or wireless carrier requirements, our products could rapidly
become less competitive or obsolete. If we fail to timely develop products
that
meet carrier product planning cycles or fail to deliver sufficient quantities
of
products in a timely manner to wireless carriers, those carriers may choose
to
emphasize similar products from our competitors and thereby reduce their focus
on its products which would have a negative impact on our business, results
of
operations and financial condition.
Carriers,
who control most of the distribution and sale of, and virtually all of the
access for, multimedia phone products could commoditize multimedia phones,
thereby reducing the average selling prices and margins for our products which
would have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and
financial condition. In addition, if carriers move away from subsidizing the
purchase of mobile phone products, this could significantly reduce the sales
or
growth rate of sales of mobile phone products. This could have an adverse impact
on our business, revenues and results of operations.
As
we build strategic relationships with wireless carriers, we may be exposed
to
significant fluctuations in revenue for our multimedia phone
products
.
Because
of their large sales channels, wireless carriers may purchase large quantities
of our products prior to launch so that the products are widely available.
Reorders of products may fluctuate quarter to quarter, depending on end-customer
demand and inventory levels required by the carriers. As we develop new
strategic relationships and launch new products with wireless carriers, our
revenue could be subject to significant fluctuation based on the timing of
carrier product launches, carrier inventory requirements, marketing efforts
and
our ability to forecast and satisfy carrier and end-customer demand. We do
not
have a history of selling to wireless carriers and as a result do not have
do
not have a basis for estimating what the potential fluctuations in our revenue
will be from the sale of our multimedia phones.
The
mobile communications industry is highly competitive and many of our competitors
have significantly greater resources to engage in product development,
manufacturing, distribution and marketing.
The
mobile communications industry, in which we are engaged, is a highly competitive
business with companies of all sizes engaged in business in all areas of the
world, including companies with far greater resources than we have. There can
be
no assurance that other competitors, with greater resources and business
connections, will not compete successfully against us in the future. Our
competitors may adopt new technologies that reduce the demand for our products
or render our technologies obsolete, which may have a material adverse effect
on
the cost structure and competitiveness of our products, possibly resulting
in a
negative effect on our revenues, profitability or liquidity.
Our
future results could be harmed by economic, political, regulatory and other
risks associated with international sales and
operations.
Because
we sell our products worldwide and most of the facilities where our devices
are
manufactured, distributed and supported are located outside the United States,
our business is subject to risks associated with doing business internationally,
such as:
|
·
|
changes
in foreign currency exchange rates;
|
|
·
|
the
impact of recessions in the global economy or in specific sub
economies;
|
|
·
|
changes
in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions,
particularly in emerging markets;
|
|
·
|
changes
in international relations;
|
|
·
|
trade
protection measures and import or export licensing
requirements;
|
|
·
|
compliance
with a wide variety of laws and regulations which may have civil
and/or
criminal consequences for them and our officers and directors who
they
indemnify;
|
|
·
|
difficulty
in managing widespread sales operations;
and
|
|
·
|
difficulty
in managing a geographically dispersed workforce in compliance with
diverse local laws and customs.
|
In
addition, we are subject to changes in demand for our products resulting from
exchange rate fluctuations that make our products relatively more or less
expensive in international markets. If exchange rate fluctuations occur, our
business and results of operations could be harmed by decreases in demand for
our products or reductions in margins.
While
we
sell our products worldwide, one component of our strategy is to expand our
sales efforts in countries with large populations and propensities for adopting
new technologies. We have limited experience with sales and marketing in some
of
these countries. There can be no assurance that we will be able to market and
sell our products in all of our targeted international markets. If our
international efforts are not successful, our business growth and results of
operations could be harmed.
We
must significantly enhance our sales and product development
organizations.
We
will
need to improve the effectiveness and breadth of our sales operations in order
to increase market awareness and sales of our products, especially as we expand
into new markets. Competition for qualified sales personnel is intense, and
we
may not be able to hire the kind and number of sales personnel we are targeting.
Likewise, our efforts to improve and refine our products require skilled
engineers and programmers. Competition for professionals capable of expanding
our research and development organization is intense due to the limited number
of people available with the necessary technical skills. If we are unable to
identify, hire or retain qualified sales, marketing and technical personnel,
our
ability to achieve future revenue may be adversely affected.
We
are dependent on the services of our key personnel.
We
are
dependent on our current management for the foreseeable future. The loss of
the
services of any member of management could have a materially adverse effect
on
our operations and prospects.
If
third parties infringe our intellectual property or if we are unable to secure
and protect our intellectual property, we may expend significant resources
enforcing our rights or suffer competitive injury.
Our
success depends in large part on our proprietary technology and other
intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights,
trademarks and trade secrets, confidentiality provisions and licensing
arrangements to establish and protect our proprietary rights. Our intellectual
property, particularly our patents, may not provide us a significant competitive
advantage. If we fail to protect or to enforce our intellectual property rights
successfully, our competitive position could suffer, which could harm our
results of operations.
Our
pending patent and trademark applications for registration may not be allowed,
or others may challenge the validity or scope of our patents or trademarks,
including patent or trademark applications or registrations. Even if our patents
or trademark registrations are issued and maintained, these patents or
trademarks may not be of adequate scope or benefit to them or may be held
invalid and unenforceable against third parties.
We
may be
required to spend significant resources to monitor and police our intellectual
property rights. Effective policing of the unauthorized use of our products
or
intellectual property is difficult and litigation may be necessary in the future
to enforce our intellectual property rights. Intellectual property litigation
is
not only expensive, but time-consuming, regardless of the merits of any claim,
and could divert attention of our management from operating the business.
Despite our efforts, we may not be able to detect infringement and may lose
competitive position in the market before they do so. In addition, competitors
may design around our technology or develop competing technologies. Intellectual
property rights may also be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries,
which could make it easier for competitors to capture market share.
Despite
our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, existing laws, contractual
provisions and remedies afford only limited protection. Intellectual property
lawsuits are subject to inherent uncertainties due to, among other things,
the
complexity of the technical issues involved, and we cannot assure you that
we
will be successful in asserting intellectual property claims. Attempts may
be
made to copy or reverse engineer aspects of our products or to obtain and use
information that we regard as proprietary. Accordingly, we cannot assure you
that we will be able to protect our proprietary rights against unauthorized
third party copying or use. The unauthorized use of our technology or of our
proprietary information by competitors could have an adverse effect on our
ability to sell our products.
We
have an international presence in countries whose laws may not provide
protection of our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws
of
the United States, which may make it more difficult for us to protect our
intellectual property.
As
part
of our business strategy, we target customers and relationships with suppliers
and original distribution manufacturers in countries with large populations
and
propensities for adopting new technologies. However, many of these countries
do
not address misappropriation of intellectual property or deter others from
developing similar, competing technologies or intellectual property. Effective
protection of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other
intellectual property may be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries.
In particular, the laws of some foreign countries in which we do business may
not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws
of
the United States. As a result, we may not be able to effectively prevent
competitors in these regions from infringing our intellectual property rights,
which would reduce our competitive advantage and ability to compete in those
regions and negatively impact our business.
If
we do not correctly forecast demand for our products, we could have costly
excess production or inventories or we may not be able to secure sufficient
or
cost effective quantities of our products or production materials, and our
revenues, cost of revenues and financial condition could be adversely
impacted.
The
demand for our products depends on many factors, including pricing and channel
inventory levels, and is difficult to forecast due in part to variations in
economic conditions, changes in consumer and enterprise preferences, relatively
short product life cycles, changes in competition, seasonality and reliance
on
key sales channel partners. It is particularly difficult to forecast demand
by
individual variations of the product, such as the color of the casing or size
of
memory. Significant unanticipated fluctuations in demand, the timing and
disclosure of new product releases or the timing of key sales orders could
result in costly excess production or inventories or the inability to secure
sufficient, cost-effective quantities of our products or production materials.
This could adversely impact our revenues, cost of revenues and financial
condition.
We
rely on third parties to sell and distribute our products and we rely on their
information to manage our business. Disruption of our relationship with these
channel partners, changes in their business practices, their failure to provide
timely and accurate information or conflicts among its channels of distribution
could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
The
distributors, wireless carriers, retailers and resellers who sell or distribute
our products also sell products offered by our competitors. If our competitors
offer our sales channel partners more favorable terms or have more products
available to meet their needs or utilize the leverage of broader product lines
sold through the channel, those wireless carriers, distributors, retailers
and
resellers may de-emphasize or decline to carry our products. In addition,
certain of our sales channel partners could decide to de-emphasize the product
categories that we offer in exchange for other product categories that they
believe provide higher returns. If we are unable to maintain successful
relationships with these sales channel partners or to expand our distribution
channels, our business will suffer.
Because
we intend to sell our products primarily to distributors, wireless carriers,
retailers and resellers, we are subject to many risks, including risks related
to product returns, either through the exercise of contractual return rights
or
as a result of its strategic interest in assisting them in balancing
inventories. In addition, these sales channel partners could modify their
business practices, such as inventory levels, or seek to modify their
contractual terms, such as return rights or payment terms. Unexpected changes
in
product return requests, inventory levels, payment terms or other practices
by
these sales channel partners could negatively impact our business, results
of
operations and financial condition.
We
will
rely on distributors, wireless carriers, retailers and resellers to provide
us
with timely and accurate information about their inventory levels as well as
sell-through of products purchased from us. We will use this information as
one
of the factors in our forecasting process to plan future production and sales
levels, which in turn will influence our public financial forecasts. We will
also use this information as a factor in determining the levels of some of
our
financial reserves. If we do not receive this information on a timely and
accurate basis, our results of operations and financial condition may be
adversely impacted.
Distributors,
retailers and traditional resellers experience competition from Internet-based
resellers that distribute directly to end-customers, and there is also
competition among Internet-based resellers. We also sell our products directly
to end-customers from our Neonode.com web site. These varied sales channels
could cause conflict among our channels of distribution, which could harm our
business, revenues and results of operations.
If
our multimedia phone products do not meet wireless carrier and governmental
or
regulatory certification requirements, we will not be able to compete
effectively and our ability to generate revenues will
suffer.
We
are
required to certify our multimedia phone products with governmental and
regulatory agencies and with the wireless carriers for use on their networks.
The certification process can be time consuming, could delay the offering of
our
products on carrier networks and affect our ability to timely deliver products
to customers. As a result, carriers may choose to offer, or consumers may choose
to buy, similar products from our competitors and thereby reduce their purchases
of our products, which would have a negative impact on our products sales
volumes, our revenues and our cost of revenues.
We
depend on our suppliers, some of which are the sole source and some of which
are
our competitors, for certain components, software applications and elements
of
our technology, and our production or reputation could be harmed if these
suppliers were unable or unwilling to meet our demand or technical requirements
on a timely and/or a cost-effective basis.
Our
multimedia products contain software applications and components, including
liquid crystal displays, touch panels, memory chips, microprocessors, cameras,
radios and batteries, which are procured from a variety of suppliers, including
some who are our competitors. The cost, quality and availability of software
applications and components are essential to the successful production and
sale
of our device products. For example, media player applications are critical
to
the functionality of our multimedia phone devices.
Some
components, such as screens and related integrated circuits, digital signal
processors, microprocessors, radio frequency components and other discrete
components, come from sole source suppliers. Alternative sources are not always
available or may be prohibitively expensive. In addition, even when we have
multiple qualified suppliers, we may compete with other purchasers for
allocation of scarce components. Some components come from companies with whom
we competes in the multimedia phone device market. If suppliers are unable
or
unwilling to meet our demand for components and if we are unable to obtain
alternative sources or if the price for alternative sources is prohibitive,
our
ability to maintain timely and cost-effective production of our multimedia
phone
will be harmed. Shortages affect the timing and volume of production for some
of
our products as well as increasing our costs due to premium prices paid for
those components. Some of our suppliers may be capacity-constrained due to
high
industry demand for some components and relatively long lead times to expand
capacity.
If
we are unable to obtain key technologies from third parties on a timely basis
and free from errors or defects, we may have to delay or cancel the release
of
certain products or features in our products or incur increased
costs.
We
license third-party software for use in our products, including the operating
systems. Our ability to release and sell our products, as well as our
reputation, could be harmed if the third-party technologies are not delivered
to
customers in a timely manner, on acceptable business terms or contain errors
or
defects that are not discovered and fixed prior to release of our products
and
we are unable to obtain alternative technologies on a timely and cost effective
basis to use in our products. As a result, our product shipments could be
delayed, our offering of features could be reduced or we may need to divert
our
development resources from other business objectives, any of which could
adversely affect our reputation, business and results of
operations.
Our
product strategy is to base our products on software operating systems that
are
commercially available to competitors.
Our
multimedia
phone is based on a commercially available version of Microsoft’s Windows CE. We
cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain this licensing agreement
with
Microsoft and that Microsoft will not grant similar rights to our competitors
or
that we will be able to sufficiently differentiate our multimedia phone from
the
multitude of other devices based on Windows CE.
In
addition, there is significant competition in the operating system software
and
services market, including proprietary operating systems such as Symbian and
Palm OS, open source operating systems, such as Linux, other proprietary
operating systems and other software technologies, such as Java and RIM’s
licensed technology. This competition is being developed and promoted by
competitors and potential competitors, some of which have significantly greater
financial, technical and marketing resources than we have, such as Access,
Motorola, Nokia, Sony-Ericsson and RIM. These competitors could provide
additional or better functionality than we do or may be able to respond more
rapidly than we can to new or emerging technologies or changes in customer
requirements. Competitors in this market could devote greater resources to
the
development, promotion and sale of their products and services and the
third-party developer community, which could attract the attention of
influential user segments.
If
we are
unable to continue to differentiate the operating systems that we include in
our
mobile computing devices, our revenues and results of operations could be
adversely affected.
The
market for multimedia phone products is volatile, and changing market
conditions, or failure to adjust to changing market conditions, may adversely
affect our revenues, results of operations and financial condition, particularly
given our size, limited resources and lack of
diversification.
We
operate in the multimedia phone market which has seen significant growth during
the past years. We cannot assure you that this significant growth in the sales
of multimedia devices will continue. If we are unable to adequately respond
to
changes in demand for our products, our revenues and results of operations
could
be adversely affected. In addition, as our products mature and face greater
competition, we may experience pressure on our product pricing to preserve
demand for our products, which would adversely affect our margins, results
of
operations and financial condition.
This
reliance on the success of and trends in our industry is compounded by the
size
of our organization and our focus on multimedia phones. These factors also
make
us more dependent on investments of our limited resources. For example, Neonode
faces many resource allocation decisions, such as: where to focus our research
and development, geographic sales and marketing and partnering efforts; which
aspects of our business to outsource; and which operating systems and email
solutions to support. Given the size and undiversified nature of our
organization, any error in investment strategy could harm our business, results
of operations and financial condition.
Our
products are subject to increasingly stringent laws, standards and other
regulatory requirements, and the costs of compliance or failure to comply may
adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
Our
products must comply with a variety of laws, standards and other requirements
governing, among other things, safety, materials usage, packaging and
environmental impacts and must obtain regulatory approvals and satisfy other
regulatory concerns in the various jurisdictions where our products are sold.
Many of our products must meet standards governing, among other things,
interference with other electronic equipment and human exposure to
electromagnetic radiation. Failure to comply with such requirements can subject
us to liability, additional costs and reputational harm and in severe cases
prevent us from selling our products in certain jurisdictions.
For
example, many of our products are subject to laws and regulations that restrict
the use of lead and other substances and require producers of electrical and
electronic equipment to assume responsibility for collecting, treating,
recycling and disposing of our products when they have reached the end of their
useful life. In Europe, substance restrictions began to apply to the products
sold after July 1, 2006, when new recycling, labeling, financing and
related requirements came into effect. Failure to comply with applicable
environmental requirements can result in fines, civil or criminal sanctions
and
third-party claims. If products we sell in Europe are found to contain more
than
the permitted percentage of lead or another listed substance, it is possible
that we could be forced to recall the products, which could lead to substantial
replacement costs, contract damage claims from customers, and reputational
harm.
We expect similar requirements in the United States, China and other parts
of
the world.
As
a
result of these new European requirements and anticipated developments
elsewhere, we are facing increasingly complex procurement and design challenges,
which, among other things, require us to incur additional costs identifying
suppliers and contract manufacturers who can provide, and otherwise obtain,
compliant materials, parts and end products and re-designing products so that
they comply with these and the many other requirements applicable to
them.
Allegations
of health risks associated with electromagnetic fields and wireless
communications devices, and the lawsuits and publicity relating to them,
regardless of merit, could adversely impact our business, results of operations
and financial condition.
There
has
been public speculation about possible health risks to individuals from exposure
to electromagnetic fields, or radio signals, from base stations and from the
use
of mobile devices. While a substantial amount of scientific research by various
independent research bodies has indicated that these radio signals, at levels
within the limits prescribed by public health authority standards and
recommendations, present no evidence of adverse effect to human health, we
cannot assure you that future studies, regardless of their scientific basis,
will not suggest a link between electromagnetic fields and adverse health
effects. Government agencies, international health organizations and other
scientific bodies are currently conducting research into these issues. In
addition, other mobile device companies have been named in individual plaintiff
and class action lawsuits alleging that radio emissions from mobile phones
have
caused or contributed to brain tumors and the use of mobile phones pose a health
risk. Although our products are certified as meeting applicable public health
authority safety standards and recommendations, even a perceived risk of adverse
health effects from wireless communications devices could adversely impact
use
of wireless communications devices or subject them to costly litigation and
could harm our reputation, business, results of operations and financial
condition.
Changes
in financial accounting standards or practices may cause unexpected fluctuations
in and adversely affect our reported results of
operations.
Any
change in financial accounting standards or practices that cause a change in
the
methodology or procedures by which we track, calculate, record and report our
results of operations or financial condition or both could cause fluctuations
in
and adversely affect our reported results of operations and cause our historical
financial information to not be reliable as an indicator of future results.
Wars,
terrorist attacks or other threats beyond its control could negatively impact
consumer confidence, which could harm our operating
results.
Wars,
terrorist attacks or other threats beyond our control could have an adverse
impact on the United States, Europe and world economy in general, and consumer
confidence and spending in particular, which could harm our business, results
of
operations and financial condition.
Risks
Related to Owning Our Stock
If
we continue to experience losses, we could experience difficulty meeting our
business plan and our stock price could be negatively
affected.
If
we are
unable to gain market acceptance of our mobile phone handsets, we will
experience continuing operating losses and negative cash flow from our
operations. Any failure to achieve or maintain profitability could negatively
impact the market price of our common stock. We anticipate that we will continue
to incur product development, sales and marketing and administrative expenses.
As a result, we will need to generate significant quarterly revenues if we
are
to achieve and maintain profitability. A substantial failure to achieve
profitability could make it difficult or impossible for us to grow our business.
Our business strategy may not be successful, and we may not generate significant
revenues or achieve profitability. Any failure to significantly increase
revenues would also harm our ability to achieve and maintain profitability.
If
we do achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain or
increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.
Our
common stock is at risk for delisting from the Nasdaq Capital Market if we
fail
to maintain minimum listing maintenance standards. If it is delisted, our stock
price and your liquidity may be impacted.
Our
common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol NEON.
In
order for our common stock to continue to be listed on the Nasdaq Capital
Market, we must satisfy various listing maintenance standards established by
Nasdaq. Among other things, as such requirements pertain to us, we are required
to have stockholders’ equity of at least $2.5 million or market capitalization
of $35 million and public float value of at least $1.0 million and our common
stock must have a minimum closing bid price of $1.00 per share
.
Our
certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation
Law
contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in
control.
Our
board
of directors has the authority to issue up to 2,000,000 shares of preferred
stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences and privileges of those
shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The rights of
the
holders of common stock will be subject to, and may be materially adversely
affected by, the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that may be issued
in the future. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of making
it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding
voting stock. Furthermore, certain other provisions of our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes
in control or management, which could adversely affect the market price of
our
common stock. In addition, we are subject to the provisions of Section 203
of
the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law.
Our
stock price has been volatile, and your investment in our common stock could
suffer a decline in value.
There
has
been significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of equity
securities, which is unrelated to the financial performance of the companies
issuing the securities. These broad market fluctuations may negatively affect
the market price of our common stock. You may not be able to resell your shares
at or above the price you pay for those shares due to fluctuations in the market
price of our common stock caused by changes in our operating performance or
prospects and other factors.
Some
specific factors that may have a significant effect on our common stock market
price include:
|
·
|
actual
or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results or future
prospects;
|
|
·
|
our
announcements or our competitors’ announcements of new
products;
|
|
·
|
the
public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements
and our filings with the SEC;
|
|
·
|
strategic
actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or
restructurings;
|
|
·
|
new
laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations
applicable to our business;
|
|
·
|
changes
in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or
principles;
|
|
·
|
changes
in our growth rates or our competitors’ growth
rates;
|
|
·
|
developments
regarding our patents or proprietary rights or those of our
competitors;
|
|
·
|
our
inability to raise additional capital as
needed;
|
|
·
|
concern
as to the efficacy of our products;
|
|
·
|
changes
in financial markets or general economic
conditions;
|
|
·
|
sales
of common stock by us or members of our management team;
and
|
|
·
|
changes
in stock market analyst recommendations or earnings estimates regarding
our common stock, other comparable companies or our industry
generally.
|
Future
sales of our common stock could adversely affect its price and our future
capital-raising activities could involve the issuance of equity securities,
which would dilute your investment and could result in a decline in the trading
price of our common stock.
We
may
sell securities in the public or private equity markets if and when conditions
are favorable, even if we do not have an immediate need for additional capital
at that time. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock, or the perception
that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price
of our common stock and our ability to raise capital. We may issue additional
common stock in future financing transactions or as incentive compensation
for
our executive management and other key personnel, consultants and advisors.
Issuing any equity securities would be dilutive to the equity interests
represented by our then-outstanding shares of common stock. The market price
for
our common stock could decrease as the market takes into account the dilutive
effect of any of these issuances. Furthermore, we may enter into financing
transactions at prices that represent a substantial discount to the market
price
of our common stock. A negative reaction by investors and securities analysts
to
any discounted sale of our equity securities could result in a decline in the
trading price of our common stock.
If
registration rights that we have previously granted are exercised, then the
price of our common stock may be adversely affected.
We
have
agreed to register with the SEC the shares of common issued to former Neonode
stockholders in connection with the merger and to participants in a private
placement funding we completed on March 4, 2008.
In
addition, we have granted piggyback registration rights to the investors who
participated in our March private placement.
In
the
event these securities are registered with the SEC, they may be freely sold
in
the open market, subject to trading restrictions to which our insiders holding
the shares may be subject from time to time. In the event that we fail to
register such shares in a timely basis, we may have liabilities to such
stockholders. We expect that we also will be required to register any securities
sold in future private financings. The sale of a significant amount of shares
in
the open market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause
the
trading price of our common stock to decline or become highly
volatile.
ITEM 1B.
|
UNRESOLVED STAFF
COMMENTS
|
Not
applicable.
On
October 22, 2007, our subsidiary Neonode AB entered into a lease agreement
with
NCC Property G AB for 9,500 square feet office space at Warfvingsesvag 41,
Stockholm, to be used as the corporate headquarters. The lease period began
on
April 1, 2008 and expires on March 31, 2013. The annual payment for these
premise equates to approximately $288,000 per year and is indexed to the
consumer price index in Sweden. As an incentive to enter into the agreement
as
one of the firs tenants to occupy the building, the NCC Property G AB has given
Neonode AB discounts amounting to approximately $120,000 allocated over the
first eight months of the leasing period. Prior to taking occupancy of this
new
facility, during fiscal year 2007 through March 31, 2008, we occupied 6,000
square feet of office space in Stockholm under a lease which has now
expired.
On
October 21, 2007, Neonode AB also entered into a lease agreement with NCC
Property G AB for 10 parking spaces located at Warfvingsesvag 41, Stockholm.
The
lease period begins on April 1, 2008 and expires on March 31, 2013. The annual
payment for these premise amounts to $28,000 per year and is indexed to the
consumer price index in Sweden. Neonode AB has the right to terminate the lease
on March 31, 2011 if notice of termination is given by Neonode AB at least
9
months prior to March 31, 2011.
In
addition, we lease 2,000 square feet of office space in San Ramon, California
on
a month-to-month basis at cost of $5,000 per month. We have occupied this space
since March 2007 under a lease with One Stop Systems, Inc. In connection with
the sale of the SBE, Inc hardware business, on March 29, 2007, SBE signed a
definitive agreement providing for the assumption of the lease of the prior
SBE
San Ramon headquarters office space for 22,000 square feet that was effective
with the closing of the sale of the hardware business transaction. As the result
of the merger with SBE, we will continue to be secondary guarantor on the lease
for the term of the San Ramon lease which terminates in March 2010.
ITEM 3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
|
We
may
from time to time become a party to various legal proceedings arising in the
ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2007, we had no known material
current, pending, or threatened litigation.
ITEM 4.
|
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A
VOTE OF
SECURITY HOLDERS
|
A
special
meeting of stockholders was held on Tuesday, December 18, 2007, at the offices
of DavenportMajor Executive Search, located at 12770 High Bluff Drive, Suite
320, San Diego, California 92130.
The
stockholders approved the following six items:
(i)
The
election of Mikael Hagman to the Board of Directors
|
For
|
Withhold
|
|
13,495,640
|
6,550
|
(ii)
The
election of John Reardon to the Board of Directors
|
For
|
Withhold
|
|
13,496,144
|
6,370
|
(iii)
The
approval of an amendment to the Neonode’s Certificate of Incorporation to effect
an increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock from 40,000,000
to 75,000,000.
|
For
|
Against
|
Abstain
|
|
13,453,474
|
48,378
|
662
|
(iv)
The
ratification of the terms of the financing transaction in September 2007
pursuant to which Neonode issued units consisting of common stock, convertible
notes and warrants.
|
For
|
Against
|
Abstain
|
|
13,493,084
|
8,762
|
668
|
(v)
The
approval of the convertibility into units of the September 2007 offering of
outstanding 8% Senior Secured Notes.
|
For
|
Against
|
Abstain
|
|
13,492,567
|
8,598
|
1,389
|
(vi)
The
ratification of the selection of BDO Feinstein International AB as the company’s
independent auditors for 2007.
|
For
|
Against
|
Abstain
|
|
13,495,923
|
5,929
|
662
|
EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
Our
executive officers and their respective ages and positions as of December 31,
2007 are set forth in the following table. There are no familial relationships
between our directors or our executive officers and any other director or
executive officer.
Name
|
Age
|
Position
|
Mikael
Hagman
|
40
|
President
and Chief Executive Officer
|
David
W. Brunton
|
57
|
Vice
President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and
Secretary
|
Thomas
Ericsson
|
37
|
Chief
Technical Officer
|
Mikael
Hagman
-
Mr.
Hagman joined Neonode as Chief Executive Officer in March 2007 from Sony where
he served as Chief Executive Officer for Sony Corp. in Sweden and Finland.
During his eight years with Sony, Mr. Hagman held a number of positions and
served on the board of Sony Nordic AS.
While
at
Sony Mr. Hagman was nominated for several Pan European committees and
participated in forums that developed Sony’s commercial strategies.
Prior
to
Sony
Mr.
Hagman worked for United Biscuits Ltd in various leading sales and marketing
roles across Nordic. He currently serves on the board of directors of AIK
Fotboll AB, a publicly traded company listed on NGM (Nordic Growth Markets).
AIK
Fotboll AB is one of Sweden’s leading soccer clubs.
He
has
served on the board of various industry associations (Consumer Electronics
Association, Elektronik branchen, SRL).
David
W Brunton
- Mr.
Brunton joined SBE in November 2001 as Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial
Officer, Secretary and Treasurer. From 2000 to 2001 he was the Chief Financial
Officer for NetStream, Inc., a telephony broadband network service provider.
Mr.
Brunton is a certified public accountant.
Thomas
Eriksson
- Mr.
Eriksson co-founded Neonode in 2001 as Vice President and Chief Technology
Officer. Prior to founding Neonode AB, he founded several companies with
products ranging from car electronics test systems and tools to GSM/GPRS/GPS
based fleet management systems including M2M applications and wireless modems.
Mr. Eriksson has over 15 years of experience in product design and electronics
engineering.
PART
II
ITEM 5.
|
MARKET
FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY RELATED, STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY
SECURITIES
|
Our
common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol NEON.
The
following table presents quarterly information on the price range of our common
stock, indicating the high and low bid prices reported by the Nasdaq Capital
Market. These prices do not include retail markups, markdowns or commissions.
As
of December 31, 2007, there were approximately 1,611 holders of record of our
common stock.
Fiscal
Quarter Ended
|
Fiscal
2007
|
March
31
(1)
|
June
30
(1)
|
September
30
(1)
|
December
31
|
High
|
$3.95
|
$4.00
|
$7.94
|
$4.82
|
Low
|
1.70
|
1.62
|
2.85
|
2.89
|
Fiscal
2006
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
$8.65
|
$5.75
|
$2.45
|
$2.20
|
Low
|
0.99
|
2.45
|
1.60
|
1.65
|
(1)
Prior to
our reverse merger with SBE, Inc. on August 10, 2007, our common stock traded
under the symbol SBEI. The stock prices presented for SBEI for the period prior
to August 10, 2007 are adjusted for a 1 for 5 reverse stock split effective
March 29, 2007.
There
are
no restrictions on our ability to pay dividends; however, it is currently the
intention of our Board of Directors to retain all earnings, if any, for use
in
our business and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. Any future determination as to the payment of dividends will depend,
among other factors, upon our earnings, capital requirements, operating results
and financial condition.
ITEM 6.
|
SELECTED FINANCIAL
DATA
|
Not
applicable.
ITEM 7.
|
MANAGEMENT’S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
|
The
following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements that involve risks
and
uncertainties. Words such as “believes,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends” and
similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, but
are
not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. Readers are cautioned
that the forward-looking statements reflect our analysis only as of the date
hereof, and we do not assume any obligation to update these statements. Actual
events or results may differ materially from the results discussed in or implied
by the forward-looking statements. The following discussion should be read
in
conjunction with the company’s financial statements for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the related notes included therein.
Overview
We
believe our current product, the Neonode N2, is the world’s smallest touchscreen
mobile phone handset. The N2 fits in the palm of your hand and is designed
to
allow the user to navigate the menus and functions with simple finger based
taps
and sweeps. The N2 incorporates our patent pending touchscreen and other
proprietary technologies to deliver a mobile phone with a completely unique
user
experience that doesn’t require any keypads, buttons or other moving parts.
The
first
model of our touchscreen multimedia mobile phone, the N1, was released in
November 2004. The N1 was primarily a concept phone that was sold in limited
quantities from late 2004 to early 2006. The N2 is our first production-quality
product. We began shipping the N2 to customers in mid-July 2007 and have shipped
approximately 31,000 units from July 2007 through December 31,
2007.
Our
business focus is a combination of licensing our touchscreen technology to
other
companies and developing and selling our own products using our technology
in
mobile device markets. The cornerstone of our business is our innovative patent
pending touchscreen solutions. We believe that in the future keyboards and
keypads with moving parts will become obsolete and that our touchscreen
solutions and technologies will be at the forefront of a new wave of input
technologies that will be able to run everything from small mobile devices
to
large industrial applications.
Neonode
was incorporated in the State of Delaware in 2006 to be the parent of Neonode
AB, a company founded in February 2004 and incorporated in Sweden. In a February
2006 corporate reorganization, Neonode issued shares and warrants to the
stockholders of Neonode AB in exchange for all of the outstanding stock and
warrants of Neonode AB. Following the reorganization, Neonode AB became a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Neonode. Since there was no change in control of
the
group, the reorganization was accounted for with no change in accounting basis
for Neonode AB and the assets and liabilities were accounted for at historical
cost in the new group. The consolidated accounts comprise the accounts of the
combined companies as if they had been owned by Neonode throughout the entire
reporting period.
We
have
incurred net operating losses and negative operating cash flows since inception.
As of December 31, 2007, we had an accumulated deficit of $58.7 million. We
expect to incur additional losses and may have negative operating cash flows
through the end of 2008. The report of our independent registered public
accounting firm in respect of the 2007 fiscal year, included elsewhere in this
annual report includes an explanatory going concern paragraph which raises
substantial doubt to continue as a going concern, which indicates an absence
of
obvious or reasonably assured sources of future funding that will be required
by
us to maintain ongoing operations. Although we have been able to fund our
operations to date, there is no assurance that our capital raising efforts
will
be able to attract the additional capital or other funds needed to sustain
our
operations.
Our
long-term success is dependent on obtaining sufficient capital or operating
cash
flows to fund our operations and development of our products, bringing such
products to the worldwide market. To achieve these objectives, we may be
required to raise additional capital through public or private financings or
other arrangements. It cannot be assured that such financings will be available
on terms attractive to us, if at all. Such financings may be dilutive to
stockholders and may contain restrictive covenants.
We
are
subject to certain risks common to technology-based companies in similar stages
of development. See “Risk Factors” above. Principal risks include uncertainty of
growth in market acceptance for our products, history of losses since inception,
ability to remain competitive in response to new technologies, costs to defend,
as well as risks of losing patent and intellectual property rights, reliance
on
limited number of suppliers, reliance on outsourced manufacture of our products
for quality control and product availability, ability to increase production
capacity to meet demand for our products, concentration of our operations in
a
limited number of facilities, uncertainty of demand for our products in certain
markets, ability to manage growth effectively, dependence on key members of
our
management and development team, limited experience in conducting operations
internationally, and ability to obtain adequate capital to fund future
operations.
Background
The
merger (Merger) of Old Neonode with our wholly-owned acquisition subsidiary
closed on August 10, 2007. For accounting purposes, the Merger was accounted
for
as a reverse merger with Old Neonode as the accounting acquirer. Thus, the
historical financial statements of Old Neonode have become our historical
financial statements and the results of operations of our company (formally
known as SBE, Inc.) are included in the results of operations presented
elsewhere and discussed herein only from August 10, 2007. Thus the audited
consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K and discussion of our financial condition and results of operations
for the year ended December 31, 2006 below reflect Old Neonode’s stand-alone
consolidated operations. The audited consolidated financial statements appearing
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the discussion of our financial
condition and results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007
appearing below include the results of operations of formerly SBE, Inc only
from
August 10, 2007. Our consolidated financial statements include Old Neonode’s
accounts, those of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Neonode AB, and, from August
10,
2007, SBE, Inc’s accounts and the accounts of SBE, Inc’s wholly-owned subsidiary
Cold Winter, Inc.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The
preparation of our financial statements are in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP) and
include the accounts of Neonode Inc. and its subsidiary based in Sweden, Neonode
AB. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation. Our accounting policies affecting our financial condition and
results of operations are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated
financial statements. Certain of our accounting policies require the application
of judgment by management in selecting appropriate assumptions for calculating
financial estimates, which inherently contain some degree of uncertainty.
Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other
assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the
results of which form the basis for making judgments about the reported carrying
values of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenue and
expenses that may not be readily apparent from other sources. Actual results
may
differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We
believe the following are some of the more critical accounting policies and
related judgments and estimates used in the preparation of consolidated
financial statements.
Revenue
Recognition
Our
policy is to recognize revenue for product sales when title transfers and risk
of loss has passed to the customer, which is generally upon shipment of products
to our customers. We estimate expected sales returns and record the amount
as a
reduction of revenues and cost of sales at the time of shipment. Our policy
complies with the guidance provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission’s
Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104,
Revenue
Recognition in Financial Statements,
issued
by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We recognize revenue from the sale
of
our mobile phones when all of the following conditions have been met: (1)
evidence exists of an arrangement with the customer, typically consisting of
a
purchase order or contract; (2) our products have been delivered and risk of
loss has passed to the customer; (3) we have completed all of the necessary
terms of the contract; (4) the amount of revenue to which we are entitled is
fixed or determinable; and (5) we believe it is probable that we will be able
to
collect the amount due from the customer. To the extent that one or more of
these conditions has not been satisfied, we defer recognition of revenue.
Judgments are required in evaluating the credit worthiness of our customers.
Credit is not extended to customers and revenue is not recognized until we
have
determined that collectibility is reasonably assured.
To
date,
our revenues have consisted primarily to distributors located in various 13
regions. We may allow, from time to time, certain distributors price protection
subsequent to the initial product shipment. P
rice
protection may allow the distributor a credit (either in cash or as a discount
on future purchases) if there is a price decrease during a specified period
of
time or until the distributor resells the goods.
Future
price adjustments are difficult to estimate since we do not have sufficient
history of making price adjustments. We, therefore, defer recognition of revenue
(in the balance sheet line item “deferred revenue”) derived from sales to these
customers until they have resold our products to their customers. Although
revenue recognition and related cost of sales are deferred, we record an
accounts receivable at the time of initial product shipment. As standard terms
are generally FOB shipping point, payment terms are enforced from shipment
date
and legal title and risk of inventory loss passes to the distributor upon
shipment.
For
products sold to distributors with agreements allowing for price protection
and
product returns, we recognize revenue based on our best estimate of when the
distributor sold the product to its end customer. Our estimate of such
distributor sell-through is based on information received from our distributors.
Revenue is not recognized upon shipment since, due to various forms of price
concessions, the sales price is not substantially fixed or determinable at
that
time.
Revenue
from products sold directly to end-users though our web sales channels is
generally recognized when title and risk of loss has passed to the buyer, which
typically occurs upon shipment. Reserves for sales returns are estimated based
primarily on historical experience and are provided at the time of shipment.
We
derive
revenue from license of our internally developed intellectual property (IP).
We
enter into IP licensing agreements that generally provide licensees the right
to
incorporate our IP components in their products with terms and conditions that
vary by licensee. The IP licensing agreements will generally include a
nonexclusive license for the underlying IP. Fees under these agreements may
include license fees relating to our IP and royalties payable following the
sale by our licensees of products incorporating the licensed technology. The
license for our IP has standalone value and can be used by the licensee without
maintenance and support.
Revenue
for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 includes revenue from
the
sales of our first mobile phone, the N1 and current product, the N2 multimedia
mobile phones and revenue from a licensing agreement with a major Asian
manufacturer. In July 2005, we entered into a licensing agreement with a major
Asian manufacturer whereby we licensed our touchscreen technology for use in
a
mobile phone to be included in their product assortment. In this agreement,
we
received approximately $2.0 million in return for granting an exclusive right
to
use our touchscreen technology over a two year period. The exclusive rights
do
not limit our right to use our licensed technology for our own use, nor to
grant
to third parties rights to use our licensed technology in devices other than
mobile phones. Another component of the agreement provides for a fee of
approximately $2.65 per telephone if the Asian manufacturer sells mobile phones
based on our technology. In July 2007, we extended this license agreement on
a
non-exclusive basis for an additional term of one year. As of March 31, 2008,
the Asian manufacturer had not sold any mobile telephones using our
technology.
The
net
revenue related to this agreement has been allocated over the term of the
agreement, amounting to $463,000 in 2007 and $851,000 in 2006, respectively.
The
contract also includes consulting services to be provided by Neonode on an
“as
needed basis.” The fees for these consultancy services vary from hourly rates to
monthly rates and are based on reasonable market rates for such services. To
date, we have not provided any consulting service related to this agreement.
Generally, our customers are responsible for the payment of all shipping and
handling charges directly with the freight carriers.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
Our
policy is to maintain allowances for estimated losses resulting from the
inability of our customers to make required payments. Credit limits are
established through a process of reviewing the financial history and stability
of each customer. Where appropriate, we obtain credit rating reports and
financial statements of the customer when determining or modifying their credit
limits. We regularly evaluate the collectibility of our trade receivable
balances based on a combination of factors. When a customer’s account balance
becomes past due, we initiates dialogue with the customer to determine the
cause. If it is determined that the customer will be unable to meet its
financial obligation, such as in the case of a bankruptcy filing, deterioration
in the customer’s operating results or financial position or other material
events impacting their business, we record a specific allowance to reduce the
related receivable to the amount we expect to recover. Should all efforts fail
to recover the related receivable, we will write-off the account. We also record
an allowance for all customers based on certain other factors including the
length of time the receivables are past due and historical collection experience
with customers.
Warranty
Reserves
Our
products are generally warranted against defects for 12 months following the
sale. We have a 12 month warranty from the manufacturer of the mobile phones.
Reserves for potential warranty claims not covered by the manufacturer are
provided at the time of revenue recognition and are based on several factors,
including current sales levels and our estimate of repair costs. Shipping and
handling charges are expensed as incurred.
Research
and Development
Research
and Development (R&D)costs are expensed as incurred. R&D costs are
accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 2,
Accounting
for Research and Development Costs
Research
and development costs consists mainly of personnel related costs in addition
to
some external consultancy costs such as testing, certifying and measurements.
Long-lived
Assets
We
assess
any impairment by estimating the future cash flow from the associated asset
in
accordance with SFAS 144,
Accounting
for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets
.
If the
estimated undiscounted cash flow related to these assets decreases in the future
or the useful life is shorter than originally estimated, we may incur charges
for impairment of these assets. The impairment is based on the estimated
discounted cash flow associated with the asset.
Stock
Based Compensation Expense
We
account for stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance with
SFAS 123 (revised 2004),
Share-Based
Payment (SFAS 123R)
.
We
account for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with SFAS
123R and Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 96-18,
Accounting
for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other than Employees for Acquiring,
or
in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services
,
which
require that such equity instruments be recorded at their fair value and the
unvested portion is re-measured each reporting period. When determining stock
based compensation expense involving options and warrants, we determine the
estimated fair value of options and warrants using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model.
Accounting
for Debt Issued with Stock Purchase Warrants
We
account for debt issued with stock purchase warrants in accordance with
Accounting Principles Board (APB) opinion 14,
Accounting
for Convertible Debts and Debts issued with stock purchase warrants,
if
they
meet equity classification
.
We
allocate the proceeds of the debt between the debt and the detachable warrants
based on the relative fair values of the debt security without the warrants
and
the warrants themselves.
Derivatives
We
do not
enter into derivative contracts for purposes of risk management or speculation.
However, from time to time, we enter into contracts that are not
considered derivative financial instruments in their entirety but that include
embedded derivative features. Such embedded derivatives are assessed at
inception of the contract and, depending on their characteristics, are accounted
for as separate derivative financial instruments pursuant to SFAS
133
,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,
as
amended (together, SFAS 133. We account for these derivatives under SFAS 133.
SFAS
133
requires that we analyze all material contracts and determine whether or not
they contain embedded derivatives. Any such derivatives are then bifurcated
from
their host contract and recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at fair
value
and the changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recorded each
period in the consolidated statements of operations.
Income
taxes
We
account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS 109,
Accounting
for Income Taxes
. SFAS
109 requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected
future tax consequences of items that have been included in the financial
statements or tax returns. We estimate income taxes based on rates in effect
in
each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Deferred income tax assets and
liabilities are determined based upon differences between the financial
statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax
rates
in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The
realization of deferred tax assets is based on historical tax positions and
expectations about future taxable income. Valuation allowances are recorded
against net deferred tax assets where, in our opinion, realization is uncertain
based on the “not more likely than not” criteria of SFAS 109.
Based
on
the uncertainty of future pre-tax income, we fully reserved our net deferred
tax
assets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006. In the event we were to determine
that
we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment
to the deferred tax asset would increase income in the period such a
determination was made. The provision for income taxes represents the net change
in deferred tax amounts, plus income taxes payable for the current
period.
Effective
January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48),
Accounting
for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
,
which
provisions included a two-step approach to recognizing, de-recognizing and
measuring uncertain tax positions accounted for in accordance with SFAS 109.
As
a result of the implementation of FIN 48, we recognized no increase in the
liability for unrecognized tax benefits and a decrease in the related reserve
of
the same amount. Therefore upon implementation of FIN 48, we recognized no
material adjustment to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. As
of December 30, 2007, unrecognized tax benefits approximated $0.
New
Accounting Pronouncements
The
following are expected effects of recent accounting pronouncements. We are
required to analyze these pronouncements and determined the effect, if any,
the
adoption of these pronouncements would have on our results of operations or
financial position.
In
December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007),
Business
Combinations
(SFAS
No. 141R). SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer
recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets
acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree
and the goodwill acquired. SFAS No. 141R also establishes disclosure
requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of
the
business combination. SFAS No. 141R is effective as of the beginning of an
entity’s fiscal year that begins after 15 December 2008, and will be adopted by
us in the first quarter of 2009. We do not believe that the adoption of SFAS
141R will have material impact on our consolidated results of operations and
financial condition.
In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, Fair Value Measurements. The
standard provides guidance for using fair value to measure assets and
liabilities. SFAS 157 clarifies the principle that fair value should be
based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset
or
liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the
information used to develop those assumptions. Under the standard, fair value
measurements would be separately disclosed by level within the fair value
hierarchy. The statement is effective for us beginning in fiscal year 2009.
In
February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) SFAS 157-2,
Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (FSP SFAS 157-2) that
deferred the effective date of SFAS 157 for one year for certain
nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities. We have not determined the
effect, if any, the adoption of this statement will have on our results of
operations or financial position.
In
February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159, The Fair Value Option for
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-Including an Amendment of FASB
Statement 115, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007. This statement permits an entity to choose to measure
many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value at specified
election dates. Subsequent unrealized gains and losses on items for which the
fair value has been elected will be reported in earnings. We are currently
evaluating the potential impact of this statement.
In
December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 160,
Noncontrolling
Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements.
SFAS 160 establishes new standards that will govern the accounting for and
reporting of noncontrolling interests in partially owned subsidiaries.
SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after
December 15, 2008 and requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and
disclosure requirements for existing minority interests. All other requirements
shall be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the
potential impact of this statement.
In
March
2008, the FASB issued SFAS 161,
Disclosures
about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities - an amendment of FASB
Statement No. 133
,
as
amended and interpreted, which requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s
derivative and hedging activities and thereby improves the transparency of
financial reporting. Disclosing the fair values of derivative instruments and
their gains and losses in a tabular format provides a more complete picture
of
the location in an entity’s financial statements of both the derivative
positions existing at period end and the effect of using derivatives during
the
reporting period. Entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures about
(a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative
instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133
and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and
related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial
performance, and cash flows. SFAS 161 is effective for financial statements
issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008.
Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect SFAS 161 to have a material
impact on our financial position, and we will make all necessary disclosures
upon adoption, if applicable.
Results
of Operations
On
August
10, 2007, SBE announced the completion of the previously announced merger of
its
wholly-owned subsidiary, Cold Winter Acquisition Corporation, with and into
Neonode Inc., pursuant to which Neonode changed its name to “Cold Winter, Inc.”
and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Following the closing
of
the merger transaction, the Company was renamed “Neonode Inc.” The
newly-combined Company’s headquarters is located in Stockholm, Sweden. SBE
issued approximately 20.4 million shares of its common stock in exchange for
5.8
million outstanding shares of Neonode Inc. common stock and the assumption
of
outstanding options and warrants to purchase an additional 7.9 million shares
of
Neonode Inc. common stock. The Company’s common stock started trading on the
Nasdaq Capital Market on August 13, 2007 under the new ticker symbol “NEON.”
For
accounting purposes, the Merger was accounted for as a reverse merger with
Old
Neonode as the accounting acquirer. This transaction was treated as a
recapitalization. Thus, the historical financial statements of Old Neonode
have
become our historical financial statements and the results of operations of
our
company (formally known as SBE, Inc.) are included in the results of operations
presented elsewhere and discussed herein only from August 10, 2007. Thus the
audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K and discussion of our financial condition and results of
operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 below reflect Old Neonode’s
stand-alone consolidated operations. The audited consolidated financial
statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the
discussion of our financial condition and results of operations for the year
ended December 31, 2007 appearing below include the results of operations of
formerly SBE, Inc. only from August 10, 2007. Our consolidated financial
statements include Old Neonode’s accounts, those of its wholly-owned subsidiary,
Neonode AB, and, from August 10, 2007, SBE, Inc.’s accounts and the accounts of
SBE, Inc.’s wholly-owned subsidiary Cold Winter, Inc.
The
following table sets forth, as a percentage of net sales, certain statements
of
operations data for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. These
operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for
any future period.
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Net
sales
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
100
|
%
|
Cost
of sales
|
|
|
74
|
%
|
|
79
|
%
|
Gross
profit
|
|
|
26
|
%
|
|
21
|
%
|
Operating
expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research
and development
|
|
|
142
|
%
|
|
135
|
%
|
Sales
and marketing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
45
|
%
|
General
and administrative
|
|
|
162
|
%
|
|
112
|
%
|
Total
operating expenses
|
|
|
404
|
%
|
|
292
|
%
|
Operating
loss
|
|
|
(379
|
%)
|
|
(272
|
%)
|
Other
income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
income and other, net
|
|
|
(9
|
%)
|
|
(14
|
%)
|
Interest
expense
|
|
|
(9
|
%)
|
|
(14
|
%)
|
Charges
related to debt extinguishments and debt discounts
|
|
|
(125
|
%)
|
|
(12
|
%)
|
Non-cash
charges for conversion features & warrants
|
|
|
(1,024
|
%)
|
|
1
|
%
|
Total
other expense
|
|
|
(1,167
|
%)
|
|
(39
|
%)
|
Net
loss
|
|
|
(1,547
|
%)
|
|
(311
|
%)
|
Non-cash
inducement charge related to corporate reorganization February 28,
2006
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
Net
loss attributable to common shareholders
|
|
|
(1,547
|
%)
|
|
(318
|
%)
|
Net
Sales
Net
sales
for the year ended December 31, 2007 were $3.1 million, an approximately 94%
increase from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Revenue for
the
year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 includes $2.7 million and $793,000 revenue
from the sales of our multimedia mobile phones, respectively. In addition,
license revenue in 2007 and 2006 amounted to $463,000 and $851,000. License
revenue was received from a July 2005 licensing agreement with a major Asian
manufacturer whereby we licensed our touchscreen technology for use in a mobile
phone to be included in their product assortment. In this agreement, we received
an initial payment of approximately $2.0 million plus will receive $2.65 for
each device manufactured using our technology in return for granting an
exclusive right to use our touchscreen technology for a mobile phone handset
for
a period that expired in July 2007. We extended the contract for an additional
one year period until July 2008 without the exclusive rights. The increase
in
Net Sales is attributable to the launch of the N2 model of our multimedia mobile
phone in mid-February 2007. The N2 phone represents our first general release
mobile phone handset and we began shipping to our first European customers
in
July of 2007.
We
sell
our products through a direct sales force that supports our distributors. In
2007, we concentrated our sales efforts on the European and Indian markets.
In
2008, we plan an expansion into the North American, South American and Chinese
markets through Neonode USA, a joint venture between Neonode Inc and
Distribution Management Consolidators Worldwide, LLC (DMC).
We
depend
on a limited number of customers for substantially all revenue to date. Failure
to anticipate or respond adequately to technological developments in our
industry, changes in customer or supplier requirements or changes in regulatory
requirements or industry standards, or any significant delays in the development
or introduction of products or services, could have a material adverse effect
on
our business, operating results and cash flows.
Gross
Profit
Gross
profit as a percentage of net sales was 26% and 21% in the years ended December
31, 2007 and 2006. Our cost of sales include the direct cost of production
of
the phone plus the cost of our internal production department and accrued
estimated warranty costs. The primary reason for the increase in gross profit
is
a result of the fact that our cost of sales includes write-downs of obsolete
inventory relating to the N1 phones of $565,000 for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2006 as compared to $0 for the 12 months ended December 31,
2007.
We
began
producing and shipping our commercially available N2 mobile phone handsets
in
the second half of 2007. The cost of sales for 2007 reflects the cost to produce
the N2 mobile phone handsets and a limited number of N1 and N1m mobile phone
handsets delivered in the first quarter of 2007. The start-up production runs
of
the new N2 mobile phone handsets had higher costs of production due to the
price
of purchasing components in lower volumes.
We
expect
our gross profit to increase in 2008 as we begin to produce and sell our N2
mobile phone handsets in larger quantities. Our target range for gross profit
is
between 28% and 30% once we increase production volumes.
Product
Research and Development
Product
research and development (R&D) expenses for the year ended December 31, 2007
were $4.4 million, a 100% increase over $2.2 million for the same period ending
December 31, 2006.
The
main
factors that contributed to the increase in R&D costs are as
follows:
|
·
|
an
increase in the headcount of our engineering department from 10 to
14
amounting to an increase of $509,000 along with significant increases
in
external consultancy costs of $741,000. In 2007, in order to recruit,
retain and motivate employees, we began to increase employee’s
salaries
to market levels. Prior to 2007, Neonode’s employee’s salaries were below
market level; and
|
|
·
|
an
increase in engineering expenditures in the late stage processes
of
bringing the N2 into commercial production amounting to
$280,000.
|
We
plan
to continue to increase expenditures on critical R&D projects and have
planned increases in both the headcount of our engineering department and the
purchase of critical design and testing technology. We have a product roadmap
of
future mobile phone handsets and technologies and expects to increase our
R&D budgets in order to develop these products and technologies to meet
market demands.
Sales
and Marketing
Sales
and
marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2007 were $3.1 million
compared to $746,000 for the same period in 2006, an increase of 329%.
The
increase in 2007 over 2006 is primarily related to increases in product
marketing activities such as advertising agency fees as well as an 80% increase
in sales and marketing headcount . During 2007, we launched our N2 model phone
handset at the 3GSM trade show in Barcelona, Spain. In addition, the sales
force
was strengthened for the product rollout on the European market.
Sales
and
marketing programs are focused on design wins with new customers and, therefore,
as new customer sales increase, sales and marketing expenses are expected to
increase.
We
expect
our sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase as we position the
Company to take advantage of new market opportunities for our N2 and future
mobile phone handsets and participate in more sales lead generation and branding
initiatives, such as, industry trade events, public relations and direct
marketing.
Our
target range for sales and marketing expense is between 12% and 15% of total
sales once we increase production volumes.
General
and Administrative
General
and administrative (G&A) expenses for the year ended December 31, 2007 were
$5.1 million, a 183% increase from $1.8 million for the same period in 2006.
The
increase in 2007 over 2006 is primarily related to:
|
·
|
approximately
$1.5 million in legal and accounting costs associated with bringing
our
accounting and reporting up to US GAAP standards in preparation for
the
merger with SBE in August 2007; and
|
|
·
|
an
increase in headcount and general overhead expense including the
personnel
additions from the August 10, 2007 merger with SBE amounting to $1.3
million.
|
We
expect
the basic general and administrative expense to continue to increase due to
increasing demands on legal, accounting, insurance and other costs, including
compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley regulations, associated with being a public
company as a result of the merger with SBE. However, the absence of one-time
costs incurred in 2007 associated with the merger with SBE should mitigate
some
of this increase so that total G&A should not continue to increase at the
same rate as in 2007.
Interest
Expense and Other Expense
Interest
expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 was $295,000 million
as
compared to $229,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006. The $66,000
increase is due to a combination of a increase in interest bearing debt
outstanding during 2007 and an increase in the interest rate.
Charges
related to debt extinguishments and debt discounts
Charges
related to debt extinguishments and debt discounts for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2007 amounted to $3.9 million compared to $200,000 for the twelve
months ended December 31, 2006. The $3.7 million increase is due a combination
of debt extinguishment costs related to the conversion of senior secured notes
and bridge notes of $1.9 million, the debt discount amortization and the
write-off of excess debt discounts related to the bridge notes and September
26,
2007 financing amounting to $1.6 million and $210,000 related to the
amortization of debt issuance costs.
Non-Cash
Charges for Conversion Feature and Warrants
On
August
10, 2007, all the senior secured notes, loan from Petrus and Almi and accrued
interest totalling $14.3 million were converted to 10,096,197 shares of our
common stock and 5 year warrants to purchase 5,048,095 shares of our common
stock at $2.83 per share. We
computed
the fair value of the conversion option related to the notes using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model on the day of the conversion to common stock
and warrants and compared the computed fair value to the recorded value of
the
notes and related accrued interest. The $32.1 million in the non-cash charges
for conversion feature and warrants is comprised of $35.6 million increase
in
the computed fair value of the embedded conversion features related to
convertible debt and a $1.5 million benefit related the valuation of warrants
recorded as a liability. These net charges were recorded as a non-cash valuation
charge
in the
statements of operations pursuant to Emerging Issues Task Force Issue (EITF)
03-7
,
Accounting for the Settlement of the Equity-Settled Portion of a Convertible
Debt Instrument that Permits or Requires the Conversion Spread to Be Settled
in
Stock
,
and APB
26,
Early
Extinguishment of Debt.
Income
Taxes
Our
effective tax rate was 0% in the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. We recorded valuation allowances in 2007 and 2006 for deferred
tax
assets related to net operating losses due to the uncertainty of realization.
In
the event of future taxable income, our effective income tax rate in future
periods could be lower than the statutory rate as such tax assets are
realized.
Net
Loss
As
a
result of the factors discussed above, we recorded a net loss attributable
to
shareholders of $48.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared
to a
net loss available to shareholders of $5.2 million in the comparable period
in
2006.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We
do not
have any transactions, arrangements, or other relationships with unconsolidated
entities that are reasonably likely to affect our liquidity or capital resources
other than the operating leases. We have no special purpose or limited purpose
entities that provide off-balance sheet financing, liquidity, or market or
credit risk support; or engage in leasing, hedging, research and development
services, or other relationships that expose us to liability that is not
reflected on the face of the financial statements.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Our
liquidity is dependent on many factors, including sales volume, operating profit
and the efficiency of asset use and turnover. Our future liquidity will be
affected by, among other things:
·
actual
versus anticipated sales of our products;
·
our
actual versus anticipated operating expenses;
·
the
timing of our product shipments;
·
the
timing of payment for our product shipments;
·
our
actual versus anticipated gross profit margin;
·
our
ability to raise additional capital, if necessary; and
·
our
ability to secure credit facilities, if necessary.
The
consolidated financial statements included herein have been prepared on a going
concern basis, which contemplates continuity of operations and the realization
of assets and liquidation of liabilities in the ordinary course of business.
The
report of our independent registered public accounting firm in respect of the
2007 fiscal year, included elsewhere in this annual report includes an
explanatory going concern paragraph which raises substantial doubt to continue
as a going concern, which indicates an absence of obvious or reasonably assured
sources of future funding that will be required by us to maintain ongoing
operations. Although we have been able to fund our operations to date, there
is
no assurance that our capital raising efforts will be able to attract the
additional capital or other funds needed to sustain our operations. The going
concern qualification from our auditors may make it more difficult for us to
raise funds. If we are unable to obtain additional funding for operations,
we
may not be able to continue operations as proposed, requiring us to modify
our
business plan, curtail various aspects of our operations or cease operations.
In
such event, investors may lose a portion or all of their
investment.
Our
cash
is subject to interest rate risk. We invest primarily on a short-term basis.
Our
financial instrument holdings at December 31, 2007 were analyzed to determine
their sensitivity to interest rate changes. The fair values of these instruments
were determined by net present values. In our sensitivity analysis, the same
change in interest rate was used for all maturities and all other factors were
held constant. If interest rates increased by 10%, the expected effect on net
loss related to our financial instruments would be immaterial. The functional
currency of our foreign subsidiary is the applicable local currency, the Swedish
krona, and is subject to foreign currency exchange rate risk. Any increase
or
decrease in the exchange rate of the U.S. Dollar compared to the Swedish krona
will impact Neonode’s future operating results. Certain of Neonode loans are in
Swedish kronor and fluctuations in the exchange rate of the U.S. Dollar compared
to the Swedish krona will impact both the interest and future principal payments
associated with these loans.
In
January 2008, we offered our customers a design modification for the N2 phones
held in their inventory. We expect the cost of the modification program to
be
approximately $200,000 As part of the modification program we offered to
transport the inventory to our manufacturing partner (Balda Malaysia) and
provide the modifications at no cost to our customers. As a result, certain
of
our customers are withholding payment of amounts due us until the modifications
are completed and the inventory is returned to them.
At
December 31, 2007, we had cash and cash equivalents of $6.8 million (with $5.7
million held as restricted cash), as compared to $369,000 at December 31, 2006.
In the twelve month period ended December 31, 2007, $11.1 million of cash was
used in operating activities, primarily as a result of our net loss
reduced
by the following non-cash items (in thousands):
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
$
|
298
|
|
Deferred
interest
|
|
|
340
|
|
Debt
discounts and deferred financing fees
|
|
|
2,557
|
|
Stock-based
compensation expense
|
|
|
408
|
|
Write-off
of merger costs in excess of cash received from SBE, Inc.
|
|
|
263
|
|
Debt
extinguishment loss
|
|
|
1,524
|
|
Change
in fair value of embedded derivatives and warrants
recorded
as a liability
|
|
|
32,079
|
|
|
|
$
|
37,469
|
|
We
provided bank guaranties totaling $5.7 million as collateral for the performance
of our obligations under our agreement with our manufacturing partner. The
outstanding bank guaranties expired at December 29, 2007 and the funds were
released by our bank to cash on January 2, 2008.
During
the twelve months ended December 31, 2007, we sold a combination of convertible
notes and equity for cash totaling $17.2 million. Adjusted working capital
(current assets less current liabilities not including non-cash liabilities
related to warrants and embedded derivatives) was $5.8 million at December
31,
2007, compared to an adjusted working capital deficit of $5.7 million at
December 31, 2006.
In
the
twelve months ended December 31, 2007, we purchased $437,000 of fixed assets,
consisting primarily of manufacturing tooling, computers and engineering
equipment.
On
February 12, 2007, we completed a $5.0 million convertible senior secured note
financing with interest at 4% per annum and on June 15, 2007, we completed
an
additional $3.0 million convertible senior secured note financing with interest
at 4% per annum. On August 10, 2007, all the senior secured notes, loan from
Petrus, and Almi 1 and related accrued interest totaling $14.3 million were
converted to 10,096,197 shares of our common stock and 5 year warrants to
purchase 5,048,095 shares of our common stock at $2.83 per share.
On
August
8, 2007, we completed a $3.2 million offering of convertible notes (the Bridge
Notes) bearing 8% interest, due December 31, 2007, and convertible into a
combination of shares of our common stock, warrants and convertible debt. We
also issued an option to invest $750,000, at the same terms and conditions
as
the Bridge Notes, to a particular investor. On September 26, 2007, the August
Bridge Notes’ maturity date was extended to June 30, 2008 and the conversion
period was pushed back to no earlier than March 15, 2008 and before June 30,
2008. In consideration, we issued 219,074 additional warrants to the Bridge
Note
holders. On March 31, 2008, the expiration of the option was extended until
June
30, 2008. On September 26, 2007, $450,000 of the $3.2 million was converted
to
75,817 shares of our common stock, warrants to purchase 105,612 shares of our
common stock at a price of $3.92 per share and a $227,450 promissory note under
the same terms as conditions as the September 2007 private placement, described
below. The note holders of the remaining $2.8 million of unconverted notes
have
the right to convert their notes to equity and debt securities anytime between
March 15, 2008 and June 30, 2008 under the same terms as the September 26,
2007
private placement financing.
On
September 26, 2007, we sold $5.7 million of securities in a private placement,
comprised of $2.9 million of three-year promissory notes bearing the higher
of
LIBOR plus 3% or 8% interest per annum, convertible into shares of our common
stock at a conversion price of $3.50 per share, 952,499 shares of our common
stock and warrants to purchase 1,326,837 shares of our common stock at a price
of $3.92 per share.
During
2007 we provided bank guaranties totalling $5.7 million as collateral for the
performance of our obligations under our agreement with our manufacturing
partner. The outstanding bank guaranties expired at December 29, 2007 and the
funds were released by our bank to cash on January 02, 2008. The cash restricted
from withdrawal by our bank to secure the obligations of the bank guaranty
is
shown as restricted cash within current assets as of December 31,
2007.
On
March
4, 2008, we sold $4.5 million in securities in a private placement to accredited
investors. We sold 1,800,000 shares of our common stock for $2.50 per share.
After placement agent fees and offering expenses, we received net proceeds
of
approximately $4 million.
The
majority of our cash for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 was provided
by borrowings from senior secured notes and bridge notes that have been or
are
convertible into shares of our common stock. Unless we are able to increase
our
sales to reach cash breakeven or increase our secured lines or credit or enter
into new lines of credit, we may have to raise additional funds through the
issuance of additional debt or equity securities. If we raise additional funds
through the issuance of preferred stock or debt, these securities could have
rights, privileges or preferences senior to those of common stock, and debt
covenants could impose restrictions on our operations. The sale of equity or
debt could result in additional dilution to current stockholders, and such
financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.
ITEM 7A.
|
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE
DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
Not
applicable.
ITEM 8.
|
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
Index
to the Financial Statements
|
Page
|
|
|
Financial
Statements
|
|
|
|
Report
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
30
|
|
|
Consolidated
Balance Sheets at December 31, 2007 and 2006
|
31
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and
2006
|
32
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2007
and 2006
|
33
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007 and
2006
|
34
|
|
|
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
35
|
|
|
Financial
Statement Schedule
|
|
|
|
Schedule
II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
61
|
Report
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board
of
Directors and Stockholders
Neonode
Inc.
Stockholm,
Sweden
We
have
audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Neonode Inc. as of
December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the two
years in the period ended December 31, 2007. In connection with our audits
of
the financial statements, we have also audited the schedule listed in the
accompanying index. These financial statements and the schedule are the
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and the schedule based on our
audits.
We
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that
we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required
to
have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over
financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control
over
financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an
opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures
in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In
our
opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Neonode Inc. at December 31,
2007
and 2006, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of
the
two years in the period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
As
discussed in Note 2, to the consolidated financial statements, effective
January
1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share Based Payment.
Also,
in
our opinion, the financial statement schedule, when considered in relation
to
the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly,
in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
The
accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company
will continue as a going concern. As discussed in the Liquidity section of
Note
1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring
losses and negative cash flows from operations and has a working capital
deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as
a going
concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might
result from the outcome from this uncertainty.
Stockholm,
Sweden
April
14,
2008
BDO
Feinstein International AB
|
BDO
Feinstein International AB
|
|
|
/s/
Johan Pharmanson
|
/s/
Tommy Bergendahl
|
Authorized
Public Accountant
|
Authorized
Public Accountant
|
|
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
|
|
|
December
31,
|
|
Amounts
in thousands, except for share and per share amounts
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
1,147
|
|
$
|
369
|
|
Restricted
cash
|
|
|
5,702
|
|
|
-
|
|
Accounts
receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of
$4,264
for Dec. 31, 2007 and $0 Dec. 31, 2006, respectively
|
|
|
868
|
|
|
46
|
|
Inventories,
net
|
|
|
6,610
|
|
|
-
|
|
Prepaid
expenses
|
|
|
1,081
|
|
|
621
|
|
Other
current assets
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
117
|
|
Total
current assets
|
|
|
16,058
|
|
|
1,153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Machinery
and equipment, net
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
65
|
|
Intangible
assets, net
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
155
|
|
Other
long-term assets
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
16,923
|
|
$
|
1,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES
AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
portion of convertible long-term debt (Note 12)
|
|
$
|
132
|
|
$
|
5,112
|
|
Accounts
payable
|
|
|
5,065
|
|
|
245
|
|
Accrued
expenses
|
|
|
1,391
|
|
|
893
|
|
Deferred
revenue
|
|
|
2,979
|
|
|
462
|
|
Liability
for warrants to purchase common stock
|
|
|
5,971
|
|
|
-
|
|
Embedded
derivatives of convertible debt
|
|
|
3,536
|
|
|
124
|
|
Other
liabilities
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
313
|
|
Total
current liabilities
|
|
|
19,748
|
|
|
7,149
|
|
Long-term
convertible debt (Note 12)
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
854
|
|
Total
liabilities
|
|
|
19,808
|
|
|
8,003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments
and contingencies (Notes 15, 17 and 18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders'
deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
stock (75,000,000 shares authorized, par value $0.01;
23,780,670
and 10,282,110 shares issued and outstanding at Dec. 31,
2007
and 2006, respectively)
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
102
|
|
Additional
paid-in-capital
|
|
|
55,191
|
|
|
3,407
|
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive income
|
|
|
354
|
|
|
88
|
|
Accumulated
deficit
|
|
|
(58,668
|
)
|
|
(10,227
|
)
|
Total
stockholders' deficit
|
|
|
(2,885
|
)
|
|
(6,630
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit
|
|
$
|
16,923
|
|
$
|
1,373
|
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial
Statements.
|
Neonode
Inc.
|
Consolidated
Statements of Operations
|
|
|
Twelve
Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts
in thousands, except for per share amounts
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
product sales
|
|
$
|
2,669
|
|
$
|
793
|
|
Net
technology license sales
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
851
|
|
Total
net sales
|
|
|
3,132
|
|
|
1,644
|
|
Cost
of sales
|
|
|
2,317
|
|
|
1,297
|
|
Gross
profit
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research
and development
|
|
|
4,449
|
|
|
2,226
|
|
Sales
and marketing
|
|
|
3,147
|
|
|
746
|
|
General
and administrative
|
|
|
5,080
|
|
|
1,846
|
|
Total
operating expenses
|
|
|
12,676
|
|
|
4,818
|
|
Operating
loss
|
|
|
(11,861
|
)
|
|
(4,471
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
income and other, net
|
|
|
(277
|
)
|
|
(237
|
)
|
Interest
expense
|
|
|
(295
|
)
|
|
(229
|
)
|
Charges
related debt extinguishments and debt discounts
|
|
|
(3,929
|
)
|
|
(199
|
)
|
Non-cash
charges for conversion features and warrants
|
|
|
(32,079
|
)
|
|
18
|
|
Total
other expense
|
|
|
(36,580
|
)
|
|
(647
|
)
|
Loss
before non-cash inducement charge
|
|
|
(48,441
|
)
|
|
(5,118
|
)
|
Net
loss
|
|
|
(48,441
|
)
|
|
(5,118
|
)
|
Non-cash
inducement charge related to corporate reorganization Feb. 28,
2006
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
106
|
|
Net
loss attributable to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
(48,441
|
)
|
$
|
(5,224
|
)
|
Loss
per common share
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
and diluted
|
|
$
|
(3.15
|
)
|
$
|
(0.52
|
)
|
Weighted
average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
15,400
|
|
|
10,119
|
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial
Statements.
|
Neonode
Inc.
|
Consolidated
Statements of Stockholder's
Deficit
|
Amounts
in thousands
|
|
Shares
issued (1)
|
|
Par
value
|
|
Additional
paid-in- capital
|
|
Accumulated
Comprehensive loss
|
|
Accumulated
deficit
|
|
Stock-holders'
equity (deficit)
|
|
Comprehensive
loss
|
|
Balances,
December 31,
2005
|
|
|
9,233
|
|
$
|
92
|
|
$
|
2,608
|
|
$
|
146
|
|
$
|
(5,109
|
)
|
$
|
(2,263
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance
of common stock
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance
of common stock and warrants as part of Company reorganization Feb.
28,
2006
|
|
|
922
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
713
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash
inducement charge in conjunction with reorganization Feb.28, 2006
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
|
Reclassification
of warrants to liability
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
Foreign
currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
$
|
(58
|
)
|
Net
loss
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(5,118
|
)
|
|
(5,118
|
)
|
|
(5,118
|
)
|
Comprehensive
loss
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
$
|
(5,176
|
)
|
Balances,
December 31,
2006
|
|
|
10,282
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
3,407
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
(10,227
|
)
|
|
(6,630
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase
of stock options by
certain
employees for cash
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
stock option compensation expense
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
|
|
Reclassification
of warrants
to
equity
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
Advisory
warrants issued on
5/18/07
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion
of pre-merger debt Aug. 10, 2007 to common stock and
warrants
|
|
|
10,096
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
49,371
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
49,472
|
|
|
|
|
Merger
with SBE on Aug.
10,
2007
|
|
|
2,296
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
contributed by SBE
in
merger
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
1,197
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
1,197
|
|
|
|
|
Merger
costs
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(122
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(122
|
)
|
|
|
|
Conversion
of certain August Bridge Notes on September 26, 2007
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
from September 2007 private placement
|
|
|
952
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance
costs for equity in September 2007
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(376
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(376
|
)
|
|
|
|
Issuance
of common stock under stock based compensation plans
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
Cashless
exercise of employee warrants
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
266
|
|
$
|
266
|
|
Net
loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(48,441
|
)
|
|
(48,441
|
)
|
|
(48,441
|
)
|
Comprehensive
loss
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
$
|
(48,175
|
)
|
Balances,
December 31,
2007
|
|
|
23,781
|
|
$
|
238
|
|
$
|
55,191
|
|
$
|
354
|
|
$
|
(58,668
|
)
|
$
|
(2,885
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1)
Shares issued have been adjusted for share exchanges.
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial
Statements.
|
Neonode
Inc.
|
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
|
Twelve
Months Ended December 31,
|
|
Amounts
in thousands
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Cash
Flows from Operating Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loss
|
|
$
|
(48,441
|
)
|
$
|
(5,118
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments
to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
298
|
|
|
90
|
|
Deferred
interest
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
76
|
|
Debt
discounts and deferred financing fees
|
|
|
2,405
|
|
|
240
|
|
Stock
option expense
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
-
|
|
Stock
compensation expense related to corporate reorganization
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
722
|
|
Inducement
charge related to corporate reorganization
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
Write-down
of inventories
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
133
|
|
Write-off
of excess merger expenses
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
-
|
|
Debt
extinguishment loss
|
|
|
1,524
|
|
|
-
|
|
Change
in fair value of embedded derivatives and warrants
|
|
|
32,079
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes
in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts
receivable and other current assets
|
|
|
(1,324
|
)
|
|
(97
|
)
|
Prepaid
expenses
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
(379
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(6,616
|
)
|
|
38
|
|
Accounts
payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
|
|
|
5,605
|
|
|
425
|
|
Deferred
revenue
|
|
|
2,547
|
|
|
(851
|
)
|
Net
cash used in operating activities
|
|
|
(10,678
|
)
|
|
(4,845
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
Flows From Investing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition
of property and equipment
|
|
|
(437
|
)
|
|
(34
|
)
|
Net
cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(437
|
)
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
Flows From Financing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds
from issuance of convertible debt
|
|
|
16,965
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
Deferred
financing fees
|
|
|
(821
|
)
|
|
(307
|
)
|
Payments
on long-term notes payable
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
(93
|
)
|
Restricted
cash
|
|
|
(5,463
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds
from sale of software business
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
-
|
|
Cash
from SBE merger
|
|
|
1,123
|
|
|
-
|
|
Merger
costs
|
|
|
(227
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds
from sale of employee stock options
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds
from issuance of common stock
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
198
|
|
Net
cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
11,788
|
|
|
4,798
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect
of exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
778
|
|
|
170
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents - beginning of period
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
199
|
|
Cash
- end of period
|
|
$
|
1,147
|
|
$
|
369
|
|
Supplemental
Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
paid
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
Fair
value of common stock and warrants issued in company reorganization
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
722
|
|
Fair
value of warrants issued to financial advisor
|
|
$
|
158
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Conversion
of pre-merger debt to common stock and warrants
|
|
$
|
49,472
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Fair
value of warrants issued to Bridge Note holders
|
|
$
|
705
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Fair
value of equipment acquired in the merger with SBE, Inc.
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Fair
value of option granted to financial advisor that expires
June
2008
|
|
$
|
716
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Equity
contributed by SBE in merger
|
|
$
|
1,197
|
|
|
-
|
|
Conversion
of August Bridge Note
|
|
$
|
296
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial
Statements.
|
NEONODE
INC
Notes
to the Consolidated Financial Statements
1.
Nature
of the business and operations
Neonode
Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in the State of Delaware in 2006 as the
parent of Neonode AB, a company founded in February 2004 and incorporated in
Sweden. In February 2004, Neonode AB acquired the assets, including intangible
assets, relating to the current business, in exchange for cash of $168,000
and
the assumption of a loan of $141,000. The Company allocated the consideration
to
intangible assets in the amount of $284,000 and to equipment in the amount
of
$25,000 based on relative fair values. In February, 2006, a corporate
reorganization was effected by issuing all of the shares of Neonode Inc. to
the
stockholders of Neonode AB based upon the number and class of shares owned
by
each in exchange for all of the outstanding stock of Neonode AB. Following
the
reorganization, Neonode AB became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Neonode Inc.
The
reorganization was accounted for with no change in accounting basis for Neonode
AB, since there was no change in control of the Group. The consolidated accounts
comprise the accounts of the Companies as if they had been owned by the Company
throughout the entire reporting period. In connection with the reorganization,
the Company commenced borrowing from a group of new investors.
Our
business focus is a combination of licensing our touchscreen technology to
other
companies and developing and selling our own products using our technology
in
mobile device markets. We design, develop and sell multimedia mobile phones
with
a focus on unique design and user experience. Our first model, the N1, was
released in November 2004. Our next generation multimedia mobile phone, the
Neonode N2, was launched in February 2007 with first customer shipments of
the
phone mid-July 2007. For the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, our
customers are primarily located in 13 Europe and India regions.
Liquidity
The
accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis,
which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities
in the ordinary course of business. We have incurred net operating losses and
negative operating cash flows since inception. As of December 31, 2007, we
had
an accumulated deficit of $58.7 million and adjusted working capital (current
assets less current liabilities not including non-cash liabilities related
to
warrants and embedded derivatives) of $5.8 million. Our operations are subject
to certain risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in the
early stages of operations. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not
limited to, technical and quality problems in new products, ability to raise
additional funds, credit risks and costs for developing new products. The
ability to generate revenues in the future will depend substantially on success
of resolving quality problems, raising additional funds through debt or equity,
and entering customer contracts with customers that are financially stable.
There
is
no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding on
acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to secure additional funding
and
stockholders, if required, do not approve such financing, we would have to
curtail certain expenditures which we consider necessary for optimizing the
probability of success of developing new products and executing on our business
plan. If we are unable to obtain additional funding for operations, we may
not
be able to continue operations as proposed, requiring us to modify our business
plan, curtail various aspects of our operations or cease
operations.
In
March
2008, we completed a private placement offering of $4.5 million of our common
stock. The financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the
recovery of assets and classification of liabilities that might be necessary
should we be unable to continue as a going concern.
Merger
On
August
10, 2007, SBE announced the completion of the previously announced merger of
its
wholly-owned subsidiary, Cold Winter Acquisition Corporation, with and into
Neonode Inc., pursuant to which Neonode changed its name to “Cold Winter, Inc.”
and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company. Following the closing
of
the merger transaction, the company was renamed “Neonode Inc.” The
newly-combined company's headquarters is located in Stockholm, Sweden. SBE
issued approximately 20.4 million shares of its common stock in exchange for
5.8
million outstanding shares of Neonode Inc. common stock and the assumption
of
outstanding options and warrants to purchase an additional 7.9 million shares
of
Neonode Inc. common stock. The Company’s common stock started trading on the
Nasdaq Capital Market on August 13, 2007 under the new ticker symbol “NEON.”
For
accounting purposes, the merger is considered a recapitalization of Neonode
with
the issuance of stock for cash, other assets and the assumption of liabilities
by Neonode under which Neonode is considered to be acquiring SBE. Accordingly,
the fair value of the assets and liabilities of SBE are combined with Neonode
as
of August 10, 2007 while the historical results of Neonode are reflected in
the
results of the combined company. The consolidated financial statements include
SBE’s operations from August 10, 2007.
Neonode
shareholders exchanged each share of Neonode common stock for 3.5319 shares
of
SBE common stock (exchange ratio) in the recapitalization. Each Neonode warrant
and stock option that was outstanding on the closing date has been converted
into SBE warrants and stock options by multiplying the Neonode stock options
by
the same exchange ratio described above. The new exercise price was also
determined by dividing the old exercise price by the same exchange ratio. Each
of these warrants and options is subject to the same terms and conditions that
were in effect for the related Neonode warrants and options. Neonode
stockholders and employees own approximately 28.5 million shares of the
Company’s common stock or instruments convertible into common stock, or 90.6% of
the fully diluted capitalization, including warrants and options, of the
combined company.
The
following table is the number of shares of common stock, warrants and stock
options outstanding immediately following the consummation of the merger, on
August 10, 2007:
On
August 10, 2007
|
|
SBE
|
|
Neonode
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
Stock
|
|
|
2,295,529
|
|
|
20,378,251
|
|
|
22,673,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrants
to purchase common stock
|
|
|
232,000
|
|
|
5,965,397
|
|
|
6,197,397
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
stock options
|
|
|
437,808
|
|
|
2,117,332
|
|
|
2,555,140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,965,337
|
|
|
28,460,980
|
|
|
31,426,317
|
|
Adjustment
to Number of Shares of Common Stock Outstanding
The
number of shares of Neonode common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2006
and
presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheets has been adjusted to reflect the
number of shares of SBE, Inc. issued to
Neonode
shareholders in conjunction with the recapitalization that culminated on August
10, 2007. Neonode Shareholders exchanged each share of Neonode common stock
for
3.5319 shares of SBE common stock (exchange ratio).
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Historical
shares of common stock outstanding
|
|
|
2,911,217
|
|
Adjusted
shares of common stock outstanding
|
|
|
10,282,127
|
|
2.
Summary
of significant accounting policies
Principles
of Consolidation
The
consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and
include the accounts of Neonode Inc. and its subsidiary based in Sweden, Neonode
AB. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation. Please refer to the Merger section above for description of
our
reverse merger with SBE, Inc. that was completed on August 10, 2007.
Estimates
The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires making estimates and assumptions that affect,
at
the date of the financial statements, the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported
amounts of revenue and expenses. Actual results could differ from these
estimates. Significant estimates include but are not limited to collectibility
of accounts receivable, carrying value of inventory, estimated useful lives
of
long-lived assets, recoverable amounts and fair values of intangible assets,
and
the fair value of securities such as options and warrants issued for stock-based
compensation and in certain financing transactions.
Cash
We
have
not had any liquid investments other than normal cash deposits with bank
institutions to date.
Restricted
Cash
We
have
provided bank guaranties totalling $5.7 million as collateral for the
performance of our obligations under our agreement with our manufacturing
partner. The outstanding bank guaranties expired at December 29, 2007 and the
funds were released by our bank to cash on January 02, 2008. The cash restricted
from withdrawal by our bank to secure the obligations of the bank guaranty
is
shown as restricted cash within current assets.
Accounts
Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful
Accounts
Our
net
accounts receivable are stated at net realizable value. Our policy is to
maintain allowances for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our
customers to make required payments. Credit limits are established through
a
process of reviewing the financial history and stability of each customer.
Where
appropriate, we obtain credit rating reports and financial statements of the
customer when determining or modifying their credit limits. We regularly
evaluate the collectibility of our trade receivable balances based on a
combination of factors. When a customer’s account balance becomes past due, we
initiates dialogue with the customer to determine the cause. If it is determined
that the customer will be unable to meet its financial obligation, such as
in
the case of a bankruptcy filing, deterioration in the customer’s operating
results or financial position or other material events impacting their business,
we record a specific allowance to reduce the related receivable to the amount
we
expect to recover. Should all efforts fail to recover the related receivable,
we
will write-off the account. We also record an allowance for all customers based
on certain other factors including the length of time the receivables are past
due and historical collection experience with customers.
Inventories
Inventories
are stated at the lower of cost, using the first-in, first-out method, or
market. Our policy is to establish inventory reserves when conditions exist
that
suggest that our inventory may be in excess of anticipated demand or is obsolete
based upon our assumptions about future demand for our products and market
conditions.
Machinery
and Equipment
Machinery
and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and
amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line
method based upon estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from one to
five
years as follows:
Estimated
useful lives
|
|
|
Tooling
|
1
year
|
Computer
equipment
|
3
years
|
Furniture
and fixtures
|
5
years
|
Equipment
purchased under capital leases are amortized on a straight-line basis over
the
estimated useful life of the asset.
Upon
retirement or sale of property and equipment, cost and accumulated depreciation
on such assets are removed from the accounts and any gains or losses are
reflected in the statement of operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged
to
expense as incurred.
Intangible
Assets
Intangible
assets consists of patents, with finite lives are recorded at cost less
accumulated amortization. Amortization is computed over the estimated useful
life of the asset, which is generally five years for our patents.
Long-lived
Assets
We
assess
any impairment by estimating the future cash flow from the associated asset
in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 144,
Accounting
for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets
.
If the
estimated undiscounted cash flow related to these assets decreases in the future
or the useful life is shorter than originally estimated, we may incur charges
for impairment of these assets. The impairment is based on the estimated
discounted cash flow associated with the asset. To date, we have not had any
impairment of long-lived assets.
Foreign
Currency Translation
The
functional currency of our foreign subsidiary is the applicable local currency,
the Swedish krona. The translation from Swedish krona to U.S. Dollars is
performed for balance sheet accounts using current exchange rates in effect
at
the balance sheet date and for income statement accounts using a weighted
average exchange rate during the period. Gains or losses resulting from such
translation are included as a separate component of accumulated other
comprehensive income. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency
transactions are included in other income (expense). Foreign currency
transaction gains and losses which are included in other income and (expense)
were $362,000 and $265,000 during the twelve month periods ending December
31,
2007 and 2006, respectively.
Liability
for Warrants and Embedded Derivatives
We
do not
enter into derivative contracts for purposes of risk management or speculation.
However, from time to time, we enter into contracts that are not
considered derivative financial instruments in their entirety but that include
embedded derivative features. Such embedded derivatives are assessed at
inception of the contract and every reporting period, depending on their
characteristics, are accounted for as separate derivative financial instruments
pursuant to SFAS 133,
Accounting
for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
,
as
amended (together, SFAS 133), if such embedded conversion features, if
freestanding, would meet the classification of a liability. SFAS 133 requires
that we analyze all material contracts and determine whether or not they contain
embedded derivatives. Any such embedded conversion features that meet the above
criteria are then bifurcated from their host contract and recorded on the
consolidated balance sheet at fair value and the changes in the fair value
of these derivatives are recorded each period in the consolidated statements
of
operations as an increase or decrease to Non-cash charges for conversion
features and warrants.
Similarly,
if warrants meet the classification of liabilities in accordance with EITF
00-19,
Accounting
for
Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a
Company's Own Stock
,
then
the fair value of the warrants are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet
at
their fair values, and any changes in such fair values are recorded each period
in the consolidated statements of operations as an increase or decrease to
Non-cash charges for conversion features and warrants.
Revenue
Recognition
Our
policy is to recognize revenue for product sales when title transfers and risk
of loss has passed to the customer, which is generally upon shipment of products
to our customers. We estimate expected sales returns and record the amount
as a
reduction of revenues and cost of sales at the time of shipment. Our policy
complies with the guidance provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission’s
Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104,
Revenue
Recognition in Financial Statements,
issued
by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We recognize revenue from the sale
of
our mobile phones when all of the following conditions have been met: (1)
evidence exists of an arrangement with the customer, typically consisting of
a
purchase order or contract; (2) our products have been delivered and risk of
loss has passed to the customer; (3) we have completed all of the necessary
terms of the contract; (4) the amount of revenue to which we are entitled is
fixed or determinable; and (5) we believe it is probable that we will be able
to
collect the amount due from the customer. To the extent that one or more of
these conditions has not been satisfied, we defer recognition of revenue.
Judgments are required in evaluating the credit worthiness of our customers.
Credit is not extended to customers and revenue is not recognized until we
have
determined that collectibility is reasonably assured.
To
date,
our revenues have consisted primarily to distributors located in various 13
regions. We may allow, from time to time, certain distributors price protection
subsequent to the initial product shipment. P
rice
protection may allow the distributor a credit (either in cash or as a discount
on future purchases) if there is a price decrease during a specified period
of
time or until the distributor resells the goods.
Future
price adjustments are difficult to estimate since we do not have sufficient
history of making price adjustments. We, therefore, defer recognition of revenue
(in the balance sheet line item “deferred revenue”) derived from sales to these
customers until they have resold our products to their customers. Although
revenue recognition and related cost of sales are deferred, we record an
accounts receivable at the time of initial product shipment. As standard terms
are generally FOB shipping point, payment terms are enforced from shipment
date
and legal title and risk of inventory loss passes to the distributor upon
shipment.
For
products sold to distributors with agreements allowing for price protection
and
product returns, we recognize revenue based on our best estimate of when the
distributor sold the product to its end customer. Our estimate of such
distributor sell-through is based on information received from our distributors.
Revenue is not recognized upon shipment since, due to various forms of price
concessions, the sales price is not substantially fixed or determinable at
that
time.
Revenue
from products sold directly to end-users though our web sales channels is
generally recognized when title and risk of loss has passed to the buyer, which
typically occurs upon shipment. Reserves for sales returns are estimated based
primarily on historical experience and are provided at the time of shipment.
We
derive
revenue from license of our internally developed intellectual property (IP).
We
enter into IP licensing agreements that generally provide licensees the right
to
incorporate our IP components in their products with terms and conditions that
vary by licensee. The IP licensing agreements will generally include a
nonexclusive license for the underlying IP. Fees under these agreements may
include license fees relating to our IP and royalties payable following the
sale by our licensees of products incorporating the licensed technology. The
license for our IP has standalone value and can be used by the licensee without
maintenance and support.
Revenue
for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 includes revenue from
the
sales of the N1 and N2 multimedia mobile phones and revenue from a licensing
agreement with a major Asian manufacturer. In July 2005, we entered into a
licensing agreement with a major Asian manufacturer whereby we licensed our
touchscreen technology for use in a mobile phone to be included in their product
assortment. In this agreement, we received approximately $2.0 million in return
for granting an exclusive right to use our touchscreen technology over a two
year period. Another component of the agreement provides for a fee of
approximately $2.65 per telephone if the Asian manufacture sells mobile phones
based on our technology. In July 2007, we extended this license agreement on
a
non-exclusive basis for an additional term of one year. As of March 31, 2008,
the Asian manufacturer had not sold any mobile telephones using our technology.
The
net
revenue related to this agreement has been allocated over the term of the
agreement, amounting to $463,000 in 2007 and $851,000 in 2006, respectively.
The
contract also includes consulting services to be provided by Neonode on an
“as
needed basis”. The fees for these consultancy services vary from hourly rates to
monthly rates and are based on reasonable market rates for such services. To
date, we have not provided any consulting service related to this agreement.
Generally, our customers are responsible for the payment of all shipping and
handling charges directly with the freight carriers.
Warranty
Reserve
Our
products are generally warranted against defects for twelve months following
the
sale. We have a twelve month warranty from the manufacturer of the mobile
phones. Reserves for potential warranty claims not covered by the manufacturer
are provided at the time of revenue recognition and are based on several
factors, including current sales levels and an estimate of repair costs.
Shipping and handling charges are expensed as incurred.
Advertising
Advertising
costs are expensed as incurred. External advertising costs amounted to $661,000
and $157,000 for the years ending December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
Research
and Development
Research
and Development (R&D) costs are expensed as incurred. R&D costs are
accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 2,
Accounting
for Research and Development Costs.
Research
and development costs consists mainly of personnel related costs in addition
to
some external consultancy costs such as testing, certifying and measurements.
Concentration
of Risk
Financial
instruments which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk
consist principally of accounts receivable with customers. Since we are in
the
process of getting our product to market, our first customers will comprise
over
15 percent of revenue and we will need to rely on a smaller customer base as
we
grow. In addition, we usually sell to customers with either prepayment, letter
of credit or bank guarantees. Our customers are generally distributors of
telecommunications equipment. We will maintain allowances for potential credit
losses, if necessary.
Risk
and Uncertainties
Our
long-term success is dependent on obtaining sufficient capital to fund our
operations and development of our products, bringing such products to the
worldwide market, and obtaining sufficient sales volume to be profitable. To
achieve these objectives, we will be required to raise additional capital
through public or private financings or other arrangements. It cannot be assured
that such financings will be available on terms attractive to us, if at all.
Such financings may be dilutive to our stockholders and may contain restrictive
covenants.
We
are
subject to certain risks common to technology-based companies in similar stages
of development. Principal risks include uncertainty of growth in market
acceptance for our products; history of losses since inception, ability to
remain competitive in response to new technologies, costs to defend, as well
as
risks of losing patent and intellectual property rights, reliance on limited
number of suppliers, reliance on outsourced manufacture of our products for
quality control and product availability, ability to increase production
capacity to meet demand for our products, concentration of our operations in
a
limited number of facilities, uncertainty of demand for our products in certain
markets, ability to manage growth effectively, dependence on key members of
our
management and development team, limited experience in conducting operations
internationally, and ability to obtain adequate capital to fund future
operations.
Since
we
are in the process of launching a new generation of our product, the first
customers may comprise over 15 percent of revenue and we will need to rely
on a
smaller customer base as we grow. In addition we will produce telephones through
an agreement with a production partner. This exposes us to the risk that the
partner may not fulfil contracted volumes or deliveries. Even the sources of
components used in our product could cause delays in production and deliveries.
We
are
exposed to a number of economic and industry factors that could result in
portions of our inventory becoming either obsolete or in excess of anticipated
usage, or subject to lower of cost or market issues. These factors include,
but
are not limited to, technological changes in our markets, our ability to meet
changing customer requirements, competitive pressures in products and prices,
and the availability of key components from our suppliers.
A
significant portion of our business is conducted in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar (the currency in which its financial statements are reported),
primarily the Swedish krona and, to a lesser extent, the Euro. We incur a
significant portion of our expenses in Swedish kronor, including a significant
portion of our product development expense and a substantial portion of our
general and administrative expenses. As a result, appreciation of the value
of
the Swedish krona relative to the other currencies, particularly the U.S.
dollar, could adversely affect operating results. We do not currently undertake
hedging transactions to cover our currency exposure, but we may choose to hedge
a portion of our currency exposure in the future as it deems
appropriate.
Our
future success depends on market acceptance of our products as well as our
ability to introduce new versions of our products to meet the evolving needs
of
our customers.
Stock
Based Compensation Expense
Effective
January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS 123 (revised 2004)
Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R,
which
establishes standards for the accounting of transactions in which an entity
exchanges its equity instruments for goods or services
,
primarily focusing on accounting for transactions where an entity obtains
employee services in share based payment transactions. SFAS 123R requires a
public entity to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange
for
an award of equity instruments, including share options, based on the fair
value
of the award on the grant date, and to recognize it as compensation expense
over
the period the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the
award, usually the vesting period. SFAS 123R supersedes our previous accounting
under APB 25,
Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees
,
and
related interpretations for periods beginning in fiscal 2006. In March 2005,
the
SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 107 relating to SFAS 123R. We
adopted SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition method as permitted
under SFAS 123R. Accordingly, prior period amounts have not been restated.
Under
this application, we are required to record compensation expense for awards
granted after the date of adoption and for the unvested portions of previously
granted awards that remain outstanding at the date of adoption. Prior to the
adoption of SFAS 123R, we used the intrinsic value method as prescribed by
APB
25 and thus recognized no compensation expense for options granted with exercise
prices equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
We
account for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with SFAS
123R and Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 96-18,
Accounting
for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other than Employees for Acquiring,
or
in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services
,
which
require that such equity instruments be recorded at their fair value and the
unvested portion is re-measured each reporting period. When determining stock
based compensation expense involving options and warrants, we determine the
estimated fair value of options and warrants using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model.
Accounting
for Debt Issued with Detachable Stock Purchase
Warrants
We
account for debt issued with stock purchase warrants in accordance with APB
opinion 14,
Accounting
for Convertible Debts and Debts issued with Stock Purchase
Warrants
,
if such
warrants meet equity classification. We allocate the proceeds of the debt
between the debt and the detachable warrants based on the relative fair values
of the debt security without the warrants and the warrants themselves, if the
warrants are equity instruments.
Income
Taxes
We
account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS 109,
Accounting
for Income Taxes
.
SFAS
109 requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected
future tax consequences of items that have been included in the financial
statements or tax returns. We estimate income taxes based on rates in effect
in
each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. Deferred income tax assets
and
liabilities are determined based upon differences between the financial
statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax
rates
in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The
realization of deferred tax assets is based on historical tax positions and
expectations about future taxable income. Valuation allowances are recorded
against net deferred tax assets where, in our opinion, realization is uncertain
based on the “not more likely than not” criteria of SFAS 109.
Based
on
the uncertainty of future pre-tax income, we fully reserved our net deferred
tax
assets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006. In the event we were to determine
that
we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment
to the deferred tax asset would increase income in the period such a
determination was made. The provision for income taxes represents the net change
in deferred tax amounts, plus income taxes payable for the current
period.
Effective
January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48),
Accounting
for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
,
which
provisions included a two-step approach to recognizing, de-recognizing and
measuring uncertain tax positions accounted for in accordance with SFAS 109.
As
a result of the implementation of FIN 48, we recognized no increase in the
liability for unrecognized tax benefits. Therefore upon implementation of FIN
48, we recognized no material adjustment to the January 1, 2007 balance of
retained earnings. As of December 31, 2007, we had no unrecognized tax
benefits.
Net
Loss Per Share
Net
loss
per share amounts have been computed in accordance with SFAS 128,
Earnings
per Share
.
For
each of the periods presented, basic loss per share amounts were computed based
on the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during
the
period. Net loss per share, assuming dilution amounts from common stock
equivalents, are computed based on the weighted average number of shares of
common stock and potential common stock equivalents outstanding during the
period. The weighted average numbers of shares of common stock and potential
common stock equivalents used in computing the net loss per share for the twelve
month periods ending December 31, 2007 and 2006, excluded the potential common
stock equivalents, as the effect would be anti-dilutive.
Comprehensive
Loss
We
apply
SFAS 130,
Reporting
Comprehensive Income
,
which
establishes standards for reporting and displaying all changes in equity other
than transaction with owners in their capacity as owners. Our comprehensive
loss
includes foreign currency translation gains and losses reflected in equity.
We
have reported the components of comprehensive loss in our Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders' Equity.
Cash
Flow Information
Cash
flows in foreign currencies have been converted to U.S. dollars at an
approximate weighted average exchange rate for the respective reporting periods.
The weighted average exchange rate for the Consolidated Statements of Operations
was 6.759 and 7.377 Swedish Krona to one U.S. Dollar for the year ended December
31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The weighted average exchange rate for the
consolidated Balance Sheets was 6.4675 and 6.8725 Swedish Krona to one U.S.
Dollar as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
We
disclose the estimated fair values for all financial instruments for which
it is
practicable to estimate fair value. Financial instruments including cash and
cash equivalents, receivables and payables and current portions of long-term
debt are deemed to approximate fair value due to their short maturities. The
carrying amounts of long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations are also
deemed to approximate their fair values. Since no quoted market prices exist
for
certain of our financial instruments, the fair values of such instruments have
been derived based on our assumptions, the estimated amount and timing of future
cash flows and estimated discount rates. Different assumptions could
significantly affect these estimates.
Effects
of Recent Accounting Pronouncements
The
following are expected effects of recent accounting pronouncements. We are
required to analyze these pronouncements and
determined
the effect, if any, the adoption of these pronouncements would have on our
results of operations or financial position.
In
December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007),
Business
Combinations
(SFAS
No. 141R). SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer
recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets
acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree
and the goodwill acquired. SFAS No. 141R also establishes disclosure
requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of
the
business combination. SFAS No. 141R is effective as of the beginning of an
entity’s fiscal year that begins after 15 December 2008, and will be adopted by
us in the first quarter of 2009. We do not believe that the adoption of SFAS
141R will have material impact on our consolidated results of operations and
financial condition.
In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157,
Fair
Value Measurements
.
The
standard provides guidance for using fair value to measure assets and
liabilities. SFAS 157 clarifies the principle that fair value should be
based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset
or
liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the
information used to develop those assumptions. Under the standard, fair value
measurements would be separately disclosed by level within the fair value
hierarchy. The statement is effective for us beginning in fiscal year 2009.
In
February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) SFAS 157-2,
Effective
Date of FASB Statement No. 157
(FSP
SFAS 157-2) that deferred the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for
one year for certain nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities. We have
not determined the effect, if any, the adoption of this statement will have
on
our results of operations or financial position.
In
February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159,
The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilitie
s-Including
an Amendment of FASB Statement 115, which is effective for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007. This statement permits an entity to
choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair
value at specified election dates. Subsequent unrealized gains and losses on
items for which the fair value has been elected will be reported in earnings.
We
are currently evaluating the potential impact of this statement.
In
December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 160,
Noncontrolling
Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements.
SFAS 160 establishes new standards that will govern the accounting for and
reporting of noncontrolling interests in partially owned subsidiaries.
SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after
December 15, 2008 and requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and
disclosure requirements for existing minority interests. All other requirements
shall be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the
potential impact of this statement.
In
March
2008, the FASB issued SFAS 161,
Disclosures
about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities - an amendment of FASB
Statement No. 133
,
as
amended and interpreted, which requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s
derivative and hedging activities and thereby improves the transparency of
financial reporting. Disclosing the fair values of derivative instruments and
their gains and losses in a tabular format provides a more complete picture
of
the location in an entity’s financial statements of both the derivative
positions existing at period end and the effect of using derivatives during
the
reporting period. Entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures about
(a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative
instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133
and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and
related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial
performance, and cash flows. SFAS 161 is effective for financial statements
issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008.
.
We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 161 to have a material impact on our
financial position, and we will make all necessary disclosures upon adoption,
if
applicable.
3.
Inventories
At
December 31, 2007 and 2006, inventories consisted of parts, materials and
finished products as follows (in thousands):
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parts
and materials
|
|
$
|
247
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Finished
products
|
|
|
1,243
|
|
|
-
|
|
Finished
goods held at Balda
|
|
|
5,120
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
inventories
|
|
$
|
6,610
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Parts
and
materials consist of components purchased by us in order to reduce the
production lead time of our products. Finished products consist of N1 phones
and
accessories located at our manufacturing partner or with our web sales partner.
Finished goods held at customer locations consists of N2 phones that have been
shipped to distributors but remain in their inventories at the end of the period
for which revenue has been deferred.
During
2006 we took write-down charges of $565,000 related to components and spare
parts of the N1 phones. In 2006 management made a decision to stop further
production of the N1 phone and deemed the component and spare parts inventories
not to be of any use in the coming production of the N2 mobile
phone.
4.
Prepaid
Expenses
Prepaid
expenses consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepayment
to supplier
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
350
|
|
Deferred
financing fees
|
|
|
819
|
|
|
149
|
|
Prepaid
rent
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
83
|
|
Prepaid
interest
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
-
|
|
Prepaid
insurance
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
39
|
|
Total
prepaid expenses
|
|
$
|
1,081
|
|
$
|
621
|
|
The
prepayment to supplier is to our production partner and is for the sourcing
of
component inventories relating to the new N2 mobile telephone launched in 2007.
The
deferred financing fees consist of legal fees, advisor fees and the value of
detachable warrants issued to advisors relating to the issuance of debt
financing.
5.
Other
Current Assets
Other
current assets consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
December31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value
added tax receivable
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
116
|
|
Receivable
from Balda for components
|
|
|
648
|
|
|
1
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
other current assets
|
|
$
|
650
|
|
$
|
117
|
|
6.
Machinery
and Equipment
Machinery
and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tooling
|
|
$
|
341
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Furniture
and equipment
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
31
|
|
Computers
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
93
|
|
less
accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(296
|
)
|
|
(59
|
)
|
Machinery
and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
375
|
|
$
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
expense
|
|
$
|
231
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
7.
Intangible
Assets
Intangible
assets consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patents
|
|
$
|
349
|
|
$
|
328
|
|
less
accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(254
|
)
|
|
(173
|
)
|
Patents,
net
|
|
$
|
95
|
|
$
|
155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
expense
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
$
|
61
|
|
We
have
not recorded any further investment in our patents since 2004. The change in
the
carrying value of intangibles is due to balance sheet currency fluctuations
between the U.S. Dollar and the Swedish krona (SEK), since the patents are
held
by the Swedish subsidiary with a functional currency in SEK. The amortization
of
patents for future years, 2008 and 2009 is estimated at approximately $71,000,
and $24,000, respectively.
8.
Accrued
Expenses
Accrued
expenses consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal
settlement
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
291
|
|
Earned
salary, vacation and benefits
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
164
|
|
Accrued
pension premiums
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
21
|
|
Accrued
Interest expense
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
161
|
|
Accrued
legal, audit and consulting fees
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
255
|
|
Other
costs
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
1
|
|
Total
accrued expenses
|
|
$
|
1,391
|
|
$
|
893
|
|
For
a
description of the legal settlement see note 18.
9.
Other
Liabilities
Other
liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VAT
payable
|
|
$
|
187
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Customer
pre-payments
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
145
|
|
Warranty
reserve
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
-
|
|
Employee
withholding taxes
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
65
|
|
Social
security fees
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
52
|
|
Accrued
liability to suppliers
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
51
|
|
Total
other liabilities
|
|
$
|
674
|
|
$
|
313
|
|
10.
Deferred
Revenue
We
may
allow, from time to time, certain distributors price protection and pricing
adjustments subsequent to the initial product shipment. Since we only recently
began shipping products, any future price concessions are difficult to reliably
estimate. Therefore, we defer recognition of revenue (in the balance sheet
line
item “deferred revenue”) derived from sales to these customers until they have
resold our products to their customers or the price protection period ends.
Although revenue recognition and related cost of sales are deferred, we record
an accounts receivable at the time of initial product shipment. As standard
terms are generally FOB shipping point, payment terms are enforced from shipment
date and legal title and risk of inventory loss passes to the distributor upon
shipment. In addition, where revenue is deferred upon shipment and recognized
on
a sell-through basis, we may offer price adjustments to our distributors to
allow the distributor to price our products competitively for specific resale
opportunities. As of December 31, 2007, we have $3.0 million of deferred revenue
that will be recognized as our customers sell our products and the applicable
price protection ends.
11.
Liability
for Warrants and Embedded Derivatives (in thousands):
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liability
for warrants to purchase common stock
|
|
$
|
5,971
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Embedded
derivative of convertible debt
|
|
$
|
3,536
|
|
$
|
124
|
|
12.
Convertible
Debt and Notes Payable
Our
convertible debt and notes payable consists of the following (in thousands):
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior
Convertible Secured Notes August (face value $2,800)
|
|
$
|
2,634
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Pre-merger
Convertible Secured Notes (face value $5,000)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
Senior
Convertible Secured Notes September (face value $3,085)
|
|
|
1,112
|
|
|
-
|
|
Pre-merger
Convertible Loan - Petrus Holding SA
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
780
|
|
Loan
- Almi Företagspartner 2
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
201
|
|
Pre-merger
Convertible Loan - Almi Företagspartner 1
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
94
|
|
Capital
lease
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
5
|
|
Total
fair value of notes outstanding
|
|
|
3,938
|
|
|
6,080
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unamortized
debt discount
|
|
|
3,746
|
|
|
114
|
|
Total
debt, net of debt discount
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
5,966
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less:
short-term portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
5,112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term
debt
|
|
$
|
60
|
|
$
|
854
|
|
Future
maturities of notes payable (in thousands):
Year
ended December 31,
|
|
Future
Maturity of Notes Payable
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
2,895
|
|
2009
|
|
|
24
|
|
2010
|
|
|
3,085
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
principal payments
|
|
$
|
6,004
|
|
The
short-term portion of the unamortized debt discounts amounts to $2.6
million.
Future
lease payments related to capital leases are as follows (in
thousands):
Year
ending December 31:
|
|
Future
minimum payments on capital leases
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
44
|
|
2009
|
|
|
37
|
|
Total
minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
Less:
Amount representing interest
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Present
value of net minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
72
|
|
Pre-Merger
Notes
Convertible
Loan Agreement - Petrus Holding SA (Petrus)
On
December 22, 2004, Neonode AB entered into a Loan agreement with Petrus, a
company incorporated under the laws of Luxemburg. The funds under this loan
agreement were received in January 2005. In this loan arrangement, Petrus
granted a loan denominated in Swedish krona (SEK) amounting to SEK 5,000,000,
or
approximately $758,000 U.S. Dollars, to Neonode AB at an interest rate of 5%
per
annum. The loan shall be repaid no later than December 22, 2009. The Petrus
loan
is subordinated in right of payment to all indebtedness of Neonode to Almi
Företagspartner Stockholm AB.
Convertible
Loan Agreements - ALMI Företagspartner Stockholm AB (Almi)
Almi
1
On
April
29, 2004, Neonode AB entered into a loan agreement with Almi in the initial
amount of SEK 1,000,000, or approximately $136,000 U.S. Dollars, with the
following principle conditions. The credit period for the loan is expected
to be
44 months starting April 29, 2004 with an annualized interest rate of 9.75%.
Neonode was not required to make any repayments of principle for the first
14
months, after which the loan should be repaid with quarterly principle payments
of SEK 91,000. or approximately $12,400 U.S. Dollars. We have the right to
redeem the loan at any time prior to expiration subject to a prepayment penalty
of $14,000. A floating charge (chattel mortgage) of SEK 1,000,000, or
approximately $136,000 U.S. Dollars, is pledged as security.
Almi
2
On
April
6, 2005, Neonode AB entered into a second loan agreement with Almi in the amount
of SEK 2,000,000, or approximately $257,000 U.S. Dollars, with 40,000 detachable
warrants in Neonode AB (corresponding to 72,000 warrants when converted into
Neonode Inc. shares). The loan has an expected credit period of 48 months with
an annualized interest rate of 2%. We were not required to make any repayments
of principle for the first nine months. Quarterly repayments of principle
thereafter amounted to SEK 154,000, or approximately $19,800 U.S. Dollars.
We
have the right to redeem the loan at any time prior to expiration subject to
a
prepayment penalty of 1%, on an annualized basis, of the outstanding principle
amount over the remaining term of the loan. A floating charge (chattel mortgage)
of SEK 2,000,000, or approximately $257,000 U.S. Dollars, is pledged as
security.
The
warrants have a term of five years with a strike price of $10.00. The warrants
may be called by us for $0.10 should the price of the Company's common stock
trade over $12.50 on a public exchange for 20 consecutive days. The warrants
were analyzed under EITF 00-19,
Accounting
for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in,
a
Company’s Own Stock
,
and
were determined to be equity instruments. In accordance with APB 14, because
the
warrants are equity instruments, we have allocated the proceeds of the second
Almi loan between the debt and detachable warrants based on the relative fair
values of the debt security without the warrants and the warrants themselves.
To
calculate the debt discount related to the warrants, the fair market value
of
the warrants was calculated using the Black-Scholes options pricing model.
The
assumptions used for the Black-Scholes option pricing model were a term of
five
years, volatility of 30% and interest rate of 4.50%.The aggregate debt discount
amounted to $42,000 and was amortized over the expected term of the loan
agreement.
Convertible
Senior Secured Notes
On
February 28, 2006, we commenced borrowing from a new group of investors (AIGH).
The senior secured notes issued under the note purchase agreement bear interest
at 4% and have a maturity date of August 28, 2007. At December 31, 2006, we
had
drawn down $5.0 million ($4.0 million in February 2006 and an additional $1.0
million in November 2006) out of the total amount of $5.5 million available.
The
senior secured notes were collateralized by the common stock shares of Neonode
AB and are subordinated in right of payment to all indebtedness of Neonode
AB to
Almi. In addition, our Board of Directors Chairman and two founders, Per
Bystedt, Thomas Ericsson and Magnus Goertz pledged their beneficial holdings
in
Neonode Inc. as collateral for the senior secured notes. The senior secured
notes were convertible under three scenarios:
(i)
In
the event of a successful initial public offering on or before August 28, 2007,
the Convertible Senior Secured Notes, including without limitation all accrued
interest and other obligations under the notes, shall automatically convert
without any action of the holder into units in the Company at a price of $5
per
unit, each unit consisting of one share of Company common stock and 0.5
five-year warrant, each exercisable to purchase one share at $10 per share.
These warrants may be called by us for $0.10 should the price of the Company’s
common stock trade over $12.50 on a public exchange for 20 consecutive
days.
(ii)
The
Convertible Senior Secured Notes may be prepaid without premium or penalty,
in
whole or in part, on 20 days notice; provided that the bridge note investors
shall have the opportunity, prior to such prepayment, to convert the amounts
borrowed under the bridge notes into common stock of the Company at a ratio
equal to the outstanding debt and interest divided by $5.
(iii)
In
the event that we fail to complete a registered public offering with gross
proceeds in excess of $5,500,000 by August 28, 2007, the Convertible Senior
Secured Notes shall be converted into common stock of the Company at a price
per
share equal to the fair market value of such shares as determined by
negotiation. The number of shares to be issued as a result of such a negotiation
cannot be less than the amounts borrowed including accrued interest under the
bridge notes divided by $5.
Derivatives
The
senior secured notes issued on February 28, 2006 and November 20, 2006 contained
an embedded derivative instrument (conversion feature) with three triggers.
Pursuant to SFAS 133 and EITF 00-19, this conversion feature was considered
an
embedded derivative requiring bifurcation from the debt host, and is included
in
“Embedded derivates of convertible debt” at fair value each reporting period.
This was because there were an indeterminable number of shares the senior
secured notes could convert into, and the embedded conversion feature met a
definition of a derivative. If the feature was freestanding, it would meet
the
definition of a liability. Accordingly, bifurcation was required from the debt
host instrument. At the time of issuance of the $4.0 million senior secured
notes on February 28, 2006, the fair value of the conversion feature was
$125,000, which was recorded as a debt discount and amortized to interest
expense over the expected term of the senior secured notes. An additional
$24,000 was added to the fair value of the conversion feature on November 20,
2006 upon issuance of an additional $1.0 million in senior secured notes.
Changes in the fair value of the conversion feature are recorded in “Non-cash
charges for conversion features and warrants.” During 2006, we recorded $72,000
of interest expense associated with the amortization of the debt discount along
with a reduction of $25,000 associated with the changes in the fair value of
the
conversion feature liability.
Debt
Modifications
In
March
2006 the Almi 1 loan with an outstanding balance of SEK 646,000, approximately
$83,000 U.S. Dollars, was amended to provide for conversion rights as defined
in
the provisions for the senior secured notes as described in (i) above under
the
Convertible Senior Secured Notes and a waiver of further principle payments
until the conversion date. In addition, the Almi 2 loan was amended to state
that in the event the related 40,000 warrants are called by Neonode Inc., Almi
is entitled to make payment for the securities issued by reducing the par value
of the outstanding balance of the Almi 2 loan. For accounting purposes, the
change in terms was accounted for as a modification of the Almi 1 loan.
On
October 26, 2006 the Petrus loan agreement was amended to include accrued
interest to May 31, 2006 in the loan amount, which increased the loan amount
to
SEK 5,353,000, approximately $758,000 U.S. Dollars, and instated the same
conversion rights as the senior secured notes as defined under scenario (i)
above. For accounting purposes, the change in terms was accounted for as a
modification.
Additional
Issuances of Convertible Senior Secured Notes
In
February 2007, we completed an additional $5.0 million convertible senior
secured note financing. The note bears interest at 4% per annum and has a
maturity date of September 30, 2007. The terms and conditions of these notes
are
substantially the same as for the existing senior secured notes, as amended
on
January 19, 2007. Pursuant to SFAS 133 and EITF 00-19, the conversion feature
valued at $135,000 was considered an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation
from the debt host, and is included in “Embedded derivatives of convertible
debt” at fair value each reporting period. Prior to the consummation of the
merger, the related debt discount was amortized to interest expense and the
loan
was converted on August 10, 2007.
On
May
18, 2007, the maturity date for all outstanding senior secured notes was
extended from September 30, 2007 to December 31, 2007. All other terms remained
the same. For accounting purposes, the change in terms was accounted for as
a
modification of the debt in accordance with EITF 96-19.
On
June
15, 2007, we completed an additional $3.0 million convertible senior secured
note financing. The note bears interest at 4% per annum and has a maturity
date
of December 31, 2007. The terms and conditions of these notes are substantially
the same terms and conditions as the existing senior secured notes. Pursuant
to
SFAS 133 and EITF 00-19, this conversion feature amounting to $114,000 was
considered an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation from the debt host,
and
is included in “Embedded derivatives of convertible debt” at fair value each
reporting period. The debt discount was amortized to interest expense. Prior
to
the consummation of the merger, the loan was converted on August 10,
2007.
Conversion
of Outstanding Pre-Merger Convertible Debt
On
August
10, 2007, just prior to the consummation of the reverse merger, all the above
convertible debt and accrued interest were converted to 2,858,574 shares of
Neonode Inc. common stock and warrants to purchase 1,429,286 shares of Neonode
Inc. common stock. Immediately prior to the conversion of the pre-merger
convertible debt, the embedded conversion feature of such convertible debt
became much more valuable, due to the fact that a reverse merger with SBE was
imminent.
Immediately
prior to the conversion, we determined
the
fair
value of the embedded conversion feature of these notes and loans to be $35.6
million, using SBE’s share price as of August 10, 2007. The expense associated
with the valuation of the embedded conversion feature was the result of the
fixed exchange ratio of pre-merger Neonode common stock to that of SBE common
stock. The change in the fair value of the loan conversion feature was recorded
as a non-cash valuation charge
in the
statement of operations. We then
compared
the total value of the common stock and warrants to be issued upon conversion
to
the book value of the loans and the updated fair value of the related conversion
feature, resulting in a non-cash charge of $376,000. The fair value of the
common stock issued upon conversion amounted to $49.5 million and was recorded
under stockholders equity. The fair value of the detachable warrants issued
upon
conversion amounted to $404,000, which was computed using the Black-Scholes
option pricing model. The warrants were classified as a liability in accordance
in EITF 00-19, as the warrants met the liability classification due to the
underlying shares required to be registered and maintained effectiveness without
any penalties to the Company.
Maintaining effectiveness is not within our control, and accordingly, the
warrants were classified as a liability. The assumptions used for the
Black-Scholes option pricing model were a term of five years, volatility of
116%
and interest rate of 4.20%.
For the
twelve months ending December 31, 2007, non-cash charges amounting $32.1 million
were recorded to the statement of operations relating the changes in valuations
of the above conversion feature.
The
conversion of the notes were accounted for using extinguishment accounting
based
on the guidance in APB 26,
Early
Extinguishment of Debt.
To
account for the conversion of the senior secured notes when an embedded
conversion feature has been bifurcated as a liability, the following steps
were
taken:
|
·
|
Update
the valuation of the bifurcated derivative to the legal conversion
date
(August 10, 2007).
|
|
·
|
Adjust
the carrying value of the host debt instrument to reflect accretion
of any
premium or discount on the host debt instrument up to the date of
legal
conversion (August 10, 2007).
|
|
·
|
Amortize
debt issue costs to the date of legal conversion (August 10,
2007).
|
|
·
|
Ensure
that the book basis in the host debt instrument considered all components
of book value, including the unamortized portion of any premiums
or
discounts on the debt host recorded as an adjustment to the debt
host and
any unamortized debt issue costs recorded as deferred charges.
|
|
·
|
Calculate
the difference between the re-acquisition price and net carrying
amount of
the debt by comparing the fair value of the securities (warrants
and
common stock) issued upon conversion to the updated net carrying
value of
the sum of the bifurcated embedded derivative liability and the debt
host.
Record any difference as an extinguishment gain or loss in the income
statement and statement of cash
flows.
|
The
extinguishment accounting of the conversion of the senior secured notes resulted
in a charge totaling $376,000, which is included “Charges related debt
extinguishments and debt discounts.”
The
securities issued in the merger have not been registered under the Securities
Act of 1933 and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent
registration or an applicable exemption from registration requirements.
On
August
10, 2007, in conjunction with the reverse merger with SBE accounted for as
a
recapitalization, all the pre-merger Neonode Inc. common stock and warrants
was
exchanged into 10,096,197 shares of our (SBE) common stock and warrants to
purchase 5,048,095 shares of our (SBE) common stock. The warrants have an
exercise price of $2.83 per share and expire on August 10, 2012. The warrants
may be called by us for $0.10 should the price of the Company's common stock
trade over $3.54 on a public exchange for 20 consecutive days.
Senior
Convertible August Bridge Notes
On
August
8, 2007, we made an offering of convertible notes pursuant to a Note Purchase
Agreement (August Bridge Notes or Bridge Notes), dated as of July 31, 2007,
amended August 1, 2007 and September 26, 2007. We received $3,250,000 from
the
Bridge Note offering and issued an option to invest $750,000, at the same terms
and conditions as the Bridge Notes, to one of the Bridge Note
investors/financial advisor as part of a longer range financing plan. The August
Bridge Notes and the option to invest $750,000 expires on June 30,
2008.
The
fair
value of the $750,000 option to invest at a future date was $716,000 as
calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model on the date of issue.
The assumptions used for the Black-Scholes option pricing model were a term
of
0.39 years, volatility of 99% and interest rate of 4.16%. The fair value was
recorded as a deferred financing fee to be allocated to interest expense using
the effective interest rate method over the nine month term of the notes with
the offset recorded as other current liability. At December 31, 2007, this
option was extended to March 31, 2008 as part of debt negotiations in a private
placement that closed in March 2008. On March, 31, 2008, the expiration of
the
option was extended until June 30, 2008. The value of the extension of this
option was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and amounted
to $474,000. The assumptions used for the Black-Scholes option pricing model
were a term of 0.39 years, volatility of 33% and interest rate of 4.16%. The
$474,000 warrants were recorded as a liability with the corresponding amount
recorded as a deferred financing fee, which is being amortized using the
effective interest method over the life of the August Bridge Notes. Such
warrants met the liability classification—see below.
The
Bridge Notes were convertible into the same rights and terms of any future
financing occurring by December 31, 2007, if such financing was greater than
$5
million. On September 26, 2007, we sold $5.7 million of securities (see next
section). As a result, all Bridge Notes became convertible into September 26,
2007 units which consist of common stock, warrants and convertible debt.
On
September 26, 2007, certain holders of the Bridge Notes converted an aggregate
of $454,900 of debt and accrued interest. The conversion was accounted for
as an
extinguishment as described above and resulted in a charge amounting to
$608,000. We converted these Bridge Notes into the following components based
on
their fair values at conversion:
|
·
|
$227,450
three-year promissory notes bearing the higher of LIBOR plus 3% or
8%
interest per annum, convertible into shares of our common stock at
a
conversion price of $3.50 per share,
|
|
·
|
75,817
shares of our common stock,
|
|
·
|
5
year warrants to purchase 105,612 shares of our common stock at a
price of
$3.92 per share.
|
|
·
|
The
fair value of the 5 year warrants totaled $340,000 and was calculated
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The assumptions used
for the
Black-Scholes option pricing model were a term of 5 years, volatility
of
33% and interest rate of 4.2%. The warrants are recorded as other
current
liability ( see below) and will be fair valued at each period end
as long
as they are outstanding; and,
|
|
·
|
The
fair value of the embedded conversion feature related to the convertible
notes amounting to $152,000, was bifurcated from the host instrument
(see
below) and was recorded as “Embedded derivatives of convertible debt” and
a debt discount.
|
We
registered these shares related to the September 26, 2007 conversion pursuant
to
a Registration Statement on Form S-3 declared effective on December 3,
2007.
The
remaining $2.8 million of Bridge Notes, after the September 26, 2007 conversion,
are due June 30, 2008, bear 8% per annum interest and are convertible into
purchase units that are made up of a combination of shares of our common stock,
debt and warrants. The note holders have a right to convert their notes anytime
before June 30, 2008 into a total of 933.33 purchase units. Each purchase unit
of $3,000 is comprised of one $1,500 three-year promissory note bearing the
higher of LIBOR plus 3% or 8% interest per annum, convertible into shares of
our
common stock at a conversion price of $3.50 per share, 600 shares of our common
stock and 5 year warrants to purchase 696.5 shares of our common stock at a
price of $3.92 per share. For accounting purposes the embedded conversion
feature was determined to meet the definition of a derivative, and if
freestanding, was a liability. This was because the holder of the notes could
convert debt and accrued interest, where interest is at the greater of 8% or
LIBOR plus 3%, and therefore, total number of shares the instrument could be
convertible into were not fixed. Accordingly, the embedded conversion feature
is
bifurcated from the debt host instrument and booked as a liability, pursuant
to
the guidance in SFAS 133 and EITF 00-19, with the offset to debt discount.
The
related warrants were also recorded as a liability, due to the same reason.
The
fair
value of the embedded conversion feature related to the Bridge Notes was
calculated at September 26, 2007 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model
and amounted to $3.3 million. The assumptions used for the Black-Scholes option
pricing model were a term of 0.76 years, volatility of 99% and interest rate
of
4.16%. The $3.3 million was recorded as “Embedded derivatives of convertible
debt” and a debt discount. The debt discount exceeded the amount of recorded
debt, which resulted in a charge of $654,000 for the difference between the
debt
discount and the value of the debt. The remaining debt discount balance is
allocated to interest expense based on the effective interest rate method,
with
such interest rate of 7,330%, over the nine-month term of the notes. The value
of the embedded conversion feature is revalued at each period-end and the
liability is adjusted with the offset recorded as “Non-cash charges for
conversion features & warrants.” The liability of the embedded conversion
feature amounted to $2.1 million at December 31, 2007 which is a decrease of
$1.2 million from September 30, 2007.
Simultaneously
with the conversion, in exchange for three year warrants to purchase up to
219,074 shares of our common stock at a price of $3.92 per share, the holders
of
the remaining $2.8 million of unconverted Bridge Notes agreed to extend the
term
of their notes from December 31, 2007 until June 30, 2008. In addition, the
Bridge Note holders agreed to delay the right to convert their Bridge Notes
until after March 15, 2008 and until June 30, 2008. The fair value of the
warrants issued to the holders of the $2.8 million of Bridge Note was calculated
at September 26, 2007 as $706,000 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
These warrants were also classified as a liability due to the same reason as
above. The assumptions used for the Black-Scholes option pricing model were
a
term of 0.76 years, volatility of 116% and interest rate of 4.16%. As a result
of the extension of the loan maturity period, the agreement to delay conversion
of the bridge notes and the issuance of additional warrants, the modifications
were significant enough to trigger debt extinguishment accounting resulting
in a
debt extinguishment charge amounting to $540,000.The fair value was recorded
as
a debt issuance cost to be allocated to interest expense based on the effective
interest rate method over the nine month term of the notes with the offsetting
entry to a liability. The liability is revalued at each period-end and the
change in the liability is recorded as “Non-cash charges for conversion features
& warrants.” The revalued liability amounted to $608,000 at December 31,
2007 resulting in an decrease from September 30, 2007 in “Non-cash charges for
conversion features & warrants” of $98,000 in the fourth quarter of 2007.
September
2007 Financing Transaction
(Senior
Convertible September Secured Notes)
On
September 26, 2007, we sold $5.7 million of securities in a private placement,
comprised of $2.9 million of three-year promissory notes bearing the higher
of
LIBOR plus 3% or 8% interest per annum, convertible into shares of our common
stock at a conversion price of $3.50 per share, 952,499 shares of our common
stock, and 5 year warrants to purchase 1,326,837 shares of our common stock
at a
price of $3.92 per share.
The
embedded conversion feature in the debt host met the definition of a derivative
and liability classification in accordance with SFAS 133 and EITF 00-19. This
was because the holder of the notes could convertible debt and accrued interest,
where interest is at the greater of 8% or LIBOR plus 3%, and therefore, total
number of shares the instrument could be convertible into were not fixed.
Accordingly, t the embedded conversion features are revalued on each balance
sheet date and marked to market with the adjusting entry to “Non-cash charges
for conversion features & warrants.” We allocated the proceeds first to the
warrants based on their fair value with the remaining balance allocated between
debt, $771,000, and equity, $669,000, based on their relative fair
values.
The
warrants met the definition of a liability for the same reason as the embedded
conversion feature described above. The fair value of the warrants issued in
conjunction with issuance of shares of our common stock and convertible debt
totaled $4.3 million on its issue date and was recorded as a liability pursuant
to the provisions of EITF No. 00-19
.
The
fair
value of the warrants was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing
model. The assumptions used for the Black-Scholes option pricing model were
a
term of 5 years, volatility of 33% and interest rate of 4.2%. The value of
these
warrants at December 31, 2007 decreased to $3.7 million and the offsetting
amount of $593,000 was recorded in “Non-cash charges for conversion features
& warrants.”
The
fair
value of the conversion feature related to the September 26, 2007 convertible
notes totaled $1.9 million at September 26, 2007. The debt discount exceeded
the
amount allocated to the debt, including $227,000 from conversion of Bridge
Notes, which resulted in a charge of $902,000 for the difference between the
debt discount and the value of the debt. The fair value was recorded as a debt
discount and is allocated to interest expense using the effective interest
rate
method over the three year term of the notes. The liability of the embedded
conversion feature decreased to $1.4 million at December 31, 2007 with the
offset of $470,000 recorded in “Non-cash charges for conversion features and
warrants.”
As
part
of the September 2007 Private Placement, we incurred cash and non-cash
transaction expenses amounting to $1.2 million. Empire Asset Management Company
(Empire) acted as financial advisor in the private placement. We agreed to
pay
Empire a fee of $479,000 in cash and issue 142.875 unit purchase warrants.
Each
unit purchase warrant has a strike price of $3,250 and is comprised of a $1,500
three-year promissory note, bearing the higher of LIBOR plus 3% or 8% interest
per annum, convertible into shares of our common stock at a conversion price
of
$3.50 per share, 500 shares of our common stock and a 5 year warrant to purchase
696.5 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $3.92 per share. At
the
date of issuance, the fair value of the unit purchase warrants issued to Empire
totaled $614,000. The assumptions used for the Black-Scholes option pricing
model were a term of 5 years, volatility of 99% and interest rate of 4.2%.
At
December 31, 2007, the fair value of the unit purchase warrants issued to Empire
decreased to $509,000 with the adjusting offset of $105,000 recorded in
“Non-cash charges for conversion features & warrants.” Transaction costs
were allocated based on the relative fair values of the individual components
in
the financing transaction. $431,000 of transaction costs allocated to the
warrants were expensed immediately. The note portion of $433,000 was recorded
as
a deferred financing fee to be allocated to interest expense using the effective
interest rate method, with such rate equaling 624% over the 3 year term of
the
notes. The equity portion of $376,000 was recorded as an offering expense and
included as a reduction of shareholders’ equity.
Outstanding
Warrants as of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
Issue
Date
|
|
Exercise
Price
|
|
Shares
|
|
Expiration
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merger
Investor Warrants
|
|
|
8/10/2007
|
|
$
|
2.83
|
|
|
5,863,678
|
|
|
8/10/2012
|
|
Bridge
Note Warrants
|
|
|
9/26/2007
|
|
$
|
3.92
|
|
|
219,073
|
|
|
9/26/2010
|
|
September
2007 Unit Warrants
|
|
|
9/26/2007
|
|
$
|
3.92
|
|
|
1,432,449
|
|
|
9/27/2012
|
|
SBE
Investor Warrants (pre-merger warrants)
|
|
|
6/27/2003
|
|
$
|
7.50
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
6/27/2008
|
|
SBE
Investor Warrants (pre-merger warrants)
|
|
|
6/27/2003
|
|
$
|
8.75
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
6/27/2008
|
|
SBE
Investor Warrants (pre-merger warrants)
|
|
|
6/27/2003
|
|
$
|
10.00
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
6/27/2008
|
|
SBE
Investor Warrants (pre-merger warrants)
|
|
|
7/26/2005
|
|
$
|
16.65
|
|
|
206,000
|
|
|
7/26/2010
|
|
Total
warrants outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,747,200
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives
As
discussed above the senior secured, bridge and promissory notes issued above
contain embedded conversion features. Pursuant to SFAS 133 and EITF 00-19 the
conversion features are considered embedded derivatives and are included in
“Embedded derivative of convertible debt.” At the time of issuance of the senior
secured notes, the fair value of the conversion feature was recorded as a debt
discount and amortized to interest expense over the expected term of the senior
secured notes using the effective interest rate method. Changes in the fair
value of the conversion feature are recorded in “Non-cash charges for conversion
features & warrants.” During the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 and
2006, we recorded $441,000 and $71,000 of interest expense associated with
the
amortization of the debt discounts along with $33.6 million and ($24,000)
associated with the changes in the fair value of the conversion feature
liability.
13.
Stockholders’
Equity
On
January 8, 2007, we engaged Griffin Securities, Inc. (Griffin) to act as our
financial advisor. Under the terms of the agreement, upon the completion of
a
merger transaction, we agreed to pay a fee of $250,000 in cash and issue 229,573
unit purchase warrants to Griffin. Each unit purchase warrant is convertible
into one share of our common stock at a purchase price of $1.42 per share and
a
warrant to purchase one-half share of our common stock at a purchase price
of
$2.83 per share. We amended the Griffin agreement to allow the unit purchase
warrants to be granted subsequent to May 18, 2007. The unit purchase warrants
were issued to Griffin on June 29, 2007.
The
fair
value of the unit purchase warrants issued to Griffin totals $158,000 and was
calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The assumptions used
for the Black-Scholes option pricing model were a term of 5 years, volatility
of
50% and interest rate of 4.875%. The fair value was recorded as a prepaid
expense and was allocated to merger costs at the completion of the merger and
is
included in “Non-cash charges for conversion features & warrants” on the
Consolidated Statements of Operations.
On
June
29, 2007, the exercise deadline for 101,719 employee warrants to purchase our
common stock was extended from June 30, 2007 to December 31, 2007. In December
2007, the employee warrants were exercised pursuant to the warrant net exercise
provisions and resulted in the issuance of 55,818 shares of our common stock
by
forfeiting the remaining 45,901 shares of common stock.
The
stock
based compensation cost associated with the extension of these warrants totalled
$7,000 and was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The
assumptions used for the Black-Scholes option pricing model were a term of
0.51
years, volatility of 50% and interest rate of 4.88%.
On
August
10, 2007 in conjunction with the merger transaction accounted for as a
recapitalization, Neonode shareholders exchanged each share of Neonode common
stock for 3.5319 shares of SBE common stock (exchange ratio). Each Neonode
warrant and stock option that was outstanding on the closing date has been
converted into SBE warrants and stock options by multiplying the Neonode stock
options by the same exchange ratio described above. The new exercise price
was
also determined by dividing the old exercise price by the same exchange ratio.
Each of these warrants and options is subject to the same terms and conditions
that were in effect for the related Neonode warrants and options. Immediately
following the consummation of the merger, Neonode stockholders and employees
own
approximately 28.5 million shares of the Company’s common stock or
instruments convertible into common stock, or 90.6% of the fully diluted
capitalization, including warrants and options, of the combined company.
The
following table is the number of shares of common stock, warrants and stock
options outstanding immediately following the consummation of the merger.
As
of August 10, 2007
|
|
SBE
|
|
Neonode
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
Stock
|
|
|
2,295,529
|
|
|
20,378,251
|
|
|
22,673,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrants
to purchase common stock
|
|
|
232,000
|
|
|
5,965,397
|
|
|
6,197,397
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
stock options
|
|
|
437,808
|
|
|
2,117,332
|
|
|
2,555,140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,965,337
|
|
|
28,460,980
|
|
|
31,426,317
|
|
The
securities issued in the merger have not been registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent
registration or an applicable exemption from registration
requirements.
We
completed a private placement of our debt and equity securities on September
26,
2007 and in consideration, we agreed to delay the filing a registration
statement to register for resale the shares of the common stock issued to the
Neonode shareholders plus all the shares underlying the warrants to purchase
common stock and employee stock options until after March 3, 2008; except that
up to 600,000 such shares sold in a simultaneous private placement by certain
officers were registered on December 3, 2007.
14.
Stock-Based
Compensation
We
have
several approved stock option plans for which stock options and restricted
stock
awards are available to grant to employees, consultants and directors. All
employee and director stock options granted under our stock option plans have
an
exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on
the
grant date. There are no vesting provisions tied to performance conditions
for
any options, as vesting for all outstanding option grants was based only on
continued service as an employee, consultant or director. All of our outstanding
stock options and restricted stock awards are classified as equity instruments.
Stock
Options
As
of
December 31, 2007, we had four equity incentive plans:
|
·
|
The
1996
Stock Option Plan (the 1996 Plan), which expired in January 2006;
|
|
·
|
The
1998 Non-Officer Stock Option Plan (the 1998 Plan)
;
|
|
·
|
The
2007 Neonode Stock Option Plan (the Neonode Plan), we will not grant
any
additional equity awards out of the Neonode Plan;
and
|
|
·
|
The
2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2006 Plan).
|
We
also
had one non-employee director stock option plan as of December 31,
2007:
|
·
|
The
2001 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (the Director
Plan).
|
The
following table details the outstanding options to purchase shares of our common
stock pursuant to each plan at December 31, 2007:
Plan
|
|
Shares
Reserved
|
|
Options
Outstanding
|
|
Available
for
Issue
|
|
Outstanding
Options
Vested
|
|
1996
Plan
|
|
|
546,000
|
|
|
61,000
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
61,000
|
|
1998
Plan
|
|
|
130,000
|
|
|
35,900
|
|
|
36,495
|
|
|
35,900
|
|
Neonode
Plan
|
|
|
2,119,140
|
|
|
2,117,332
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
2,117,332
|
|
2006
Plan
|
|
|
1,300,000
|
|
|
205,000
|
|
|
835,000
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
Director
Plan
|
|
|
68,000
|
|
|
15,500
|
|
|
27,000
|
|
|
15,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,163,140
|
|
|
2,434,732
|
|
|
898,495
|
|
|
2,234,732
|
|
The
following table summarizes information with respect to all options to purchase
shares of common stock outstanding under
the
1996
Plan, the 1998 Plan, the 2006 Plan
,
the
Neonode Plan and the Director Plan at December 31, 2007:
Options
Outstanding
|
|
Options
Exercisable
|
|
Range
of Exercise
Price
|
|
Number
Outstanding at
12/31/07
|
|
Weighted
Average Remaining Contractual Life
(years)
|
|
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
|
|
Number
Exercisable at
12/31/07
|
|
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
0.00 -
$
1.50
|
|
|
353,190
|
|
|
4.05
|
|
$
|
1.42
|
|
|
353,190
|
|
$
|
1.42
|
|
$
1.51 -
$
2.00
|
|
|
911,677
|
|
|
0.30
|
|
$
|
1.84
|
|
|
911,677
|
|
$
|
1.84
|
|
$
2.01 -
$
3.00
|
|
|
814,865
|
|
|
1.29
|
|
$
|
2.13
|
|
|
814,865
|
|
$
|
2.13
|
|
$
3.01 -
$
4.00
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
4.26
|
|
$
|
4.00
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
$
|
4.00
|
|
$
4.01 -
$
5.00
|
|
|
240,600
|
|
|
5.82
|
|
$
|
4.86
|
|
|
40,600
|
|
$
|
4.69
|
|
$
5.01 - $ 6.50
|
|
|
3,400
|
|
|
4.13
|
|
$
|
5.30
|
|
|
3,400
|
|
$
|
5.30
|
|
$
6.51 - $ 8.00
|
|
|
37,502
|
|
|
4.61
|
|
$
|
6.74
|
|
|
37,502
|
|
$
|
6.74
|
|
$
8.01 - $10.00
|
|
|
37,498
|
|
|
4.61
|
|
$
|
8.49
|
|
|
37,498
|
|
$
|
8.49
|
|
$10.01
- $15.00
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
|
4.14
|
|
$
|
14.53
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
$
|
14.53
|
|
$15.01
- $30.00
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
3.26
|
|
$
|
24.04
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
$
|
24.04
|
|
|
|
|
2,434,732
|
|
|
1.91
|
|
$
|
2.58
|
|
|
2,234,732
|
|
$
|
2.37
|
|
A
summary
of the combined activity under all of the stock option plans is set forth
below:
|
|
Weighted
Average
Number
of
Shares
|
|
Exercise
Price
Per
Share
|
|
Exercise
Price
|
|
Outstanding
at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
866,702
|
|
$
|
3.50
- $91.88
|
|
$
|
12.91
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
124,400
|
|
$
|
1.80
- $7.75
|
|
$
|
5.27
|
|
Cancelled
or expired
|
|
|
(429,912
|
)
|
$
|
4.50
- $80.94
|
|
$
|
13.36
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(
8,533
|
)
|
$
|
4.50
- $4.50
|
|
$
|
4.50
|
|
Outstanding
at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
552,657
|
|
$
|
1.80
- $91.88
|
|
$
|
10.96
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
2,383,482
|
|
$
|
1.42
- $8.49
|
|
$
|
2.32
|
|
Cancelled
or expired
|
|
|
(478,657
|
)
|
$
|
3.20
- $91.88
|
|
$
|
11.04
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(
22,750
|
)
|
$
|
1.80
- $2.33
|
|
$
|
2.28
|
|
Outstanding
at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
2,434,732
|
|
$
|
1.42
- $27.50
|
|
$
|
2.58
|
|
The
stock
options granted in 2006 were to employees of SBE, Inc. that continued to be
employees of Neonode after the culmination of the merger transaction on August
10, 2007.
The
1996
Plan terminated effective January 17, 2006 and although we can no longer issue
stock options out of the plan, the outstanding options at the date of
termination will remain outstanding and vest in accordance with their terms.
Options granted under the Director Plan vest over a one to four-year period,
expire five to seven years after the date of grant and have exercise prices
reflecting market value of the shares of our common stock on the date of grant.
Stock options granted under the 1996, 1998 and 2006 and are exercisable over
a
maximum term of ten years from the date of grant, vest in various installments
over a one to four-year period and have exercise prices reflecting the market
value of the shares of common stock on the date of grant.
The
Neonode Plan has been designed for participants (i) who are subject to Swedish
income taxation (each, a “Swedish Participant”) and (ii) who are not subject to
Swedish income taxation (each, a “Non-Swedish Participant”). We will not grant
any additional equity awards out of the Neonode Plan. The options issued under
the plan to the Non-Swedish Participant are five year options with 25% vesting
immediately and the remaining vesting over a three year period. The options
issued to Swedish participants are vested immediately upon
issuance.
We
granted options to purchase 2,383,482 shares of our common stock to employees
or
members of our Board of Directors (Board) during the twelve months ending
December 31, 2007, respectively, compared to grants of 124,400 options to
purchase shares of our common stock to employees and members of the Board for
the twelve months ending December 31, 2006, respectively. The fair value of
stock-based compensation related to the employee and director stock options
is
calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model as of the grant date
of
the underlying stock options.
Salary
expense for the twelve months ending December 31, 2007 includes a stock
compensation charge relating to the above issuance of Swedish Participant and
Non-Swedish Participant options. The fair value of the options at the date
of
issuance of the Swedish options was calculated using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model. These calculations assumed risk free interest rates ranging
from
4.5% to 4.875%, a volatility of 50% and a share prices ranging from $4.69 to
$4.78. The fair market value of the options was allocated to the vested and
unvested options. The amount allocated to the unvested portion is amortized
on a
straight line basis over the remaining vesting period.
The
stock
compensation expense reflects the fair value of the vested portion of options
for the Swedish and Non-Swedish participants at the date of issuance, the
amortization of the unvested portion of the stock options, less the option
premiums received from the Swedish participants. Employee and director
stock-based compensation expense related to stock options in the accompanying
condensed statements of operations is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
Twelve
months ended
December
31,
2006
|
|
Twelve
months ended December
31,
2007
|
|
Remaining
unamortized expense at December 31,
2007
|
|
Stock
based compensation
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
$
|
408
|
|
$
|
964
|
|
The
remaining unamortized expense related to stock options will be recognized on
a
straight line basis monthly as compensation expense over the remaining vesting
period which approximates 3 years.
The
fair
value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions:
Options
granted in years ended December 31
|
2007
|
2006
|
Expected
life (in years)
|
4.27
|
5.12
|
Risk-free
interest rate
|
5.55%
|
4.71%
|
Volatility
|
114.42%
|
104.47%
|
Dividend
yield
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
The
weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the fiscal
years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $1.54 and $4.52, respectively. The
total intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $42,766 and $16,798, respectively.
The
fair
value of stock-based awards to employees is calculated using the Black-Scholes
option pricing model, even though this model was developed to estimate the
fair
value of freely tradable, fully transferable options without vesting
restrictions, which differ significantly from our stock options. The
Black-Scholes model also requires subjective assumptions, including future
stock
price volatility and expected time to exercise, which greatly affect the
calculated values. The expected term and forfeiture rate of options granted
is
derived from historical data on employee exercises and post-vesting employment
termination behavior, as well as expected behavior on outstanding options.
The
risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rates in effect during the
corresponding period of grant. The expected volatility is based on the
historical volatility of our stock price. These factors could change in the
future, which would affect fair values of stock options granted in such future
periods, and could cause volatility in the total amount of the stock-based
compensation expense reported in future periods.
15.
Warranty
Obligations and Other Guarantees
The
following is a summary of our agreements that we have determined are within
the
scope of FIN 45,
Guarantor's
Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, including Indirect
Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others
--
an
interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and rescission of FIN
34.
Our
products are generally warranted against defects for twelve months following
the
sale. We generally have a twelve month warranty from the manufacturers of our
products. Our estimate of costs to service our warranty obligations is based
on
expectation of future conditions. To the extent we estimate warranty claim
activity or increased costs associated with servicing those claims, a warranty
accrual will be created and may increase or decrease from time to time,
resulting in increases or decreases in gross margin. In January 2007, we offered
our customers a design modification for the N2 phones held in their inventory.
We expect the cost of the modification program to be approximately
$200,000.
We
enter
into indemnification provisions under our agreements with other companies in
the
ordinary course of business, typically with business partners, contractors,
customers and landlords. Under these provisions we generally indemnify and
hold
harmless the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the
indemnified party as a result of our activities or, in some cases, as a result
of the indemnified party's activities under the agreement. As a result of our
insurance policy coverage, we believe the estimated fair value of these
indemnification agreements is minimal and have no liabilities recorded for
these
agreements as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
We
have
agreed to indemnify each of our executive officers and directors for certain
events or occurrences arising as a result of the officer or director serving
in
such capacity. The term of the indemnification period is for the officer's
or
director's lifetime. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could
be
required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. However,
we have a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy that should enable
us to recover a portion of future amounts paid. As a result of our insurance
policy coverage, we believe the estimated fair value of these indemnification
agreements is minimal and have no liabilities recorded for these agreements
as
of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
We
are
the secondary guarantor on the building lease assumed by One Stop Systems,
Inc.
as part of the sale of the SBE, Inc hardware business on March 30, 2007. This
lease commitment expires in September 2010.
16.
Income
Taxes
Loss
before income taxes was distributed geographically as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
Twelve
Months Ended Dec. 31,
|
|
Twelve
Months Ended Dec. 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Domestic
|
|
$
|
(39,608
|
)
|
$
|
(1,359
|
)
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(8,833
|
)
|
|
(3,759
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(48,441
|
)
|
$
|
(5,118
|
)
|
We
had no
provision (benefit) for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2007 and
2006.
The
effective income tax rate differs from the statutory federal income tax rate
for
the following reasons:
|
|
Twelve
Months Ended Dec. 31,
|
|
Twelve
Months Ended Dec. 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Amount
at standard tax rates
|
|
|
(35
|
%)
|
|
(35
|
%)
|
Non-deductible
loss on revaluation of embedded conversion features and extinguishment
of
convertible debt
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
0
|
|
Increase
in valuation allowance for deferred tax asset
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective
tax rate
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
0
|
%
|
Significant
components of the deferred tax balances are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Deferred
tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
operating loss carryforwards
|
|
$
|
5,703
|
|
$
|
2,850
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
1,305
|
|
|
314
|
|
Other
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
7,218
|
|
$
|
3,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation
allowance
|
|
|
(7,218
|
)
|
|
(3,164
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Valuation
allowances are recorded to offset certain deferred tax assets due to
management’s uncertainty of realizing the benefits of these items. Management
applies a full valuation allowance for the accumulated losses of Neonode Inc,
and its subsidiary Neonode AB, since it is not determinable using the “more
likely than not” criteria that there will be any future benefit of our deferred
tax assets. This is mainly due to our history of operating losses and due to
the
competitive character of the hand-held media device/mobile telephone market.
The
main components of our deferred tax benefits are the accumulated net operating
loss carry-forwards, which are almost entirely related to the operations of
Neonode AB in Sweden. Currently, under Swedish tax law these benefits do not
expire and may be carried forward and utilized indefinitely.
Effective
January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of FIN 48 which includes a
two-step approach to recognizing, de-recognizing and measuring uncertain tax
positions accounted for in accordance with SFAS 109. As a result of the
implementation of FIN 48, we recognized no increase in the liability for
unrecognized tax benefits. Therefore upon implementation of FIN 48, we
recognized no material adjustment to the January 1, 2007 balance of
retained earnings. A reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits for the
year ended December 31, 2007 is as follows:
Balance
at January 1, 2007
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
Additions
for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
---
|
|
Reductions
for tax position of prior years
|
|
|
---
|
|
Additions
based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
---
|
|
Decreases
- Settlements
|
|
|
---
|
|
Reductions
- Settlements
|
|
|
---
|
|
Balance
at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
We
adopted a policy to classify accrued interest and penalties as part of the
accrued FIN 48 liability in the provision for income taxes. For the year ended
December 31, 2007, we did not recognize any interest or penalties related to
unrecognized tax benefits.
Our
continuing practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income
tax matters in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2007, we had no accrued
interest and penalties related to uncertain tax matters.
By
the
end of 2007, we had no uncertain tax positions that would be reduced as a result
of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations. We do not anticipate the
adjustments would result in a material change to our financial
position.
We
file
income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, California and Sweden.
The
1994 through 2007 tax years are open and may be subject to potential examination
in one or more jurisdictions. We are not currently under federal, state or
foreign income tax examination.
17.
Employee
Benefit Plans
We
participate in a number of individual defined contribution pension plans for
our
employees in Sweden. Contributions relating to these defined contribution plans
for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $237,000 and $26,000
respectively.
18.
Commitments
and Contingencies
Legal
Proceedings
During
2006, a reserve was recorded for a dispute that developed between us and a
supplier. Neonode AB contracted with a supplier for the production and delivery
of telephones during 2005. Neonode AB believes that the supplier did not deliver
the telephones in accordance with its obligations under the contract, which
entitled Neonode AB to terminate the contract. Neonode AB terminated the
contract in June 2006. Since the contract was terminated due to the supplier’s
breach of contract, we believed that the supplier had no right to payment in
excess of what had already been paid for telephones delivered. The invoices
for
the produced but not delivered telephones amounted to $860,000. We and the
supplier came to agreement in a settlement in December 2006 where Neonode AB
should pay the supplier $410,000 in three instalments for three shipments of
500
phones each, after which none of the parties will have any claims on the other
party except for warranty claims. The first instalment of $119,000 was paid
in
December 2006, the remainder in 2007. Since we are not certain that any
telephones received in this settlement will be sellable in the future, due
to
newer models currently being introduced, the cost for the settlement has been
expensed in 2006.
There
were no legal proceedings at December 31, 2007.
Operating
Leases
We
lease
our office facilities in Sweden under a non-cancellable operating lease
agreement. On October 22, 2007, our subsidiary Neonode AB entered into a lease
agreement with NCC Property G AB for 9,500 square feet office space at
Warfvingsesvag 41, Stockholm, to be used as the corporate headquarters. The
lease period began on April 1, 2008 and expires on March 31, 2013. The annual
payment for these premise equates to approximately $288,000 per year and is
indexed to the consumer price index in Sweden. As an incentive to enter into
the
agreement as one of the firs tenants to occupy the building, the NCC Property
G
AB has given Neonode AB discounts amounting to approximately $120,000 allocated
over the first eight months of the leasing period. Prior to taking occupancy
of
this new facility, during fiscal year 2007 through March 31, 2008, we occupied
6,000 square feet of office space in Stockholm under a lease which has now
expired.
The
future minimum lease payments under this non-cancellable operating lease are
as
follows as of December 31, 2007 (in thousands):
|
|
Future
minimum
payments
on
operating
leases
|
|
Year
Ending December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
207
|
|
2009
|
|
|
317
|
|
2010
|
|
|
317
|
|
2011
|
|
|
317
|
|
2012
|
|
|
317
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
106
|
|
Total
future minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
1,581
|
|
Total
rent expense under the leases was $343,000 and $270,000 for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
19.
Concentration
of Credit and Business Risks
Our
trade
accounts receivable are concentrated among a small number of customers,
principally located in Europe and India. Two customers accounted for 68% of
our
outstanding accounts receivable at December 31, 2007 compared to two customers
who accounted for more than 41% of total accounts receivable at December 31,
2006. Ongoing credit evaluations of customers' financial condition are performed
and, generally, no collateral is required.
Sales
to
individual customers in excess of 15% of net sales for the year ended December
31, 2007 included sales to My Phone located in Greece of $992,000, or 32% of
net
sales and Brightpoint located in Sweden and Norway of $749,000, or 24% of net
sales. Sales to individual customers in excess of 15% of net sales for the
year
ended December 31, 2006 included sales to a major Asian manufacturer located
in
Korea of $851,000, or 52% of net sales and sales to a Russian distributor of
$740,000, or 45% of net sales.
All
sales were executed in Euros or U.S. dollars.
We
depend
on a limited number of customers for substantially all revenue to date. Failure
to anticipate or respond adequately to technological developments in our
industry, changes in customer or supplier requirements or changes in regulatory
requirements or industry standards, or any significant delays in the development
or introduction of products or services, could have a material adverse effect
on
our business, operating results and cash flows.
Substantially
all of our manufacturing process is subcontracted to one independent company.
The
chipsets used in our mobile phone handset product are currently available from
single source suppliers. The inability to obtain sufficient key components
as
required, or to develop alternative sources if and as required in the future,
could result in delays or reductions in product shipments or margins that,
in
turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results,
financial condition and cash flows.
20.
Net
Loss Per Share
Basic
net
loss
per
common share for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was computed by
dividing the net loss
for the
relevant period
by the
weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted earnings
per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number
of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents outstanding.
However,
common stock equivalents of approximately 404,000 and 0 stock options and 7.7
million and 0 warrants to purchase common stock are excluded from the diluted
earnings per share calculation for fiscal 2007 and 2006, respectively, due
to
their anti-dilutive effect.
(in
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Years
ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Basic
Earnings Per Share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loss available to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
(48,441
|
)
|
$
|
(5,224
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
of shares for computation of earnings per share
|
|
|
15,400
|
|
|
10,119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
loss per share
|
|
$
|
(3.15
|
)
|
$
|
(0.52
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
Earnings Per Share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
average number of common shares outstanding during the
year
|
|
|
15,400
|
|
|
10,119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed
issuance of stock under warrant plus stock issued the employee and
non-employee stock option plans
|
|
|
(a
|
)
|
|
(a
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
of shares for computation of earnings per share
|
|
|
15,400
|
|
|
10,119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
loss per share
|
|
$
|
(3.15
|
)
|
$
|
(0.52
|
)
|
(a)
In loss periods, common share equivalents would have an anti-dilutive
effect on net loss per share and therefore have been
excluded.
|
21.
Segment
Information
We
have
one reportable segment, as defined in SFAS 131,
Disclosures
about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information
.
We
currently operate in one industry segment: the development and selling of
multimedia mobile phones. To date, we have carried out substantially all of
our
operations through our subsidiary in Sweden, although we do carry out some
development activities together with our manufacturing partner in Malaysia.
We
intend to manage our future growth on a geographic basis and our management
will
evaluate the performance of our segments and allocate resources to them based
upon income (loss) from operations.
During
2007, substantially all of our phones were sold in European countries. In 2006
we discontinued our N1 phone. We sold limited amounts of the N1 without any
right of return. Over 90% of our phone revenues for 2006 were from
Russia.
In
addition to phone sales, revenues included license revenue from an Asian
manufacturer amounting to $463,000 and $851,000 for 2007 and 2006, respectively.
22.
Related
Party Transactions
Petrus
Holding, Iwo Jima SARL and Spray AB are companies where the Chairman of the
Board and a significant shareholder of Neonode Inc., Per Bystedt, owns or has
significant influence. All three companies have invested in senior secured
notes
that were convertible in our common stock and warrants to purchase our common
stock. All the convertible senior secured notes were converted to our common
stock and warrants to purchase our common stock just prior to the merger with
SBE on August 10, 2007 (see Notes 1 and 12).
23.
Subsequent
Events
Effective
March 4, 2008, we sold $4.5 million in securities in a private placement to
accredited investors (“Investors”) pursuant to a Subscription Agreement, dated
March 4, 2008 (“Subscription Agreement”). We sold 1,800,000 shares (“Investor
Shares”) of our common stock, $0.001 par value (“Common Stock”), for $2.50 per
share. After placement agent fees and offering expenses, we received net
proceeds of approximately $4,000,000.
Pursuant
to the Subscription Agreement, we granted the Investors piggyback registration
rights in respect to the Investor Shares and we are obligated to include the
Investor Shares in the next registration statement we file with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), subject to limited exceptions. In addition, we
issued an aggregate of 207,492 shares of Common Stock to investors who
participated in the September 2007 private placement pursuant to anti-dilution
provisions contained. Empire Asset Management, Inc. acted as financial advisor
in the private placement and received compensation in connection with the
private placement of approximately $450,000 and 120,000 shares of Common
Stock.
In
January 2008, we offered our customers a design modification for the N2 phones
held in their inventory. We expect the cost of the modification program to
be
approximately $200,000. As part of the modification program we offered to
transport the inventory to our manufacturing partner (Balda Malaysia) and
provide the modifications at no cost to our customers. As a result, certain
of
our customers are withholding payment of amounts due us until the modifications
are completed and the inventory is returned to them.
Neonode
Inc.
Schedule
II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
For
the Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006
(amounts
in thousands)
Column
A
|
|
Column
B
|
|
Column
C
|
|
Column
D
|
|
Column
E
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
at
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
charged
to costs
|
|
|
|
End
of
|
|
Description
|
|
of
Period
|
|
and
expenses
|
|
Deductions
|
|
Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance
for Warranty Reserve
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
92
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
92
|
|
Allowance
for Deferred Tax Assets
|
|
|
(3,164
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(7,218
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
ended December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance
for Warranty Reserve
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Allowance
for Deferred Tax Assets
|
|
|
(1,268
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
(1,896
|
)
|
|
(3,164
|
)
|
ITEM 9.
|
CHANGES IN AND
DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
|
None.
I
TEM
9A.
|
CONTROLS AND
PROCEDURES
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Under
the
supervision of and with the participation of our management, including the
Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined
in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the December
31,
2007. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were
not
effective for the reasons described below.
During
the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December
31, 2007, management determined that we had certain material weaknesses relating
to our revenue recognition policies and our accounting for certain financing
transactions, including convertible debt and derivative financial instruments.
A
material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal
control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility
that a material misstatement of a Company’s annual or interim financial
statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. During mid-2007
we began shipping products to customers and initially recorded revenue as
products were shipped. After evaluation of contracts and actual sell through,
we
determined that the proper revenue recognition methods would be “sell through.”
This change resulted in certain accounting adjustments during our year-end
audit. In addition, we entered into several complex financing transactions
(including convertible debt, derivatives, bifurcation and complex valuation
and
measurement activities) that resulted in accounting adjustments during our
year-end audit. Because these material weaknesses as to internal control over
financial reporting also bear upon our disclosure controls and procedures,
our
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer were unable to conclude
our
disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
The
factors described below under “Internal Control of Financial Reporting” related
to the integration and consolidation of the Swedish operating subsidiary we
acquired on August 10, 2007 further contributed to the conclusion of our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.
Despite
the conclusion that disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as
of
the end of period covered by this report, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer believe that the financial statements and other information
contained in this annual report present fairly, in all material respects, our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
Internal
Control over Financial Reporting
This
annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding
internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the
company’s registered public accounting firm. As discussed elsewhere in this
report, the merger between SBE and Neonode on August 10, 2007 represented a
significant change in our business and financial operations. Having occurred
in
the final third of the fiscal year, the merger left management with insufficient
time to finalize integration and consolidate operations to fully assess the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our new operating
subsidiary was not previously subject to Commission reporting standards,
including those relating to internal control over financial reporting. The
merger resulted in new employees, systems, and processes at fiscal year-end
that
were significantly different from those in place for the majority of the fiscal
year. We also experienced a change in most members of senior management and
the
board of directors upon the merger. As a result, our management believed it
was
impracticable to fully and appropriately assess our internal control over
financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
Even
if
our management had provided their conclusion as to the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting, it would not have been subject to
attestation by our independent registered public accounting firm due to
temporary rules of the Commission that would permit us to provide only
management’s assessment in this annual report.
Comparable
to a newly public company and consistent with public guidance from the
Commission, we believe that having the benefit of a full fiscal year of
consolidated business and financial operations, we expect our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be positioned to provide the assessment
of internal control over financial reporting as part of the annual report for
the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008.
As
of the
period ended December 31, 2007, we undertook the following changes that have
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal
control over financial reporting:
|
·
|
We
implemented corporate governance policies, including an employee
code of
conduct and whistleblower provisions, so that employees of our operating
subsidiary would be aware of our compliance duties and responsibilities;
and
|
|
·
|
We
purchased new management reporting system software, and retained
a
consultant to oversee its implementation, to better enable us to
consolidate our accounting and budgeting systems across different
international locations and functional
currencies.
|
As
we
move towards complete integration and consolidation of business and financial
operations of SBE and Neonode, we expect to take additional steps to both remedy
the material weaknesses described above and facilitate our management’s
assessment of internal control over financial reporting in accordance the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Commission rules. Our planned steps include:
|
·
|
adding
personnel to our financial department, consultants, or other resources
(including those with public company reporting experience) to enhance
our
policies and procedures, including those related to revenue
recognition;
|
|
·
|
exploring
the suitability of further upgrades to our accounting system to complement
the new management reporting system software described
above;
|
|
·
|
modifying
the documentation and testing programs SBE was developing prior to
the
merger to appropriately apply to the new Neonode;
and
|
|
·
|
engaging
a qualified consultant in 2008 to perform an assessment of the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and
assist
us in implementing appropriate internal controls on weaknesses determined,
if any, documenting, and then testing the effectiveness of those
controls.
|
ITEM 9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION
|
On
October 22, 2007, our subsidiary Neonode AB entered into a lease agreement
with
NCC Property G AB for 9,500 square feet office space at Warfvingsesvag 41,
Stockholm, to be used as the corporate headquarters. The lease period began
on
April 1, 2008 and expires on March 31, 2013. The annual payment for these
premise equates to approximately $288,000 per year and is indexed to the
consumer price index in Sweden. As an incentive to enter into the agreement
as
one of the firs tenants to occupy the building, the NCC Property G AB has given
Neonode AB discounts amounting to approximately $120,000 allocated over the
first eight months of the leasing period.
On
October 21, 2007, Neonode AB also entered into a lease agreement with NCC
Property G AB for 10 parking spaces located at Warfvingsesvag 41, Stockholm.
The
lease period begins on April 1, 2008 and expires on March 31, 2013. The annual
payment for these premise amounts to $28,000 per year and is indexed to the
consumer price index in Sweden. Neonode AB has the right to terminate the lease
on March 31, 2011 if notice of termination is given by Neonode AB at least
9
months prior to March 31, 2011.
PART
III
ITEM 10.
|
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
AND
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
|
The
identification of our executive officers is provided above at the end of Part
I
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We
have
adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal officers. The code of
ethics has been posted on our internet website found at www.neonode.com. We
intend to satisfy disclosure requirements regarding amendments to, or waivers
from, any provisions of its code of ethics on our website.
The
other
information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to “Election of
Directors,” “Board of Directors Committees and Corporate Governance” and
“Additional Information - Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting
Compliance” in our definitive proxy statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders to be filed within 120 days of the end of our December 31, 2007
fiscal year (the “2008 Proxy Statement”).
ITEM
11.
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
|
The
information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to “Executive
Compensation” in our 2008 Proxy Statement.
ITEM
12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
The
information required by this Item, other than as provided below, is incorporated
by reference to “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”
in our 2008 Proxy Statement.
The
following table includes information regarding our equity incentive plans as
of
the end of fiscal 2007:
Equity
Compensation Plan Information
Plan
category
|
Number
of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights
|
Weighted-average
exercise price of outstanding options, warrants
and
rights
|
Number
of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity
compensation plans (excluding securities
reflected
in column (a)
|
|
(a)
|
(b)
|
(c)
|
Equity
compensation plans approved by security holders
|
4,063,281
|
$3.79
|
862,000
|
Equity
compensation plans not approved by security holders
|
5,774,291
|
$2.87
|
36,495
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
9,837,572
|
$3.25
|
898,495
|
The
following table details the outstanding options to purchase shares of our common
stock pursuant to each plan at December 31, 2007:
Plan
|
|
Shares
Reserved
|
|
Options
Outstanding
|
|
Available
for
Issue
|
|
Outstanding
Options
Vested
|
|
1996
Plan
|
|
|
546,000
|
|
|
61,000
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
61,000
|
|
1998
Plan
(1)
|
|
|
130,000
|
|
|
35,900
|
|
|
36,495
|
|
|
35,900
|
|
2007
Neonode Plan
(2)
|
|
|
2,119,140
|
|
|
2,117,332
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
2,117,332
|
|
2006
Plan
|
|
|
1,300,000
|
|
|
205,000
|
|
|
835,000
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
Director
Plan
|
|
|
68,000
|
|
|
15,500
|
|
|
27,000
|
|
|
15,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,163,140
|
|
|
2,434,732
|
|
|
898,495
|
|
|
2,234,732
|
|
(1)
The
1998
Plan has not been approved by our shareholders.
(2)
The
2007
Neonode Plan was assumed by Neonode upon the consummation of the August 2007
Merger with Old Neonode.
Summary
of 1998 Non-Officer Stock Option Plan
The
purpose of the 1998 Non-officer Stock Option Plan is to provide a means by
which
eligible recipients of options may be given an opportunity to benefit from
increases in value of our common stock through the granting of nonstatutory
stock options. The plan permits the grant of nonstatutory stock options.
Nonstatutory stock options may be granted under the 1998 Plan to our employees
or consultants who are not, at the time of such grants, directors or officers.
The administrator, in its discretion, selects the persons to whom options are
granted, the time or times at which such options are granted, and the exercise
price and number of shares subject to each such grant. We do not expect to
issue
any further options under the 1998 Plan.
ITEM 13.
|
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED
TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
|
The
information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to “Related
Person Transactions” and “Corporate Governance” in our 2008 Proxy
Statement.
ITEM 14.
|
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES
AND
SERVICES
|
The
information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to “Ratification
Of Selection Of Independent Auditors” in our 2008 Proxy Statement.
PART
IV
Financial
Statements
The
financial statements of the registrant are listed in the index to the financial
statements and filed under Item 8 of this report.
Financial
Statement Schedule
Schedule
II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts is listed in the index to the financial
statements and filed under Item 8 of this report. Schedules not listed have
been
omitted because the information required therein is not applicable or is shown
in the financial statements and the notes thereto.
Exhibits
Exhibit
#
|
Description
|
2.1
|
Agreement
and Plan of Merger and Reorganization between SBE, Inc. and Neonode
Inc.,
dated January 19, 2007
(incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of our Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on January 22, 2007
)
(
In
accordance with Commission rules, we supplementally will furnish
a copy of
any omitted schedule to the Commission upon request
)
|
2.2
|
Amendment
No. 1 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization between
SBE,
Inc. and Neonode Inc., dated May 18, 2007, effective May 25, 2007
(
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of our Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on May 29, 2007
)
|
3.1
|
Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated December 20, 2007,
effective December 21, 2007
|
3.2
|
Bylaws,
as amended through December 5, 2007
|
10.1
|
Note
Purchase Agreement, dated February 28, 2006
|
10.2
|
Senior
Secured Note issued to AIGH Investment Partners LLC, dated February
28,
2006
|
10.3
|
Senior
Secured Note issued to Hirshcel Berkowitz, dated February 28,
2006
|
10.4
|
Senior
Secured Note issued to Joshua Hirsch, dated February 28,
2006
|
10.5
|
Security
Agreement, dated February 28, 2006
|
10.6
|
Stockholder
Pledge and Security Agreement (form of), dated February 28,
2006
|
10.7
|
Intercreditor
Agreement, dated February 28, 2006
|
10.8
|
Note
Purchase Agreement, dated November 20, 2006
|
10.9
|
Senior
Secured Note issued to AIGH Investment Partners LLC, dated November
20,
2006
|
10.10
|
Senior
Secured Note issued to Hirshcel Berkowitz, dated November 20,
2006
|
10.11
|
Senior
Secured Note issued to Joshua Hirsch, dated November 20,
2006
|
10.12
|
Amendment
to Security Agreement, dated November 20, 2006
|
10.13
|
Amendment
to Stockholder Pledge and Security Agreement, dated November 20,
2006
|
10.14
|
Amendment
to Security Agreement, dated January 22,
2007
|
10.15
|
Amendment
to Stockholder Pledge and Security Agreement, dated January 22,
2007
|
10.16
|
Amendment
to Senior Secured Notes, dated May 22, 2007, effective May 25,
2007
|
10.17
|
Note
Purchase Agreement between SBE, Inc. and Neonode Inc., dated May
18, 2007,
effective May 25, 2007 (
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of our Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on May 29, 2007
)
|
10.18
|
Senior
Secured Note issued to SBE, Inc., dated May 18, 2007, effective May
25,
2007 (
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of our Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on May 29, 2007
)
|
10.19
|
Amendment
to Security Agreement, dated July 31, 2007
|
10.20
|
Amendment
to Stockholder Pledge and Security Agreement, dated July 31,
2007
|
10.21
|
Note
Purchase Agreement, dated July 31, 2007
|
10.22
|
Amendment
to Note Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 2007
|
10.23
|
Amendment
No. 2 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated December 21,
2007
|
10.24
|
Amendment
No. 3 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated March 31, 2008
|
10.25
|
Senior
Secured Note, dated August 8, 2007 (
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.22(a) of our Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2007
)
|
10.26
|
Amendment
to Senior Secured Note, dated September 10, 2007 (
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.22(b) of our Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2007
)
|
10.27
|
Form
of Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued pursuant to Amendment to
Senior
Secured Notes, dated September 10, 2007 (
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.22(c) of our Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2007
)
|
10.28
|
Subscription
Agreement, dated September 10, 2007 (
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of our Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on October 2, 2007
)
|
10.29
|
Convertible
Promissory Note (
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of our Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on October 2, 2007
)
|
10.30
|
Form
of Common Stock Purchase Warrant (
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of our Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on October 2, 2007
)
|
10.31
|
Form
of Unit Purchase Warrant (
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of our Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on October 2, 2007
)
|
10.32
|
Subscription
Agreement, dated March 4, 2008 (
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of our Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on March 3, 2008
)
|
10.33
|
Asset
Purchase Agreement with One Stop Systems, Inc., dated January 11,
2007
(
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of our Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on January 12, 2007
)
|
10.34
|
Asset
Purchase Agreement with Rising Tide Software, dated August 15, 2007
(
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of our Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on August 24, 2007
)
|
10.35
|
Lease
for 4000 Executive Parkway, Suite 200 dated July 27, 2005 with Alexander
Properties Company
|
10.36
|
Lease
for
Warfvingesväg
45, SE-112 51 Stockholm, Sweden dated October 16, 2007 with NCC Property
G
AB
|
10.37
|
1998
Non-Officer Stock Option Plan, as amended (
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of our Registration Statement on
Form S-8 (333-63228) filed on June 18, 2001
)+
|
10.38
|
2001
Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan, as amended (
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2002, as filed on January 27,
2003
)+
|
10.39
|
Director
and Officer Bonus Plan, dated September 21, 2006 (
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of our Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on September 26, 2006
)+
|
10.40
|
Employment
Agreement with Mikael Hagman, dated November 30, 2006+
|
10.41
|
Executive
Severance Benefits Agreement with Kenneth G. Yamamoto, dated March
21,
2006 (
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of our Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the period ended January 31, 2007, as filed on March
16, 2007
)+
|
10.42
|
Executive
Severance Benefits Agreement with David W. Brunton, dated April 12,
2004
(
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of our Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the period ended January 31, 2005, as filed on March 2,
2005
)+
|
10.43
|
Executive
Severance Benefits Agreement with Kirk Anderson, dated April 12,
2004
(
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of our Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the period ended January 31, 2005, as filed on March 2,
2005
)+
|
10.44
|
Executive
Severance Benefits Agreement with Leo Fang, dated May 24, 2006
(
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of our Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on May 26, 2006
)+
|
10.45
|
Executive
Severance Benefits Agreement with Nelson Abal, dated August 4, 2006
(
incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of our Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on August 7, 2006
)+
|
21
|
Subsidiaries
of the registrant
|
23.1
|
Consent
of BDO Feinstein International AB, Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
|
31.1
|
Certification
of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act Of 2002
|
31.2
|
Certification
of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act Of 2002
|
32
|
Certification
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section
906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
+
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
SIGNATURES
Pursuant
to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NEONODE
INC.
(Registrant)
|
Date:
April 14, 2008
|
By:
|
/s/ David
W.
Brunton
|
|
David W. Brunton
Chief Financial Officer,
Vice President, Finance
|
|
|
POWER
OF ATTORNEY
KNOW
ALL
PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned officers and directors
of the registrant constitutes and appoints, jointly and severally, Mikael Hagman
and David W. Brunton, and each of them, as lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents
for the undersigned and for each of them, each with full power of substitution
and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of each of the
undersigned officers and directors, in any and all capacities, to sign any
and
all amendments to this report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each
of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and
thing
necessary or appropriate to be done in and about the premises, as fully to
all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or any of them, or any of
their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.
Pursuant
to the requirements for the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has
been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the
capacity and dates indicated.
Name
|
|
Title
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Mikael Hagman
|
|
President
and Chief Executive Officer,
|
April
14, 2008
|
Mikael
Hagman
|
|
and
Director
|
|
|
|
(Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
David W. Brunton
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer, Vice President, Finance
|
April
14, 2008
|
David
W. Brunton
|
|
and
Secretary
|
|
|
|
(Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Per Bystedt
|
|
Director,
Chairman of the Board
|
April
14, 2008
|
Per
Bystedt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
John Reardon
|
|
Director
|
April
14, 2008
|
John
Reardon
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Susan Major
|
|
Director
|
April
14, 2008
|
Susan
Major
|
|
|
|
AMENDED
AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
NEONODE
INC.
Neonode
Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of
Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:
1.
The
current name of the Corporation is Neonode Inc. The name under which the
Corporation was originally incorporated is SBE (Delaware), Inc. and the date
of
the filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary
of
State of the State of Delaware is September 4, 1997.
2.
The
Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as the same heretofore has
been
amended, supplemented or restated (the "Certificate of Incorporation") currently
authorizes the issuance of 42,000,000 shares of all classes, which are divided
into (i) 40,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share and
(ii)
2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which no
series have been designated, and the Corporation wishes to increase the number
of authorized shares of common stock to 75,000,000 shares.
3.
The
amendment and the restatement of the restated Certificate of Incorporation
herein certified have been duly adopted by the stockholders in accordance with
the provisions of Section 242 and of Section 245 of the General Corporation
Law
of the State of Delaware and integrates and further amends the Certificate
of
Incorporation of the Corporation, so as to read in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE
I.
The
name
of this Corporation is Neonode Inc.
ARTICLE
II.
The
address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware
is
1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name
of
the registered agent of the corporation in the State of Delaware at such address
is the The Corporation Trust Company.
ARTICLE
III.
The
purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for
which
a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State
of
Delaware.
ARTICLE
IV.
A.
This
corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated,
respectively, "Common Stock" and "Preferred Stock." The total number of shares
which the corporation is authorized to issue is Seventy-Seven Million
(77,000,000) shares, of which Seventy-Five Million (75,000,000) shares will
be
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and Two Million (2,000,000) shares
will be Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.
B.
The
Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The
Board
of Directors is hereby authorized, by filing a certificate (a "Preferred Stock
Designation") pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, to fix or alter
from time to time the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares
of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of
any
wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and to establish from time to time
the number of shares constituting any such series or any of them; and to
increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the
issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such
series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series is decreased
in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease
will resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution
originally fixing the number of shares of such series.
ARTICLE
V.
For
the
management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the
corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers
of the corporation, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class
thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:
A.
(1)
The
management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the corporation
will be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors that will
constitute the whole Board of Directors will be fixed exclusively by one or
more
resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors.
(2)
Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect
additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors will be
divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III,
respectively. Directors will be assigned to each class in accordance with a
resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual
meeting of stockholders following the adoption and filing of this Certificate
of
Incorporation, the term of office of the Class I directors will expire and
Class
I directors will be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual
meeting of stockholders following the adoption and filing of this Certificate
of
Incorporation, the term of office of the Class II directors will expire and
Class II directors will be elected for a full term of three years. At the third
annual meeting of stockholders following the adoption and filing of this
Certificate of Incorporation, the term of office of the Class III directors
will
expire and Class III directors will be elected for a full term of three years.
At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors will be elected
for
a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms
expire at such annual meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of
this
Article, each director will serve until his or her successor is duly elected
and
qualified or until his or her death, resignation or removal. No decrease in
the
number of directors constituting the Board of Directors will shorten the term
of
any incumbent director.
(3)
Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, no
director will be removed without cause. Subject to any limitations imposed
by
law, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from
office at any time with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of
sixty-six and two thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all the
then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation entitled to vote
at
an election of directors (the "Voting Stock").
(4)
Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any
vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation,
disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships
resulting from any increase in the number of directors will, unless the Board
of
Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created
directorships will be filled by the stockholders, except as otherwise provided
by law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors
then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and
not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding
sentence will hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director
for
which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director's successor
has been elected and qualified.
(5)
In
the event that Section 2115(a) of the California Corporations Code is applicable
to this corporation, then the following will apply:
(a)
Every
stockholder entitled to vote in any election of directors of this corporation
may cumulate such stockholder's votes and give one candidate a number of votes
equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of
votes
to which the stockholder's shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the
stockholder's votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such
stockholder thinks fit;
(b)
No
stockholder, however, may cumulate such stockholder's votes for one or more
candidates unless (A) the names of such candidates have been properly placed
in
nomination, in accordance with the Bylaws of the corporation, prior to the
voting, (B) the stockholder has given advance notice to the corporation of
the
intention to cumulative votes pursuant to the Bylaws, and (C) the stockholder
has given proper notice to the other stockholders at the meeting, prior to
voting, of such stockholder's intention to cumulate such stockholder's votes;
and
(6)
If
any stockholder has given proper notice, all stockholders may cumulate their
votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. The
candidates receiving the highest number of votes of the shares entitled to
be
voted for them up to the number of directors to be elected by such shares shall
be declared elected.
B.
(1)
Subject to paragraph (h) of Section 43 of the Bylaws, the Bylaws may be altered
or amended or new Bylaws adopted by the affirmative vote of sixty-six and two
thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of the Voting Stock.
The
Board of Directors will also have the power to adopt, amend, or repeal
Bylaws.
(2)
The
directors of the corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the
Bylaws so provide.
(3)
Following the filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of
the
Agreement and Plan of Merger effecting the merger between the corporation and
SBE, Inc., a California corporation, no action will be taken by the stockholders
of the corporation except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called
in accordance with the Bylaws.
(4)
Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for
any
purpose or purposes, by (A) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (B) the
Chief Executive Officer, or (C) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution
adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether
or
not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the
time
any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) or
(D)
by the holders of the shares entitled to cast not less than sixty-six and two
thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the votes at the meeting, and will be held at such
place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors fix
therefor.
(5)
Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and
of
business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders
of
the corporation must be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the
corporation.
ARTICLE
VI.
A.
A
director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation
or
its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director's duty of
loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not
in
good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
law
(3) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (4) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If
the
Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders
of this Article to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting
the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director will
be
eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law as so amended.
B.
Any
repeal or modification of this Article VI will be prospective and will not
affect the rights under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged
occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or
indemnification.
ARTICLE
VII.
A.
The
corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision
contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter
prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B. of this Article VII,
and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to
this reservation.
B.
Notwithstanding
any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision
of
law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to
any
affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Voting
Stock required by law, this Certificate of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock
Designation, the affirmative vote of the holders of sixty-six and two thirds
percent (66-2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting
together as a single class, will be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles
V, VI, and VII.
4.
This
certificate is filed pursuant to Section 242 and 245 of Title 8 of the Delaware
Code, as amended.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate of Amendment
as
of the 20th day of December, 2007.
BYLAWS
OF
SBE,
INC.
ARTICLE
I
OFFICES
1.
REGISTERED
OFFICE. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware
will
be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.
2.
OTHER
OFFICES. The corporation will also have and maintain an office or principal
place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors,
and
may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State
of
Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the
business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE
II
CORPORATE
SEAL
3.
CORPORATE
SEAL. The corporate seal will consist of a die bearing the name of the
corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be
used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or
reproduced or otherwise.
ARTICLE
III
STOCKHOLDERS’
MEETINGS
4.
PLACE
OF
MEETINGS. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation will be held at
such
place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated
from
time to time by the Board of Directors, or, if not so designated, then at
the
office of the corporation required to be maintained pursuant to Section 2
hereof.
5.
ANNUAL
MEETING.
(a)
The
annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of
election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before
it, will be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from
time to
time by the Board of Directors.
(b)
At
an
annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business will be conducted
as will
have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before
an
annual meeting, business must be: (1) specified in the notice of meeting
(or any
supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors,
(2)
otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the
Board of Directors, or (3) otherwise properly brought before the meeting
by a
stockholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting
by a
stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing
to
the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be
delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of
the
corporation not later than the close of business on the sixtieth (60th) day
nor
earlier than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the
first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or
the
date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than thirty (30) days
from
the date contemplated at the time of the previous year’s proxy statement, notice
by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the
close
of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting and
not
later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60th) day
prior
to such annual meeting or, in the event public announcement of the date of
such
annual meeting is first made by the corporation fewer than seventy (70) days
prior to the date of such annual meeting, the close of business on the tenth
(10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of
such
meeting is first made by the corporation.
A
stockholder’s notice to the Secretary will set forth as to each matter the
stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description
of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons
for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address,
as
they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such
business, (3) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are
beneficially owned by the stockholder, (4) any material interest of the
stockholder in such business and (5) any other information that is required
to
be provided by the stockholder pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), in his capacity as a
proponent to a stockholder proposal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order
to
include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy
statement and form of proxy for a stockholder’s meeting, stockholders must
provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934
Act.
Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business will
be
conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures
set
forth in this paragraph (b). The chairman of the annual meeting will, if
the
facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that business was not
properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions
of
this paragraph (b), and, if he should so determine, he will so declare at
the
meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting will
not
be transacted.
(c)
Only
persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in
this
paragraph (c) will be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of
persons
for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation may be made at
a
meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the Board of Directors
or by
any stockholder of the corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors
at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this
paragraph (c). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction
of
the Board of Directors, will be made pursuant to timely notice in writing
to the
Secretary of the corporation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph
(b)
of this Section 5. Such stockholder’s notice will set forth (1) as to each
person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or
re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence
address of such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of such
person, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are
beneficially owned by such person, (D) a description of all arrangements
or
understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person
or
persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations
are to
be made by the stockholder, and (E) any other information relating to such
person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election
of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation
14A
under the 1934 Act (including without limitation such person’s written consent
to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving
as a
director if elected); and (2) as to such stockholder giving notice, the
information required to be provided pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section
5.
At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by a stockholder
for election as a director will furnish to the Secretary of the corporation
that
information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination
which pertains to the nominee. No person will be eligible for election as
a
director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures
set forth in this paragraph (c). The chairman of the meeting will, if the
facts
warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination was not made
in
accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws, and if he should
so
determine, he will so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination
will
be disregarded.
(d)
For
purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” will mean disclosure in a
press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or
comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the
corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section
13,
14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
6.
SPECIAL
MEETINGS.
(a)
Special
meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose
or purposes, by (1) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (2) the Chief
Executive Officer, (3) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted
by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not
there
exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any
such
resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) or (4) by
the
holders of shares entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes
at the
meeting, and will be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as
the
Board of Directors, will fix.
(b)
If
a
special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the Board of
Directors, the request will be in writing, specifying the general nature
of the
business proposed to be transacted, and will be delivered personally or sent
by
registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the
Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the
Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special
meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors will
determine the time and place of such special meeting, which will be held
not
less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after
the
date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place
of
the meeting, the officer receiving the request will cause notice to be given
to
the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section
7 of these Bylaws. If the notice is not given within sixty (60) days after
the
receipt of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may
set the
time and place of the meeting and give the notice. Nothing contained in this
paragraph (b) will be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time
when
a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may
be
held.
7.
NOTICE
OF
MEETINGS. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of
Incorporation, written notice of each meeting of stockholders will be given
not
less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting
to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify
the
place, date and hour and purpose or purposes of the meeting. Notice of the
time,
place and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing,
signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, either before or after such
meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat
in
person or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the
express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting will be bound
by the
proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof
had
been given.
8.
QUORUM.
At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute
or
by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in
person
or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding
shares of stock entitled to vote will constitute a quorum for the transaction
of
business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be
adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by
vote
of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other
business will be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at
a duly
called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to
transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough
stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by
law,
the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all action taken by the
holders of a majority of the vote cast, excluding abstentions, at any meeting
at
which a quorum is present will be valid and binding upon the corporation;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes
of
the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled
to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or
classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute
or
by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the
outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person
or
represented by proxy, will constitute a quorum entitled to take action with
respect to that vote on that matter and, except where otherwise provided
by the
statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative
vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors)
of
the votes cast, including abstentions, by the holders of shares of such class
or
classes or series will be the act of such class or classes or
series.
9.
ADJOURNMENT
AND NOTICE OF ADJOURNED MEETINGS. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual
or
special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the
meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares casting votes, excluding
abstentions. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice
need
not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are
announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned
meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been
transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty
(30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the
adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting will be given to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
10.
VOTING
RIGHTS. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote
at
any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only
persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation
on
the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, will be entitled
to
vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote will have
the
right to do so either in person or by an agent or agents authorized by a
proxy
granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be
a
stockholder. No proxy will be voted after three (3) years from its date of
creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.
11.
JOINT
OWNERS OF STOCK. If shares or other securities having voting power stand
of
record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members
of
a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety,
or
otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship
respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice
to the
contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing
them
or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect
to voting will have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his
act
binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting
binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on
any
particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question
proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief
as
provided in the General Corporation Law of Delaware, Section 217(b). If the
instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in
unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection
(c)
will be a majority or even-split in interest.
12.
LIST
OF
STOCKHOLDERS. The Secretary will prepare and make, at least ten (10) days
before
every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled
to
vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address
of
each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each
stockholder. Such list will be open to the examination of any stockholder,
for
any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a
period
of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within
the
city where the meeting is to be held, which place will be specified in the
notice of the meeting, or, if not specified, at the place where the meeting
is
to be held. The list will be produced and kept at the time and place of meeting
during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who
is
present.
13.
ACTION
WITHOUT MEETING. No action will be taken by the stockholders except at an
annual
or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws,
and
no action will be taken by the stockholders by written consent.
14.
ORGANIZATION.
(a)
At
every
meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a
Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the
President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest
of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, will
act as
chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed
to
do so by the President, will act as secretary of the meeting.
(b)
The
Board
of Directors of the corporation will be entitled to make such rules or
regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it will deem
necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations
of
the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting will have the
right
and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to
do all
such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate
or
convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation,
establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and
procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present,
limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of
the
corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other
persons as the chairman will permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting
after
the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted
to
questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing
of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot.
Unless
and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of
the
meeting, meetings of stockholders will not be required to be held in accordance
with rules of parliamentary procedure.
ARTICLE
IV
DIRECTORS
15.
NUMBER
AND TERM OF OFFICE. The authorized number of directors of the corporation
will
be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need
not
be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If
for
any cause, the directors will not have been elected at an annual meeting,
they
may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the
stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these
Bylaws.
16.
POWERS.
The powers of the corporation will be exercised, its business conducted and
its
property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise
provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.
17.
CLASSES
OF DIRECTORS. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred
Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors
will be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class
III, respectively. Directors will be assigned to each class in accordance
with a
resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first
annual
meeting of stockholders following the adoption and filing of this Certificate
of
Incorporation, the term of office of the Class I directors will expire and
Class
I directors will be elected for a full term of three years. At the second
annual
meeting of stockholders following the adoption and filing of this Certificate
of
Incorporation, the term of office of the Class II directors will expire and
Class II directors will be elected for a full term of three years. At the
third
annual meeting of stockholders following the adoption and filing of this
Certificate of Incorporation, the term of office of the Class III directors
will
expire and Class III directors will be elected for a full term of three years.
At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors will be elected
for
a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms
expire at such annual meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of
this
Article, each director will serve until his or her successor is duly elected
and
qualified or until his or her death, resignation or removal. No decrease
in the
number of directors constituting the Board of Directors will shorten the
term of
any incumbent director.
18.
VACANCIES.
Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any vacancies
on
the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification,
removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from
any
increase in the number of directors, will unless the Board of Directors
determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships
will be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of
a
majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum
of the
Board of Directors. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding
sentence will hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director
for
which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor
will have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors
will
be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or
resignation of any director.
19.
RESIGNATION.
Any director may resign at any time by delivering his written resignation
to the
Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a
particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the
Board
of Directors. If no such specification is made, it will be deemed effective
at
the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors will resign
from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the
directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, will have
power
to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such
resignation or resignations will become effective, and each Director so chosen
will hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose
place will be vacated and until his successor will have been duly elected
and
qualified.
20.
REMOVAL.
Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, no
director will be removed without cause. Subject to any limitations imposed
by
law, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from
office at any time with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of voting
stock
of the corporation, entitled to vote at an election of directors (the “Voting
Stock”).
21.
MEETINGS.
(a)
ANNUAL
MEETINGS. The annual meeting of the Board of Directors will be held immediately
before or after the annual meeting of stockholders and at the place where
such
meeting is held. No notice of an annual meeting of the Board of Directors
will
be necessary and such meeting will be held for the purpose of electing officers
and transacting such other business as may lawfully come before it.
(b)
REGULAR
MEETINGS. Except as hereinafter otherwise provided, regular meetings of the
Board of Directors will be held in the office of the corporation required
to be
maintained pursuant to Section 2 hereof. Unless otherwise restricted by the
Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors
may
also be held at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has
been
designated by resolution of the Board of Directors or the written consent
of all
directors.
(c)
SPECIAL
MEETINGS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation,
special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place
within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of
the
Board, the President or any two of the directors.
(d)
TELEPHONE
MEETINGS. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof,
may
participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar
communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the
meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means
will
constitute presence in person at such meeting.
(e)
NOTICE
OF
MEETINGS. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board
of
Directors will be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice
messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and
communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail
or
other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four
(24)
hours before the date and time of the meeting, or sent in writing to each
director by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three (3) days before
the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing at
any
time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by
attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the
express
purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction
of any
business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
(f)
WAIVER
OF
NOTICE. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of
Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever
held, will be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular
call
and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting,
each of the directors not present will sign a written waiver of notice. All
such
waivers will be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes
of the meeting.
22.
QUORUM
AND VOTING.
(a)
Unless
the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number and except with
respect to indemnification questions arising under Section 43 hereof, for
which
a quorum will be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time
to
time in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, a quorum of the
Board
of Directors will consist of a majority of the exact number of directors
fixed
from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate
of Incorporation; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, at any meeting whether a quorum be present
or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to
time
until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors,
without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.
(b)
At
each
meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions
and business will be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of
the
directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate
of Incorporation or these Bylaws.
23.
ACTION
WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation
or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting
of
the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a
meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case
may
be, consent thereto in writing, and such writing or writings are filed with
the
minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.
24.
FEES
AND
COMPENSATION. Directors will be entitled to such compensation for their services
as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved,
by
resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance,
if
any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors
and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein
contained will be construed to preclude any director from serving the
corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise
and receiving compensation therefor.
25.
COMMITTEES.
(a)
EXECUTIVE
COMMITTEE. The Board of Directors may by resolution passed by a majority
of the
whole Board of Directors appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one
(1) or
more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent
permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors
will
have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors
in
the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, including
without
limitation the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the
issuance of stock and to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger, and
may
authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may
require it; but no such committee will have the power or authority in reference
to amending the Certificate of Incorporation (except that a committee may,
to
the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the
issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board of Directors fix the
designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating
to
dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the
corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares
of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other
class
or classes of stock of the corporation or fix the number of shares of any
series
of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of any series),
adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the
stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a
dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending
the
bylaws of the corporation.
(b)
OTHER
COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority
of
the whole Board of Directors, from time to time appoint such other committees
as
may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of
Directors will consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors
and
will have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the
resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event will
such
committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these
Bylaws.
(c)
TERM.
Each member of a committee of the Board of Directors will serve a term on
the
committee coexistent with such member’s term on the Board of Directors. The
Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of
this
Bylaw may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee
or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee
member
will terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the
committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any
time
for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors
may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or
increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors
may
designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who
may
replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee,
and,
in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee,
the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified
from
voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint
another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place
of
any such absent or disqualified member.
(d)
MEETINGS.
Unless the Board of Directors will otherwise provide, regular meetings of
the
Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section
25
will be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of
Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given
to
each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings
need
be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at
any
place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and
may be
called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon written notice
to
the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting
given in the manner provided for the giving of written notice to members
of the
Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board
of
Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in
writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any
director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special
meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting,
to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called
or
convened. A majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee
will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of
a
majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present will
be
the act of such committee.
26.
ORGANIZATION.
At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors,
or,
if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the
President is absent, the most senior Vice President, or, in the absence of
any
such officer, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors
present, will preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence,
an
assistant secretary directed to do so by the President, will act as secretary
of
the meeting.
ARTICLE
V
OFFICERS
27.
OFFICERS
DESIGNATED. The officers of the corporation will include, if and when designated
by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the
President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial
Officer, all of whom will be elected at the annual organizational meeting
of the
Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint other officers
and
agents with such powers and duties as it will deem necessary. The Board of
Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers
as it
will deem appropriate. The Board of Directors may empower the chief executive
officer of the corporation to appoint such officers, other than the Chairman
of
the Board, President, Secretary or Chief Financial Officer, as the business
of
the corporation may require. Any one person may hold any number of offices
of
the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom
by law.
The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation will
be
fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.
28.
TENURE
AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.
(a)
GENERAL.
All officers will hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and
until their successors will have been duly elected and qualified, unless
sooner
removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be
removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer
becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of
Directors.
(b)
DUTIES
OF
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The Chairman of the Board of Directors,
when
present, will preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of
Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors will perform other duties
commonly incident to his office and will also perform such other duties and
have
such other powers as the Board of Directors will designate from time to time.
If
there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors will also
serve as the general manager and chief executive officer of the corporation
and
will have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section
28.
(c)
DUTIES
OF
PRESIDENT. The President will preside at all meetings of the stockholders
and at
all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board
of
Directors has been appointed and is present. The President will be general
manager and chief executive officer of the corporation and will, subject
to the
control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and
control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President will
have
discretion to prescribe the duties of other officers and employees of the
corporation in a manner not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws
and
the directions of the Board of Directors. The President will perform other
duties commonly incident to his office and will also perform such other duties
and have such other powers as the Board of Directors will designate from
time to
time.
(d)
DUTIES
OF
VICE PRESIDENTS. The Vice Presidents, in order of their rank as fixed by
the
Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the
Board
of Directors, may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence
or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant.
The Vice Presidents will perform other duties commonly incident to their
office
and will also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the
Board
of Directors or the President will designate from time to time.
(e)
DUTIES
OF
SECRETARY. The Secretary will attend all meetings of the stockholders and
of the
Board of Directors and will record all acts and proceedings thereof in the
minute book of the corporation. The Secretary will give notice in conformity
with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings
of the
Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary
will perform all other duties given him in these Bylaws and other duties
commonly incident to his office and will also perform such other duties and
have
such other powers as the Board of Directors will designate from time to time.
If
any assistant secretaries are appointed, the President may direct the assistant
secretary or one of the assistant secretaries in the order of their rank
as
fixed by the Board of Directors or, if they are not so ranked, the assistant
secretary designated by the Board of Directors, to assume and perform the
duties
of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each
Assistant Secretary will perform other duties commonly incident to his office
and will also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the
Board
of Directors or the President will designate from time to time.
(f)
DUTIES
OF
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Chief Financial Officer will be responsible
for all
functions and duties of the treasurer of the corporation. The Chief Financial
Officer will keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation
in
a thorough and proper manner and will render statements of the financial
affairs
of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of
Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order
of
the Board of Directors, will have the custody of all funds and securities
of the
corporation. The Chief Financial Officer will perform other duties commonly
incident to his office and will also perform such other duties and have such
other powers as the Board of Directors or the President will designate from
time
to time. If any assistant financial officers are appointed, the President
may
direct the assistant financial officer, or one of the assistant financial
officers, if there are more than one, in the order of their rank as fixed
by the
Board of Directors or if they are not so ranked, the assistant financial
officer
designated by the Board of Directors, to assume and perform the duties of
the
Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial
Officer, and each assistant financial officer will perform other duties commonly
incident to his office and will also perform such other duties and have such
other powers as the Board of Directors or the President will designate from
time
to time.
29.
DELEGATION
OF AUTHORITY. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers
or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any
provision hereof.
30.
RESIGNATIONS.
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board
of
Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation will
be
effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given,
unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation
will
become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice,
the acceptance of any such resignation will not be necessary to make it
effective. Any resignation will be without prejudice to the rights, if any,
of
the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.
31.
REMOVAL.
Any officer may be removed from office at any time with cause by the affirmative
vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous
written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee
or
superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred
by the
Board of Directors.
ARTICLE
VI
EXECUTION
OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS
AND
VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION
32.
EXECUTION
OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion,
determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or
other
person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate
instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate
name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the
corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and
such
execution or signature will be binding upon the corporation.
Unless
otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Directors or otherwise
required by law, promissory notes, deeds of trust, mortgages and other evidences
of indebtedness of the corporation, and other corporate instruments or documents
requiring the corporate seal, and certificates of shares of stock owned by
the
corporation, will be executed, signed or endorsed by the Chairman of the
Board
of Directors, or the President or any Vice President, and by the Secretary
or
Chief Financial Officer. All other instruments and documents requiring the
corporate signature, but not requiring the corporate seal, may be executed
as
aforesaid or in such other manner as may be directed by the Board of
Directors.
All
checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit
of
the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation will be signed
by such
person or persons as the Board of Directors will authorize so to
do.
Unless
authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power
of
an officer, no officer, agent or employee will have any power or authority
to
bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit
or to
render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.
33.
VOTING
OF
SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION. All stock and other securities of other
corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties
in any capacity, will be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto will
be
executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of
Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the
Board of Directors, the President, or any Vice President.
ARTICLE
VII
SHARES
OF
STOCK
34.
FORM
AND
EXECUTION OF CERTIFICATES. The shares of the corporation shall be represented
by
certificates unless the Board of Directors shall, by resolution, provide
that
some or all of any class or series of stock shall be uncertificated shares.
Any
such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by certificate until
the
certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Certificates for the shares
of
stock of the corporation will be in such form as is consistent with the
Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in
the
corporation will be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name
of
the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President
or
any Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer or assistant financial
officer or the Secretary or assistant secretary, certifying the number of
shares
owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate
may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who
has
signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate will
have
ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate
is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer,
transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue. Each certificate will
state
upon the face or back thereof, in full or in summary, all of the powers,
designations, preferences, and rights, and the limitations or restrictions
of
the shares authorized to be issued or will, except as otherwise required
by law,
set forth on the face or back a statement that the corporation will furnish
without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights
of
each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations
or
restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time
after
the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation will send
to
the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information
required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section
or
otherwise required by law or with respect to this section a statement that
the
corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests
the
powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or
other
special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications,
limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as
otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders
of certificates representing stock of the same class and series will be
identical.
35.
LOST
CERTIFICATES. A new certificate or certificates will be issued in place of
any
certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged
to
have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of
that
fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen,
or
destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance
of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or
destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise
the same in such manner as it will require or to give the corporation a surety
bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim
that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate
alleged
to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.
36.
TRANSFERS.
(a)
Transfers
of record of shares of stock of the corporation will be made only upon its
books
by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, upon
compliance with the customary procedures for transferring shares in
uncertificated form or upon surrender of a properly endorsed certificate
or
certificates for a like number of shares
(b)
The
corporation will have power to enter into and perform any agreement with
any
number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation
to
restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or
more
classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General
Corporation Law of Delaware.
37.
FIXING
RECORD DATES. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any
adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record
date,
which record date will not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing
the
record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date will
not
be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such
meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record
date
for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting
of
stockholders will be at the close of business on the day next preceding the
day
on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business
on
the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination
of
stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders will apply to any adjournment of the meeting; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.
38.
REGISTERED
STOCKHOLDERS. The corporation will be entitled to recognize the exclusive
right
of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends,
and to vote as such owner, and will not be bound to recognize any equitable
or
other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other
person whether or not it will have express or other notice thereof, except
as
otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
ARTICLE
VIII
OTHER
SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION
39.
EXECUTION
OF OTHER SECURITIES. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities
of the
corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be
signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice
President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors,
and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted
thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an assistant
secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or assistant financial officer;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate
security will be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible
facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such
bond, debenture or other corporate security will be issued, the signatures
of
the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture
or
other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures
of
such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other
corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, will be signed
by
the Chief Financial Officer or assistant financial officer of the corporation
or
such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear
imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer
who will have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate
security, or whose facsimile signature will appear thereon or on any such
interest coupon, will have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture
or other corporate security so signed or attested will have been delivered,
such
bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by
the
corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the
same or
whose facsimile signature will have been used thereon had not ceased to be
such
officer of the corporation.
ARTICLE
IX
DIVIDENDS
40.
DECLARATION
OF DIVIDENDS. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject
to
the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared
by
the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting.
Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock,
subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.
41.
DIVIDEND
RESERVE. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any
funds
of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board
of
Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as
a
reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or
for
repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other
purpose as the Board of Directors will think conducive to the interests of
the
corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve
in the manner in which it was created.
ARTICLE
X
FISCAL
YEAR
42.
FISCAL
YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation will be fixed by resolution of the
Board of Directors.
ARTICLE
XI
INDEMNIFICATION
43.
INDEMNIFICATION
OF DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, OTHER OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER
AGENTS.
(a)
DIRECTORS
AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS. The corporation will indemnify its directors and
executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers
will have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act)
to
the fullest extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the corporation may modify the extent of such
indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive
officers; and, PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the corporation will not be required
to
indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding
(or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification
is
expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized
by the
Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided
by
the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in
the
corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) such
indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).
(b)
OTHER
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS. The corporation will have power to
indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in
the
Delaware General Corporation Law.
(c)
EXPENSES.
The corporation will advance to any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative,
by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer, of
the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the
proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by
any
director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding upon receipt
of
an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay said amounts if it
should
be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified
under this Bylaw or otherwise.
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this
Bylaw, no advance will be made by the corporation to an executive officer
of the
corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is
or was
a director of the corporation in which event this paragraph will not apply)
in
any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (1) by
the
Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors
who
were not parties to the proceeding, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable,
or,
even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by
independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the
decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate
clearly
and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that
such
person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation.
(d)
ENFORCEMENT.
Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to
indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this
Bylaw will be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same
extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the
director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted
by this Bylaw to a director or executive officer will be enforceable by or
on
behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction
if (1) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in
part,
or (2) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request
therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole
or in
part, will be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting his claim.
In
connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation will be entitled
to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the
standards of conduct that make it permissible under the Delaware General
Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount
claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation
(except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive
officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation
will be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing
evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person
did
not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation,
or
with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted
without
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure
of
the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel
or
its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement
of such
action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances
because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware
General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation
(including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its
stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct,
will be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has
not
met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director
or
executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement
of
expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive
officer
is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under
this Article XI or otherwise will be on the corporation.
(e)
NON-EXCLUSIVITY
OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw will not be
exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire
under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws,
agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise,
both as
to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while
holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into
individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees
or
agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not
prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
(f)
SURVIVAL
OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw will continue
as to
a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent
and
will inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such
a
person.
(g)
INSURANCE.
To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law,
the
corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance
on
behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to
this
Bylaw.
(h)
AMENDMENTS.
Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw will only be prospective and will
not
affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged
occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding
against any agent of the corporation.
(i)
SAVING
CLAUSE. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof will be invalidated on any ground
by
any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation will nevertheless
indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited
by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that will not have been invalidated,
or
by any other applicable law.
(j)
CERTAIN
DEFINITIONS. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions will
apply:
(1)
The
term
“proceeding” will be broadly construed and will include, without limitation, the
investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration
and
appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative.
(2)
The
term
“expenses” will be broadly construed and will include, without limitation, court
costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or
judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred
in
connection with any proceeding.
(3)
The
term
the “corporation” will include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any
constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed
in
a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued,
would
have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees
or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee
or
agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request
of
such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
will
stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect
to
the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such
constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
(4)
References
to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the
corporation will include, without limitation, situations where such person
is
serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director,
executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.
(5)
References
to “other enterprises” will include employee benefit plans; references to
“fines” will include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an
employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the
corporation” will include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent
of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such
director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit
plan,
its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith
and in
a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants
and
beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan will be deemed to have acted in
a
manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in
this Bylaw.
ARTICLE
XII
NOTICES
44.
NOTICES.
(a)
NOTICE
TO
STOCKHOLDERS. Whenever, under any provisions of these Bylaws, notice is required
to be given to any stockholder, it will be given in writing, timely and duly
deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to his
last
known post office address as shown by the stock record of the corporation
or its
transfer agent.
(b)
NOTICE
TO
DIRECTORS. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by
the
method stated in subsection (a), or by facsimile, telex or telegram, except
that
such notice other than one which is delivered personally will be sent to
such
address as such director will have filed in writing with the Secretary, or,
in
the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such
director.
(c)
AFFIDAVIT
OF MAILING. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent
employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect
to the
class of stock affected, specifying the name and address or the names and
addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to
whom
any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of
giving
the same, will in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts
therein contained.
(d)
TIME
NOTICES DEEMED GIVEN. All notices given by mail, as above provided, will
be
deemed to have been given as at the time of mailing, and all notices given
by
facsimile, telex or telegram will be deemed to have been given as of the
sending
time recorded at time of transmission.
(e)
METHODS
OF NOTICE. It will not be necessary that the same method of giving notice
be
employed in respect of all directors, but one permissible method may be employed
in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods
may
be employed in respect of any other or others.
(f)
FAILURE
TO RECEIVE NOTICE. The period or limitation of time within which any stockholder
may exercise any option or right, or enjoy any privilege or benefit, or be
required to act, or within which any director may exercise any power or right,
or enjoy any privilege, pursuant to any notice sent him in the manner above
provided, will not be affected or extended in any manner by the failure of
such
stockholder or such director to receive such notice.
(g)
NOTICE
TO
PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL. Whenever notice is required to
be
given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation
or
Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful,
the giving of such notice to such person will not be required and there will
be
no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or
permit
to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which will be taken
or
held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful
will
have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In
the
event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the
filing
of a certificate under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation
Law,
the certificate will state, if such is the fact and if notice is required,
that
notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons
with whom communication is unlawful.
(h)
NOTICE
TO
PERSON WITH UNDELIVERABLE ADDRESS. Whenever notice is required to be given,
under any provision of law or the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws
of the
corporation, to any stockholder to whom (i) notice of two consecutive annual
meetings, and all notices of meetings or of the taking of action by written
consent without a meeting to such person during the period between such two
consecutive annual meetings, or (ii) all, and at least two, payments (if
sent by
first class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a twelve-month
period, have been mailed addressed to such person at his address as shown
on the
records of the corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving
of
such notice to such person will not be required. Any action or meeting which
will be taken or held without notice to such person will have the same force
and
effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such person will deliver
to
the corporation a written notice setting forth his then current address,
the
requirement that notice be given to such person will be reinstated. In the
event
that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing
of a
certificate under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
the
certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice
was not required to be given pursuant to this paragraph.
ARTICLE
XIII
AMENDMENTS
45.
AMENDMENTS.
Subject
to paragraph (h) of Section 43 of the Bylaws, the Bylaws may be altered or
amended or new Bylaws adopted by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six
and
two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding
shares of the Voting Stock. The Board of Directors will also have the power
to
adopt, amend, or repeal Bylaws.
ARTICLE
XIV
LOANS
TO
OFFICERS
46.
LOANS
TO
OFFICERS. The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation
of, or
otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its
subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the
corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of
Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected
to
benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with
or
without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board
of
Directors will approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares
of
stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws will be deemed to deny,
limit
or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common
law
or under any statute.
NEONODE,
INC.
NOTE
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
NOTE
PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “
Agreement
”)
dated
as of February 28, 2006 among NEONODE, INC., a Delaware corporation
(“
Company
”),
AIGH
Investment Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “AIGH”), and any
other person who executes this agreement from time to time as purchaser of
Notes
(collectively with AIGH, the “Investors”).
Background:
The
Company desires to sell to the Investors, and the Investors desire to purchase
up to $5,500,000 in principal amount of Senior Secured Notes, in substantially
the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1 (the “
Notes
”).
It is
anticipated there will be up to two closings since the Notes will be issued
in
tranches. The proceeds are necessary for the development and continuance of
the
business of the Company and each of its subsidiaries.
Certain
Definitions:
“
Common
Stock
”
shall
mean stock of the Company of any class (however designated) whether now or
hereafter authorized, which generally has the right to participate in the voting
and in the distribution of earnings and assets of the Company without limit
as
to amount or percentage, including the Company’s Common Stock, $.01 par value
per share.
“
Company
”
includes the Company and any corporation or other entity which shall succeed
to
or assume, directly or indirectly, the obligations of the Company hereunder.
The
term “
corporation
”
shall
include an association, joint stock company, business trust, limited liability
company or other similar organization.
“
Company
Disclosure
”
means
the disclosure delivered to the Investors prior to the execution of this
Agreement.
“
Material
Adverse Change
”
shall
mean any change in the facts represented by the Company in the Agreement or
the
business, financial condition, results of operation, prospects, properties
or
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole which may have
a
material adverse effect on the value of the Common Stock of the
Company.
“
Neonode
AB
”
means
Neonode AB, a Swedish corporation.
“
Petrus
”
means
Petrus Holdings, SA, a corporation organized under the laws of
Luxembourg.
“
Person
”
means
any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, limited liability
company, business trust, unincorporated association, joint stock corporation,
trust, joint venture or other entity, any university or similar institution,
or
any government or any agency or instrumentality or political subdivision
thereof.
“
Public
Offering
”
shall
mean a registered public offering of Common Stock of the Company.
“
SEC
”
means
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
“
Securities
Act
”
means
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
In
consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as
follows:
1
.
Purchase
and Sale of Notes
.
1
.
1
.
Sale
and Issuance of Notes
.
The
Company shall sell to the Investors and the Investors shall purchase from the
Company, up to an aggregate in principal amount of $5,500,000 of Notes at par.
The principal amount of Notes to be purchased by the Investors from the Company
in the First Closing (as defined herein) is set forth opposite the name of
each
Investor on the signature page hereof, subject to acceptance, in whole or in
part, by the Company. Subject to Section 1.4 hereof, AIGH shall purchase the
Notes included in the Second Closing whether or not any other Investor agrees
to
participate in such purchase.
1
.
2
.
Closings
.
The
closings of the purchase and sale of the Notes hereunder (each a “
Closing
”)
shall
take place (i) within three business days after the date hereof, for the
purchase of $4,000,000 principal amount of Notes (the “
First
Closing
”)
and,
(ii) immediately prior to filing of an appropriate registration statement in
connection with a Public Offering with Griffin Securities, Inc. or other
investment bank satisfactory to the Investors, for the purchase of $1,500,000
principal amount of Notes (the “
Second
Closing
”);
provided in each case the Company has not suffered any Material Adverse Change
since the date hereof. Any date on which a Closing occurs is referred to herein
as the “
Closing
Date
.”
The
date on which the First Closing takes place is referred to herein as the
“
First
Closing Date
.”
The
date on which the Second Closing takes place is referred to herein as the
“
Second
Closing Date
.”
Each
Closing shall take place at the offices of Hahn & Hessen LLP, the Investors’
counsel, in New York, New York, or at such other location as is mutually
acceptable to the Investors and the Company.
1.3.
Conditions
of First Closing
.
The
obligation of the Investors to complete the purchase of the Notes at the First
Closing is subject to fulfillment of the following conditions:
(a)
the
Company and the Investors shall execute and deliver a Security Agreement, dated
the First Closing Date, in the form attached as
Exhibit 2
(the
“
Security
Agreement
”);
(b)
certain
stockholders of the Company (the “
Pledgors
”)
and
the Investors shall execute and deliver a Pledge and Security Agreement, dated
the First Closing Date, in the form attached as
Exhibit 3
(the
“
Stockholder
Pledge Agreement
”);
(c)
each
Pledgor shall execute and deliver to the Investors a Guaranty Agreement, dated
the First Closing Date, in the form attached as
Exhibit
4
(the
“
Guaranty
”);
(d)
Petrus
and the Investors shall enter into the Intercreditor Agreement, dated the First
Closing Date, in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit
5
(the
“
Intercreditor
Agreement
”,
and
with the Agreement, the Notes, the Security Agreements, the
Stockholder
Pledge Agreement, the Guaranty
and
other
documents required in connection with the transactions contemplated in the
Agreement, the “
Transaction
Documents
”)
;
(e)
the
Company shall have executed and delivered all documents, such as financing
statements and assignments, reasonably requested by counsel for the Investors;
(f)
the
absence of any Material Adverse Change since the date hereof, and
(g)
the
Company shall pay the Investors expenses to the extent set forth in Section
6.9
hereof.
1.4.
Conditions
of Second Closing
.
The
obligations of the Investors to complete the purchase of the Notes at the Second
Closing are subject to fulfillment of the following conditions:
(a)
the
absence of Material Adverse Change since the date hereof; and
(b)
the
Company shall pay the Investors expenses to the extent set forth in Section
6.9
hereof.
2
.
Representations
and Warranties of the Company
.
The
Company hereby represents and warrants to each of the Investors as
follows:
2
.
1
.
Corporate
Organization; Authority; Due Authorization
.
(
a
)
The
Company (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, (ii) has
the
corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties as and in the
places where such business is now conducted and to carry on its business as
now
conducted and (iii) is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign
corporation authorized to do business in every jurisdiction where the failure
to
so qualify, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse
effect on the operations, prospects, assets, liabilities, financial condition
or
business of the Company
(
b
)
The
Company (i) has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver
and perform
this
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents
to
which
it is a party
and
to
incur the obligations herein and therein and (ii) has been authorized by all
necessary corporate action to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and
the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (the “
Contemplated
Transactions
”).
Each
of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents is a valid and binding
obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms except as
limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and the availability
of equitable remedies (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered
in a proceeding at law or equity).
2.
2
.
Capitalization
.
As of
February 28, 2006, the authorized capital stock of the Company is 6,500,000
shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share. Except as contemplated by
this
Agreement or as set forth in the Company Disclosure, there are (i) no
outstanding subscriptions, warrants, options, conversion privileges or other
rights or agreements obligating the Company or Neonode AB to purchase or
otherwise acquire or issue any shares of capital stock of the Company or Neonode
AB (or shares reserved for such purpose) except as set forth in the
Capitalization Table attached hereto as Exhibit 6 (the “
Capitalization
Table
”),
(ii) no preemptive rights contained in the Company’s Certificate of
Incorporation, as amended (the “
Certificate
of Incorporation
”),
By-Laws of the Company or contracts to which the Company is a party or rights
of
first refusal with respect to the issuance of additional shares of capital
stock
of the Company, and (iii) no commitments or understandings (oral or
written) of the Company or Neonode AB to issue any shares, warrants, options
or
other rights. Except as disclosed in the Company Disclosure, the Company owns
100% of the outstanding equity of Neonode AB.
2.
3
.
Validity
of Notes
.
The
issuance of the Notes has been duly authorized.
2
.
4
.
Private
Offering
.
Neither
the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has within the last 12 months
issued, sold or offered any security of the Company (including, without
limitation, any Notes) to any Person under circumstances that would cause the
issuance and sale of the Notes, as contemplated by this Agreement, to be subject
to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
2
.
5
.
Brokers
and Finders
.
The
Company has not retained any investment banker, broker or finder in connection
with the Contemplated Transactions.
2
.
6
.
Absence
of Certain Changes
.
Except
as specifically contemplated by this Agreement or set forth in the Company
Disclosure, there has not been any Material Adverse Change since December 31,
2005.
2
.
7
.
Company
Disclosure
.
No
representation or warranty of the Company herein, no exhibit or schedule hereto,
and no information contained or referenced in the Company Disclosure, when
read
together, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or
omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading.
3
.
Representations
and Warranties of the Investors
.
Each
Investor represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
3
.
1
.
Authorization
.
Such
Investor (i) has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to
incur the obligations herein and therein and (ii) if applicable has been
authorized by all necessary corporate or equivalent action to execute, deliver
and perform this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and to consummate
the Contemplated Transactions. Each of this Agreement and the other Transaction
Documents to which the Investors are parties is a valid and binding obligation
of such Investor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited
by
applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and the availability of equitable
remedies (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a
proceeding at law or equity).
3
.
2
.
Brokers
and Finders
.
Such
Investor has not retained any investment banker, broker or finder in connection
with the Contemplated Transactions.
4
.
Securities
Laws
.
4
.
1
.
This
Agreement is made with each Investor in reliance upon such Investor’s
representation to the Company, which by such Investor’s execution of this
Agreement such Investor hereby confirms, that the Notes to be received by such
Investor will be acquired for investment for such Investor’s own account, not as
a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any
part thereof such that such Investors would constitute an “underwriter” under
the Securities Act.
4
.
2
.
Each
Investor understands and acknowledges that the offering of the Notes pursuant
to
this Agreement will not be registered under the Securities Act or qualified
under any Blue Sky Laws on the grounds that the offering and sale of the Notes
are exempt from registration and qualification, respectively, under the
Securities Act and the Blue Sky Laws.
4
.
3
.
Each
Investor represents that (i) such Investor is able to fend for itself in
the Contemplated Transactions; (ii) such Investor has such knowledge and
experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating
the
merits and risks of such Investor’s prospective investment in the Notes; and
(iii) such Investor has the ability to bear the economic risks of such
Investor’s prospective investment and can afford the complete loss of such
investment.
4
.
4
.
Each
Investor further represents by execution of this Agreement that such Investor
qualifies as an “accredited investor” as such term is defined under Rule 501
promulgated under the Securities Act. Any Investor that is a corporation, a
partnership, a limited liability company, a trust or other business entity
further represents by execution of this Agreement that it has not been organized
for the purpose of purchasing the Notes.
4
.
5
.
By
acceptance hereof, each Investor agrees that the Notes and any shares of capital
stock of the Company received in respect of the foregoing held by it may not
be
sold by such Investor without registration under the Securities Act or an
exemption therefrom, and therefore such Investor may be required to hold such
securities for an indeterminate period.
5
.
Additional
Covenants of the Company
.
5
.
1
.
Reports
and Information
.
Until
the sooner of repayment or conversion of all the Notes or a Public Offering,
the
Company shall deliver to such Investor (or the successor or assign of such
Investor), contemporaneously with delivery to Petrus or its affiliates, a copy
of each report of the Company delivered to any such person.
6
.
Miscellaneous
.
6
.
1
.
Entire
Agreement; Successors and Assigns
.
This
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents constitute the entire contract
between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and
no
party shall be liable or bound to the other in any manner by any warranties,
representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.
This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents supersede any previous
agreement among the parties with respect to the Notes. The terms and conditions
of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
respective executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the
parties. Except as expressly provided herein, nothing in this Agreement,
expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the
parties hereto, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by
reason of this Agreement.
6
.
2
.
Survival
of Representations and Warranties
.
All
representations and warranties of the Company shall survive the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the Closing hereunder and shall continue in
full
force and effect for one year after the Fourth Closing. The covenants of the
Company set forth in Section 5 shall remain in effect as set forth
therein.
6
.
3
.
Governing
Law; Jurisdiction
.
This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the
State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each party
hereby irrevocably consents and submits to the jurisdiction of any New York
State or United States Federal Court sitting in the State of New York, County
of
New York, over any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Agreement and irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in
any
such action or proceeding by registered mail addressed to such party at its
address specified in Section 6.6 (or as otherwise noticed to the other party).
Each party further waives any objection to venue in New York and any objection
to an action or proceeding in such state and county on the basis of
forum
non conveniens
.
Each
party also waives any right to trial by jury.
6
.
4
.
Counterparts
.
This
Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall
be
deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the
same
instrument.
6
.
5
.
Headings
.
The
headings of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience and shall not
by
themselves determine the interpretation of this Agreement.
6
.
6
.
Notices
.
Any
notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall
be
deemed effectively given upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) delivery by fax (with
answer back confirmed) or (iii) delivery by electronic mail (with reception
confirmed), addressed to a party at its address or sent to the fax number or
e-mail address shown below or at such other address, fax number or e-mail
address as such party may designate by three days advance notice to the other
party.
Any
notice to Investors shall be sent to the addresses set forth on the signature
pages hereof, with a copy to:
Hahn
& Hessen LLP
488
Madison Avenue
New
York,
New York 10022
Attention:
James Kardon, Esq.
Fax
Number: (212) 478-7400
e-mail:
jkardon@hahnhessen.com
Any
notice to the Company shall be sent to:
Neonode,
Inc.
Biblioteksgatan
11
S111
46
Stockholm, Sweden
Attention:
President
Fax
Number:
with
a
copy to:
Reed
Smith LLP
435
Sixth
Avenue
Pittsburgh,
PA 15219
Attention:
Daniel Gallagher, Esq.
Fax
Number: 412-288-3063
6
.
7
.
Rights
of Transferees
.
Any and
all rights and obligations of the Investor herein incident to the ownership
of
Notes shall pass successively to all subsequent transferees of such securities
until extinguished pursuant to the terms hereof.
6
.
8
.
Severability
.
Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in
such
a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision
of this Agreement shall be deemed prohibited or invalid under such applicable
law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition
or
invalidity, and such prohibition or invalidity shall not invalidate the
remainder of such provision or any other provision of this
Agreement.
6
.
9
.
Expenses
.
Irrespective of whether any Closing is effected, the Company shall pay all
costs
and expenses that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery
and performance of this Agreement. Each Investor shall be responsible for all
costs incurred by such Investor in connection with the negotiation, execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement including, but not limited to, legal
fees and expenses, except that, at each Closing, the Company shall pay legal
fees and expenses to Hahn & Hessen LLP, as counsel to the
Investors.
6
.
10
.
Amendments
and Waivers
.
Unless
a particular provision or section of this Agreement requires otherwise
explicitly in a particular instance, any provision of this Agreement may be
amended and the observance of any provision of this Agreement may be waived
(either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or
prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the holders
of
Notes. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.10
shall be binding upon each holder of any Notes at the time outstanding
(including securities into which such Securities are convertible), each future
holder of all such Notes, and the Company.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement
as of the date first above written.
NEONODE
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Its:
|
|
|
|
|
|
AIGH
INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Its:
|
|
SIGNATURE
PAGE
TO
NEONODE,
INC.
SUBSCRIPTION
AGREEMENT
Dated
February 28, 2006
IF
the
PURCHASER is an INDIVIDUAL, please complete the following:
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement this ____ day
of
________, 2006.
Amount
of Subscription:
|
|
|
$__________
principal
amount of Notes
|
|
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
of Investor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Social
Security Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address
and Fax Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail
Address
|
|
|
|
|
ACCEPTED
AND AGREED:
|
|
|
|
|
|
NEONODE,
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
|
|
|
SIGNATURE
PAGE
TO
NEONODE,
INC.
SUBSCRIPTION
AGREEMENT
Dated
February 28, 2006
IF
the
PURCHASER is a PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST or
OTHER ENTITY, please complete the following:
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement this __th day
of
__________, 2006.
Amount
of subscription:
$____________
principal amount of Notes
|
|
|
|
|
___________________________________
Print
Full Legal Name of Partnership,
Company,
Limited Liability Company, Trust or Other Entity
|
|
|
|
By:
__________________________________
(Authorized
Signatory)
|
|
Name:
________________________________
|
|
Title:
_________________________________
|
|
Address
and Fax Number: _____________
___________________________________
|
|
|
|
Taxpayer
Identification Number: __________
|
Date
and
State of Incorporation or Organization:__________________________
Date
on
which Taxable Year Ends:_____________________________________
E-mail
Address: ________________________
ACCEPTED
AND AGREED:
NEONODE,
INC.
By:
____________________________
Name:
__________________________
Title:
___________________________
Dated:
__________________________
EXHIBITS
TO
THE
NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Exhibit
1:
Form
of
Notes
Exhibit
2:
Form
of
Security Agreement
Exhibit
3:
Form
of
Stockholder Pledge Agreement
Exhibit
4:
Form
of
Guaranty
Exhibit
5:
Form
of
Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit
6:
Capitalization
Table
Exhibit
1
Form
of
Notes
Exhibit
2
Form
of
Security Agreement
Exhibit
3
Form
of
Stockholder Pledge Agreement
Exhibit
4
Form
of
Guaranty
Exhibit
5
Form
of
Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit
6
Capitalization
Table
THIS
NOTE
AND THE COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) NOR UNDER ANY STATE
SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED UNTIL (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO IS EFFECTIVE
UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR (2) THE COMPANY
RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY OR OTHER COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER
OF
SUCH NOTE WHICH OTHER COUNSEL IS SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH NOTE
AND/OR COMMON STOCK MAY BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, HYPOTHECATED OR TRANSFERRED
WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS.
THESE
SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND
MAY NOT
BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933,
AS AMENDED, AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION
OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.
SENIOR
SECURED NOTE
$3,200,000.00
|
New
York, New York
|
|
February
28, 2006
|
FOR
VALUE
RECEIVED, the undersigned (sometimes referred to herein as the “Company”), a
Delaware corporation having an address at Biblioteksgatan 11, S111 46 Stockholm,
Sweden, hereby promises to pay to the order of AIGH Investment Partners,
LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, or assigns (“Lender”), at its offices
located at 6006 Berkeley Ave., Baltimore, MD 21209 or at such other place
as the
Lender may from time to time designate to the undersigned in writing, on
August
28, 2007 subject to the conversion rights set forth herein, or such earlier
date
as required hereunder, the sum of THREE MILLION AND TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND
DOLLARS
($3,200,000.00) at a rate per annum equal to four percent (4%). In no event,
however, shall interest hereunder be in excess of the maximum interest rate
permitted by law.
The
obligations of the undersigned are secured in accordance with the terms of
(i) a
Pledge and Security Agreement (as amended, restated, modified and supplemented
from time to time, the “Stockholder Pledge Agreement”) between certain
stockholders of the Company and Lender, dated February 28, 2006, by the pledge
of certain Collateral, as defined in such Stockholder Pledge Agreement and
(ii)
a Security Agreement (as amended, restated, modified and supplemented from
time
to time, the “Security Agreement”) between the Company and Lender, dated
February 28, 2006, by the pledge of certain Collateral, as defined in such
Security Agreement This Note is one of the Senior Secured Notes issued pursuant
to a certain Note Purchase Agreement dated the date hereof between the Company
and each Lender (the “Note Purchase Agreement”) in connection with a financing
of the undersigned up to an aggregate principal amount of FIVE MILLION AND
FIVE
HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($5,500,000).
|
A.
|
Prepayment;
Conversion
:
|
|
1.
|
This
Note may be prepaid without premium or penalty, in whole or in
part, on 20
days notice; provided that the Lender shall have the opportunity,
prior to
such prepayment, to convert this Note into common stock of the
Company at
a price based on the pre money valuation set forth in Section A.2
below.
|
|
2.
|
In
the event the undersigned completes a registered public offering
with
gross proceeds in excess of $5,500,000 on or before August 28,
2007, this
Note, including without limitation all accrued interest (unless
paid in
cash by the undersigned) and other obligations under this Note,
shall
automatically convert without any action of the holder into the
securities
offered in such financing at a price per security equal to the
price paid
by public investors based on the pre-money valuation of the fully-diluted
equity of the undersigned, including for this purpose as equity
all debt
held by stockholders or their affiliates, of FIFTEEN MILLION AND
FIVE
HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($15,500,000) (determined based on the
Capitalization Table attached as an exhibit to the Note Purchase
Agreement); and provided further the undersigned has not suffered
any
material adverse change since the date
hereof.
|
|
3.
|
In
the event the undersigned fails to complete a registered public
offering
with gross proceeds in excess of $5,500,000 by August 28, 2007
due to
circumstances beyond the undersigned’s control, this Note, including
without limitation all accrued interest and other obligations under
this
Note, shall be converted into common stock of the undersigned at
a price
per share equal to the fair market value of such shares as determined
by
negotiations between the undersigned and the holder of the Note
and in the
aggregate amount of all such obligations, subject to compliance
with
applicable securities law; provided that (i) the pre-money valuation
of
the fully-diluted equity of the undersigned in the event and at
the time
of such conversion, including for this purpose as equity all debt
held by
stockholders or their affiliates, does not exceed US $15,500,000,
(ii) the
undersigned has not suffered any material adverse changes since
the date
hereof and (iii) the Lender and the undersigned enter into an investor
rights agreement which provides the Lender with demand and piggyback
registration rights, preemptive rights, tagalong rights with principal
stockholders of the undersigned, rights to Company information
and a bar
on issuance of toxic preferreds or other death spiral convertible
securities. During the term of the Bridge Notes, the undersigned
shall not
issue any equity securities or securities convertible into, exercisable
to
purchase or exchangeable for equity securities without offering
to holders
of Bridge Notes rights to purchase up to a percentage (the “Percentage”)
of such issue equal to the ratio of (A) the aggregate principal
amounts of
notes of similar tenor to this Note then outstanding divided by
(B) the
sum of $15,500,000 and such aggregate principal amounts, and shall
not
permit Neonode AB to issue any such securities or incur any indebtedness
other than reasonable accounts payable and indebtedness from
affiliates.
|
B.
Default;
Remedy
.
If any
one or more of the following events of default (each, an “Event of Default”)
shall occur, that is to say:
1.
default
shall be made in the payment of any principal or interest of this Note when
the
same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration,
by
notice of intention to prepay or otherwise;
2.
[intentionally
omitted;]
3.
the
undersigned shall become unable to pay its debts as they mature, seek to
auction
all or a substantial portion of its assets, make a general assignment for
the
benefit of creditors, commence or cause to be commenced a meeting of his
creditors or take advantage of any of the insolvency laws, or a case is
commenced or a petition in bankruptcy or for an arrangement or reorganization
under the Federal Bankruptcy Code (i) is filed against the undersigned, or
(ii)
is filed by the undersigned, or a custodian or receiver (or other court designee
performing the functions of a receiver) is appointed for or takes possession
of
the undersigned’s assets or affairs, or an order for relief in a case commenced
under the Federal Bankruptcy Code is entered;
4.
any
judgment or judgments against the undersigned or its property for any amount
remains unpaid, undischarged, unsatisfied, unbonded or undismissed for a
period
of ten (10) days, or a levy, sequestration or attachment against the undersigned
or his property for any amount remains unpaid, undischarged, unstayed,
unsatisfied or undismissed for a period of ten (10) days;
5.
any
guaranty of the obligations of the undersigned to Lender is terminated or
breached, or if any guarantor of the obligations of the undersigned to the
Lender attempts to terminate, challenge the validity of, or its liability
under,
any such guaranty or similar agreement, or the undersigned terminates any
guaranty which he has given to Lender to secure the indebtedness of any third
party; or
6.
any
event
of default shall occur under any agreement between Lender and the undersigned,
including without limitation the Security Agreement, Stockholder Pledge
Agreement or any guaranty related thereto, which is not cured within any
applicable grace period,
then
this
Note (x)(i) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to subsection
3
of this Section (B) shall immediately become due and payable, without notice;
and (ii) upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default, shall become
due and
payable, upon delivery of written notice of such Event of Default by Lender
to
the undersigned, in each case together with reasonable attorneys’ fees, if the
collection hereof is placed in the hands of an attorney to obtain or enforce
payment hereof; and (y) shall bear interest at a rate of interest per annum
equal to fifteen percent (15%). To the extent permitted by applicable law
interest shall accrue with respect to interest that is due and not paid.
In the
event the Lender takes action under the Security Agreement or Stockholder
Pledge
Agreement, the Lenders shall proceed first under the Security Agreement and
thereafter only if the Company’s obligations to the Lender are not satisfied,
under the Stockholder Pledge Agreement.
C.
Governing
Law
.
This
Note is being delivered in the State of New York, and shall be construed
and
enforced in accordance with the laws of such State. Any judicial proceeding
by
the undersigned against Lender involving, directly or indirectly, any matter
or
claim in any way arising out of, related to or connected with this Note,
shall
be brought only in federal or state court located in the City of New York,
State
of New York. Any judicial proceeding brought against the undersigned with
respect to this Note may be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction
in
the City of New York, State of New York, United States of America, and, by
execution and delivery of this Note, the undersigned accepts, generally and
unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts,
and
irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection
with this Note or any related agreement. Nothing herein shall affect the
right
to serve process in any manner permitted by law or shall limit the right
of
Lender to bring proceedings against the undersigned in the courts of any
other
jurisdiction. The undersigned waives any objection to jurisdiction and venue
of
any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on
lack
of jurisdiction or venue or based upon
forum
non conveniens
.
D.
Waiver
of Jury Trial
.
THE
UNDERSIGNED EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND,
ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (1) ARISING UNDER THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT,
DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR (2)
IN
ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES
HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT,
DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE
TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING
OR
HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE;
AND
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION
OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT
ANY
PARTY MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY
COURT
AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
E.
Notices
.
All
notices required hereunder shall be given in the manner set forth in the
Note
Purchase Agreement.
F.
Transfer
to Comply with the Securities Act of 1933
.
1.
The
holder of this Note, each transferee hereof and any holder and transferee
of any
shares issued upon conversion hereof other than in a registered public offering,
by his acceptance thereof, agrees that (i) no public distribution of notes
or
such shares will be made in violation of the Act, and (ii) during such period
as
the delivery of a prospectus with respect to such shares may be required
by the
Act, no public distribution of such shares will be made in a manner or on
terms
different from those set forth in, or without delivery of, a prospectus then
meeting the requirements of Section 10 of the Act and in compliance with
applicable state securities laws. The holder of this note and each transferee
hereof further agrees that if any distribution of any shares issued upon
conversion hereof other than in a registered public offering is proposed
to be
made by them otherwise than by delivery of a prospectus meeting the requirements
of Section 10 of the Act, such action shall be taken only after submission
to
the undersigned of an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory in form
and
substance to the undersigned’s counsel, to the effect that the proposed
distribution will not be in violation of the Act or of applicable state law.
Furthermore, it shall be a condition to the transfer of this note that any
transferee thereof be bound by all of the terms and conditions contained
in this
Note.
3.
Each
certificate for shares issued upon conversion hereof shall bear a legend
relating to the non-registered status of such shares under the Act, unless
at
the time of conversion of this note such shares are subject to a currently
effective registration statement under the Act.
G.
Certain
Representations and Covenants
.
1.
No
information provide by the undersigned to the Lender contains or will on
the
Closing Date contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or
will on
the Closing Date omit to state any material fact necessary to make the
statements contained herein or therein not misleading. During the term of
this
Note, the Company shall provide the Lender upon its request with any and
all
information about the Company reasonably deemed necessary for the Lender
to
evaluate this Note or a possible conversion thereof.
2.
While
this Note is outstanding, the Company (a) shall not issue (i) any equity
securities or securities convertible into, exercisable to purchase or
exchangeable for equity securities without offering to the Lender and all
other
holders of notes of similar tenor rights to purchase an aggregate of up to
the
Percentage of such issue or (ii) any toxic convertibles or death spiral
preferreds, and (b) shall not permit its 100% owned subsidiary Neonode AB,
a
Swedish corporation, to issue any such securities or incur any indebtedness
other than reasonable accounts payable and indebtedness from affiliates.
3.
The
Company shall keep reserved for issuance a sufficient number of authorized
but
unissued shares of Common Stock (or other securities into which the
Notes
are
convertible) so that the Notes may be converted or exercised to purchase
Common
Stock (or such other securities) at any time.
4.
If
any
event occurs as to which the provisions of this Note are strictly applicable
and
the application thereof would not fairly protect the rights of the Lenders
in
accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions,
including but not limited to protection from dilution, then the Company shall
make such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance
with
such essential intent and principles, as the Board of Directors, in good
faith,
determines to be reasonably necessary to protect such rights as aforesaid.
H.
The
undersigned expressly waives any presentment, demand, protest, notice of
protest, or notice of any kind.
|
|
|
|
|
______________________,
Authorized Signatory
|
THIS
NOTE
AND THE COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) NOR UNDER ANY STATE
SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED UNTIL (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO IS EFFECTIVE
UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR (2) THE COMPANY
RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY OR OTHER COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER
OF
SUCH NOTE WHICH OTHER COUNSEL IS SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH NOTE
AND/OR COMMON STOCK MAY BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, HYPOTHECATED OR TRANSFERRED
WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS.
THESE
SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY
NOT
BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
AS AMENDED, AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION
OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.
SENIOR
SECURED NOTE
$600,000.00
|
New
York, New York
|
|
February
28, 2006
|
FOR
VALUE
RECEIVED, the undersigned (sometimes referred to herein as the “Company”), a
Delaware corporation having an address at Biblioteksgatan 11, S111 46 Stockholm,
Sweden, hereby promises to pay to the order of Hirshcel Berkowitz, a US citizen,
or assigns (“Lender”), c/o AIGH Investment Partners, LLC, 6006 Berkeley Ave.,
Baltimore, MD 21209 or such other place as the Lender may from time to time
designate to the undersigned in writing, on August 28, 2007 subject to the
conversion rights set forth herein, or such earlier date as required hereunder,
the sum of SIX HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($600,000.00) at a rate per annum equal
to four percent (4%). In no event, however, shall interest hereunder be in
excess of the maximum interest rate permitted by law.
The
obligations of the undersigned are secured in accordance with the terms of
(i) a
Pledge and Security Agreement (as amended, restated, modified and supplemented
from time to time, the “Stockholder Pledge Agreement”) between certain
stockholders of the Company and Lender, dated February 28, 2006, by the pledge
of certain Collateral, as defined in such Stockholder Pledge Agreement and
(ii)
a Security Agreement (as amended, restated, modified and supplemented from
time
to time, the “Security Agreement”) between the Company and Lender, dated
February 28, 2006, by the pledge of certain Collateral, as defined in such
Security Agreement This Note is one of the Senior Secured Notes issued pursuant
to a certain Note Purchase Agreement dated the date hereof between the Company
and each Lender (the “Note Purchase Agreement”) in connection with a financing
of the undersigned up to an aggregate principal amount of FIVE MILLION AND
FIVE
HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($5,500,000).
|
A.
|
Prepayment;
Conversion
:
|
|
1.
|
This
Note may be prepaid without premium or penalty, in whole or in part,
on 20
days notice; provided that the Lender shall have the opportunity,
prior to
such prepayment, to convert this Note into common stock of the Company
at
a price based on the pre money valuation set forth in Section A.2
below.
|
|
2.
|
In
the event the undersigned completes a registered public offering
with
gross proceeds in excess of $5,500,000 on or before August 28, 2007,
this
Note, including without limitation all accrued interest (unless paid
in
cash by the undersigned) and other obligations under this Note, shall
automatically convert without any action of the holder into the securities
offered in such financing at a price per security equal to the price
paid
by public investors based on the pre-money valuation of the fully-diluted
equity of the undersigned, including for this purpose as equity all
debt
held by stockholders or their affiliates, of FIFTEEN MILLION AND
FIVE
HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($15,500,000) (determined based on the
Capitalization Table attached as an exhibit to the Note Purchase
Agreement); and provided further the undersigned has not suffered
any
material adverse change since the date
hereof.
|
|
3.
|
In
the event the undersigned fails to complete a registered public offering
with gross proceeds in excess of $5,500,000 by August 28, 2007 due
to
circumstances beyond the undersigned’s control, this Note, including
without limitation all accrued interest and other obligations under
this
Note, shall be converted into common stock of the undersigned at
a price
per share equal to the fair market value of such shares as determined
by
negotiations between the undersigned and the holder of the Note and
in the
aggregate
amount of all such obligations, subject to compliance with applicable
securities law
;
provided that (i) the pre-money valuation of the fully-diluted equity
of
the undersigned in the event and at the time of such conversion,
including
for this purpose as equity all debt held by stockholders or their
affiliates, does not exceed US $15,500,000, (ii) the undersigned
has not
suffered any material adverse changes since the date hereof and (iii)
the
Lender and the undersigned enter into an investor rights agreement
which
provides the Lender with demand and piggyback registration rights,
preemptive rights, tagalong rights with principal stockholders of
the
undersigned, rights to Company information and a bar on issuance
of toxic
preferreds or other death spiral convertible securities. During the
term
of the Bridge Notes, the undersigned shall not issue any equity securities
or securities convertible into, exercisable to purchase or exchangeable
for equity securities without offering to holders of Bridge Notes
rights
to purchase up to a percentage (the “Percentage”) of such issue equal to
the ratio of (A) the aggregate principal amounts of notes of similar
tenor
to this Note then outstanding divided by (B) the sum of $15,500,000
and
such aggregate principal amounts, and shall not permit Neonode AB
to issue
any such securities or incur any indebtedness other than reasonable
accounts payable and indebtedness from
affiliates.
|
B
.
Default;
Remedy
.
If any
one or more of the following events of default (each, an “Event of Default”)
shall occur, that is to say:
1
.
default
shall be made in the payment of any principal or interest of this Note when
the
same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by
notice of intention to prepay or otherwise;
2
.
[intentionally
omitted;]
3
.
the
undersigned shall become unable to pay its debts as they mature, seek to auction
all or a substantial portion of its assets, make a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors, commence or cause to be commenced a meeting of his
creditors or take advantage of any of the insolvency laws, or a case is
commenced or a petition in bankruptcy or for an arrangement or reorganization
under the Federal Bankruptcy Code (i) is filed against the undersigned, or
(ii)
is filed by the undersigned, or a custodian or receiver (or other court designee
performing the functions of a receiver) is appointed for or takes possession
of
the undersigned’s assets or affairs, or an order for relief in a case commenced
under the Federal Bankruptcy Code is entered;
4
.
any
judgment or judgments against the undersigned or its property for any amount
remains unpaid, undischarged, unsatisfied, unbonded or undismissed for a period
of ten (10) days, or a levy, sequestration or attachment against the undersigned
or his property for any amount remains unpaid, undischarged, unstayed,
unsatisfied or undismissed for a period of ten (10) days;
5
.
any
guaranty of the obligations of the undersigned to Lender is terminated or
breached, or if any guarantor of the obligations of the undersigned to the
Lender attempts to terminate, challenge the validity of, or its liability under,
any such guaranty or similar agreement, or the undersigned terminates any
guaranty which he has given to Lender to secure the indebtedness of any third
party; or
6
.
any
event
of default shall occur under any agreement between Lender and the undersigned,
including without limitation the Security Agreement, Stockholder Pledge
Agreement or any guaranty related thereto, which is not cured within any
applicable grace period,
then
this
Note (x)(i) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to subsection
3
of this Section (B) shall immediately become due and payable, without notice;
and (ii) upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default, shall become due
and
payable, upon delivery of written notice of such Event of Default by Lender
to
the undersigned, in each case together with reasonable attorneys’ fees, if the
collection hereof is placed in the hands of an attorney to obtain or enforce
payment hereof; and (y) shall bear interest at a rate of interest per annum
equal to fifteen percent (15%). To the extent permitted by applicable law
interest shall accrue with respect to interest that is due and not paid. In
the
event the Lender takes action under the Security Agreement or Stockholder Pledge
Agreement, the Lenders shall proceed first under the Security Agreement and
thereafter only if the Company’s obligations to the Lender are not satisfied,
under the Stockholder Pledge Agreement.
C
.
Governing
Law
.
This
Note is being delivered in the State of New York, and shall be construed and
enforced in accordance with the laws of such State. Any judicial proceeding
by
the undersigned against Lender involving, directly or indirectly, any matter
or
claim in any way arising out of, related to or connected with this Note, shall
be brought only in federal or state court located in the City of New York,
State
of New York. Any judicial proceeding brought against the undersigned with
respect to this Note may be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction
in
the City of New York, State of New York, United States of America, and, by
execution and delivery of this Note, the undersigned accepts, generally and
unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts, and
irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection
with this Note or any related agreement. Nothing herein shall affect the right
to serve process in any manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of
Lender to bring proceedings against the undersigned in the courts of any other
jurisdiction. The undersigned waives any objection to jurisdiction and venue
of
any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack
of jurisdiction or venue or based upon
forum
non conveniens
.
D
.
Waiver
of Jury Trial
.
THE
UNDERSIGNED EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND,
ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (1) ARISING UNDER THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT,
DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR (2)
IN
ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES
HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT,
DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE
TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR
HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION
OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT
ANY
PARTY MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT
AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
E
.
Notices
.
All
notices required hereunder shall be given in the manner set forth in the Note
Purchase Agreement.
F.
Transfer
to Comply with the Securities Act of 1933
.
1.
The
holder of this Note, each transferee hereof and any holder and transferee of
any
shares issued upon conversion hereof other than in a registered public offering,
by his acceptance thereof, agrees that (i) no public distribution of notes
or
such shares will be made in violation of the Act, and (ii) during such period
as
the delivery of a prospectus with respect to such shares may be required by
the
Act, no public distribution of such shares will be made in a manner or on terms
different from those set forth in, or without delivery of, a prospectus then
meeting the requirements of Section 10 of the Act and in compliance with
applicable state securities laws. The holder of this note and each transferee
hereof further agrees that if any distribution of any shares issued upon
conversion hereof other than in a registered public offering is proposed to
be
made by them otherwise than by delivery of a prospectus meeting the requirements
of Section 10 of the Act, such action shall be taken only after submission
to
the undersigned of an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory in form and
substance to the undersigned’s counsel, to the effect that the proposed
distribution will not be in violation of the Act or of applicable state law.
Furthermore, it shall be a condition to the transfer of this note that any
transferee thereof be bound by all of the terms and conditions contained in
this
Note.
3.
Each
certificate for shares issued upon conversion hereof shall bear a legend
relating to the non-registered status of such shares under the Act, unless
at
the time of conversion of this note such shares are subject to a currently
effective registration statement under the Act.
G.
Certain
Representations and Covenants
.
1.
No
information provide by the undersigned to the Lender contains or will on the
Closing Date contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will
on
the Closing Date omit to state any material fact necessary to make the
statements contained herein or therein not misleading. During the term of this
Note, the Company shall provide the Lender upon its request with any and all
information about the Company reasonably deemed necessary for the Lender to
evaluate this Note or a possible conversion thereof.
2.
While
this Note is outstanding, the Company (a) shall not issue (i) any equity
securities or securities convertible into, exercisable to purchase or
exchangeable for equity securities without offering to the Lender and all other
holders of notes of similar tenor rights to purchase an aggregate of up to
the
Percentage of such issue or (ii) any toxic convertibles or death spiral
preferreds, and (b) shall not permit its 100% owned subsidiary Neonode AB,
a
Swedish corporation, to issue any such securities or incur any indebtedness
other than reasonable accounts payable and indebtedness from affiliates.
3.
The
Company shall keep reserved for issuance a sufficient number of authorized
but
unissued shares of Common Stock (or other securities into which the
Notes
are
convertible) so that the Notes may be converted or exercised to purchase Common
Stock (or such other securities) at any time.
4.
If
any
event occurs as to which the provisions of this Note are strictly applicable
and
the application thereof would not fairly protect the rights of the Lenders
in
accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions,
including but not limited to protection from dilution, then the Company shall
make such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance
with
such essential intent and principles, as the Board of Directors, in good faith,
determines to be reasonably necessary to protect such rights as aforesaid.
H.
The
undersigned expressly waives any presentment, demand, protest, notice of
protest, or notice of any kind.
|
|
|
|
_________________,
Authorized Signatory
|
THIS
NOTE
AND THE COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) NOR UNDER ANY STATE
SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED UNTIL (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO IS EFFECTIVE
UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR (2) THE COMPANY
RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY OR OTHER COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER
OF
SUCH NOTE WHICH OTHER COUNSEL IS SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH NOTE
AND/OR COMMON STOCK MAY BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, HYPOTHECATED OR TRANSFERRED
WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS.
THESE
SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY
NOT
BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
AS AMENDED, AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION
OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.
SENIOR
SECURED NOTE
$200,000.00
|
New
York, New York
|
February
28, 2006
FOR
VALUE
RECEIVED, the undersigned (sometimes referred to herein as the “Company”), a
Delaware corporation having an address at Biblioteksgatan 11, S111 46 Stockholm,
Sweden, hereby promises to pay to the order of Joshua Hirsch, a US citizen,
or
assigns (“Lender”), c/o AIGH Investment Partners, LLC, 6006 Berkeley Ave.,
Baltimore, MD 21209 or such other place as the Lender may from time to time
designate to the undersigned in writing, on August 28, 2007 subject to the
conversion rights set forth herein, or such earlier date as required hereunder,
the sum of TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($200,000.00) at a rate per annum equal
to four percent (4%). In no event, however, shall interest hereunder be in
excess of the maximum interest rate permitted by law.
The
obligations of the undersigned are secured in accordance with the terms of
(i) a
Pledge and Security Agreement (as amended, restated, modified and supplemented
from time to time, the “Stockholder Pledge Agreement”) between certain
stockholders of the Company and Lender, dated February 28, 2006, by the pledge
of certain Collateral, as defined in such Stockholder Pledge Agreement and
(ii)
a Security Agreement (as amended, restated, modified and supplemented from
time
to time, the “Security Agreement”) between the Company and Lender, dated
February 28, 2006, by the pledge of certain Collateral, as defined in such
Security Agreement This Note is one of the Senior Secured Notes issued pursuant
to a certain Note Purchase Agreement dated the date hereof between the Company
and each Lender (the “Note Purchase Agreement”) in connection with a financing
of the undersigned up to an aggregate principal amount of FIVE MILLION AND
FIVE
HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($5,500,000).
A
.
Prepayment;
Conversion
:
|
1.
|
This
Note may be prepaid without premium or penalty, in whole or in part,
on 20
days notice; provided that the Lender shall have the opportunity,
prior to
such prepayment, to convert this Note into common stock of the Company
at
a price based on the pre money valuation set forth in Section A.2
below.
|
|
2.
|
In
the event the undersigned completes a registered public offering
with
gross proceeds in excess of $5,500,000 on or before August 28, 2007,
this
Note, including without limitation all accrued interest (unless paid
in
cash by the undersigned) and other obligations under this Note, shall
automatically convert without any action of the holder into the securities
offered in such financing at a price per security equal to the price
paid
by public investors based on the pre-money valuation of the fully-diluted
equity of the undersigned, including for this purpose as equity all
debt
held by stockholders or their affiliates, of FIFTEEN MILLION AND
FIVE
HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($15,500,000) (determined based on the
Capitalization Table attached as an exhibit to the Note Purchase
Agreement); and provided further the undersigned has not suffered
any
material adverse change since the date
hereof.
|
|
3.
|
In
the event the undersigned fails to complete a registered public offering
with gross proceeds in excess of $5,500,000 by August 28, 2007 due
to
circumstances beyond the undersigned’s control, this Note, including
without limitation all accrued interest and other obligations under
this
Note, shall be converted into common stock of the undersigned at
a price
per share equal to the fair market value of such shares as determined
by
negotiations between the undersigned and the holder of the Note and
in the
aggregate
amount of all such obligations, subject to compliance with applicable
securities law
;
provided that (i) the pre-money valuation of the fully-diluted equity
of
the undersigned in the event and at the time of such conversion,
including
for this purpose as equity all debt held by stockholders or their
affiliates, does not exceed US $15,500,000, (ii) the undersigned
has not
suffered any material adverse changes since the date hereof and (iii)
the
Lender and the undersigned enter into an investor rights agreement
which
provides the Lender with demand and piggyback registration rights,
preemptive rights, tagalong rights with principal stockholders of
the
undersigned, rights to Company information and a bar on issuance
of toxic
preferreds or other death spiral convertible securities. During the
term
of the Bridge Notes, the undersigned shall not issue any equity securities
or securities convertible into, exercisable to purchase or exchangeable
for equity securities without offering to holders of Bridge Notes
rights
to purchase up to a percentage (the “Percentage”) of such issue equal to
the ratio of (A) the aggregate principal amounts of notes of similar
tenor
to this Note then outstanding divided by (B) the sum of $15,500,000
and
such aggregate principal amounts, and shall not permit Neonode AB
to issue
any such securities or incur any indebtedness other than reasonable
accounts payable and indebtedness from
affiliates.
|
B
.
Default;
Remedy
.
If any
one or more of the following events of default (each, an “Event of Default”)
shall occur, that is to say:
1
.
default
shall be made in the payment of any principal or interest of this Note when
the
same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by
notice of intention to prepay or otherwise;
2
.
[intentionally
omitted;]
3
.
the
undersigned shall become unable to pay its debts as they mature, seek to auction
all or a substantial portion of its assets, make a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors, commence or cause to be commenced a meeting of his
creditors or take advantage of any of the insolvency laws, or a case is
commenced or a petition in bankruptcy or for an arrangement or reorganization
under the Federal Bankruptcy Code (i) is filed against the undersigned, or
(ii)
is filed by the undersigned, or a custodian or receiver (or other court designee
performing the functions of a receiver) is appointed for or takes possession
of
the undersigned’s assets or affairs, or an order for relief in a case commenced
under the Federal Bankruptcy Code is entered;
4
.
any
judgment or judgments against the undersigned or its property for any amount
remains unpaid, undischarged, unsatisfied, unbonded or undismissed for a period
of ten (10) days, or a levy, sequestration or attachment against the undersigned
or his property for any amount remains unpaid, undischarged, unstayed,
unsatisfied or undismissed for a period of ten (10) days;
5
.
any
guaranty of the obligations of the undersigned to Lender is terminated or
breached, or if any guarantor of the obligations of the undersigned to the
Lender attempts to terminate, challenge the validity of, or its liability under,
any such guaranty or similar agreement, or the undersigned terminates any
guaranty which he has given to Lender to secure the indebtedness of any third
party; or
6
.
any
event
of default shall occur under any agreement between Lender and the undersigned,
including without limitation the Security Agreement, Stockholder Pledge
Agreement or any guaranty related thereto, which is not cured within any
applicable grace period,
then
this
Note (x)(i) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to subsection
3
of this Section (B) shall immediately become due and payable, without notice;
and (ii) upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default, shall become due
and
payable, upon delivery of written notice of such Event of Default by Lender
to
the undersigned, in each case together with reasonable attorneys’ fees, if the
collection hereof is placed in the hands of an attorney to obtain or enforce
payment hereof; and (y) shall bear interest at a rate of interest per annum
equal to fifteen percent (15%). To the extent permitted by applicable law
interest shall accrue with respect to interest that is due and not paid. In
the
event the Lender takes action under the Security Agreement or Stockholder Pledge
Agreement, the Lenders shall proceed first under the Security Agreement and
thereafter only if the Company’s obligations to the Lender are not satisfied,
under the Stockholder Pledge Agreement.
C
.
Governing
Law
.
This
Note is being delivered in the State of New York, and shall be construed and
enforced in accordance with the laws of such State. Any judicial proceeding
by
the undersigned against Lender involving, directly or indirectly, any matter
or
claim in any way arising out of, related to or connected with this Note, shall
be brought only in federal or state court located in the City of New York,
State
of New York. Any judicial proceeding brought against the undersigned with
respect to this Note may be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction
in
the City of New York, State of New York, United States of America, and, by
execution and delivery of this Note, the undersigned accepts, generally and
unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts, and
irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection
with this Note or any related agreement. Nothing herein shall affect the right
to serve process in any manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of
Lender to bring proceedings against the undersigned in the courts of any other
jurisdiction. The undersigned waives any objection to jurisdiction and venue
of
any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack
of jurisdiction or venue or based upon
forum
non conveniens
.
D
.
Waiver
of Jury Trial
.
THE
UNDERSIGNED EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND,
ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (1) ARISING UNDER THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT,
DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR (2)
IN
ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES
HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT,
DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE
TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR
HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION
OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT
ANY
PARTY MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT
AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
E
.
Notices
.
All
notices required hereunder shall be given in the manner set forth in the Note
Purchase Agreement.
F.
Transfer
to Comply with the Securities Act of 1933
.
1.
The
holder of this Note, each transferee hereof and any holder and transferee of
any
shares issued upon conversion hereof other than in a registered public offering,
by his acceptance thereof, agrees that (i) no public distribution of notes
or
such shares will be made in violation of the Act, and (ii) during such period
as
the delivery of a prospectus with respect to such shares may be required by
the
Act, no public distribution of such shares will be made in a manner or on terms
different from those set forth in, or without delivery of, a prospectus then
meeting the requirements of Section 10 of the Act and in compliance with
applicable state securities laws. The holder of this note and each transferee
hereof further agrees that if any distribution of any shares issued upon
conversion hereof other than in a registered public offering is proposed to
be
made by them otherwise than by delivery of a prospectus meeting the requirements
of Section 10 of the Act, such action shall be taken only after submission
to
the undersigned of an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory in form and
substance to the undersigned’s counsel, to the effect that the proposed
distribution will not be in violation of the Act or of applicable state law.
Furthermore, it shall be a condition to the transfer of this note that any
transferee thereof be bound by all of the terms and conditions contained in
this
Note.
3.
Each
certificate for shares issued upon conversion hereof shall bear a legend
relating to the non-registered status of such shares under the Act, unless
at
the time of conversion of this note such shares are subject to a currently
effective registration statement under the Act.
G.
Certain
Representations and Covenants
.
1.
No
information provide by the undersigned to the Lender contains or will on the
Closing Date contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will
on
the Closing Date omit to state any material fact necessary to make the
statements contained herein or therein not misleading. During the term of this
Note, the Company shall provide the Lender upon its request with any and all
information about the Company reasonably deemed necessary for the Lender to
evaluate this Note or a possible conversion thereof.
2.
While
this Note is outstanding, the Company (a) shall not issue (i) any equity
securities or securities convertible into, exercisable to purchase or
exchangeable for equity securities without offering to the Lender and all other
holders of notes of similar tenor rights to purchase an aggregate of up to
the
Percentage of such issue or (ii) any toxic convertibles or death spiral
preferreds, and (b) shall not permit its 100% owned subsidiary Neonode AB,
a
Swedish corporation, to issue any such securities or incur any indebtedness
other than reasonable accounts payable and indebtedness from affiliates.
3.
The
Company shall keep reserved for issuance a sufficient number of authorized
but
unissued shares of Common Stock (or other securities into which the
Notes
are
convertible) so that the Notes may be converted or exercised to purchase Common
Stock (or such other securities) at any time.
4.
If
any
event occurs as to which the provisions of this Note are strictly applicable
and
the application thereof would not fairly protect the rights of the Lenders
in
accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions,
including but not limited to protection from dilution, then the Company shall
make such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance
with
such essential intent and principles, as the Board of Directors, in good faith,
determines to be reasonably necessary to protect such rights as aforesaid.
H.
The
undersigned expressly waives any presentment, demand, protest, notice of
protest, or notice of any kind.
SECURITY
AGREEMENT
SECURITY
AGREEMENT dated February 28, 2996, made by Neonode, Inc. a Delaware corporation
(the “Grantor”), and AIGH Investment Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, or assigns, having an office located at 6006 Berkeley Ave., Baltimore,
MD 21209, as agent for the Investors (as defined herein) (“Secured Party”), in
connection with the Notes (as hereinafter defined).
PRELIMINARY
STATEMENT:
The
Grantor has issued to the parties listed on the attached Schedule I, as amended
from time to time (each an “Investor” and collectively the “Investors”) certain
secured term notes listed opposite the respective Investor’s name on Schedule I,
in the aggregate amount of up to $5,500,000 (initially $4,000,000) and such
other amounts as may be loaned to the Grantor from time to time by the Investors
pursuant to notes of similar tenor to the Senior Secured Notes (collectively,
the “Notes”). The parties desire to provide security for the obligations of the
Grantor to the Investors under the Notes.
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and in order to induce the
Investors to make the loan under the Notes, the parties hereby agree as
follows:
SECTION
1.
Grant
of Security
.
The
Grantor hereby grants to Secured Party, for its benefit and for the ratable
benefit of each Investor, a continuing security interest in all of the Grantor’s
right, title and interest in and to all the securities of Neonode AB the
Grantor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and all proceeds of any and
all of the foregoing, including without limitation any dividends or other
distributions in respect of such securities (the “Collateral”). The Grantor
represents and warrants that the Collateral includes all of the equity
securities, including without limitation all securities convertible into,
exchangeable for or exercisable to purchase, equity securities of Neonode AB.
During the term of this Agreement, the Grantor shall not permit Neonode AB,
a
Swedish corporation, to issue any equity securities or securities convertible
into, exercisable to purchase or exchangeable for equity securities or incur
an
indebtedness other than reasonable accounts payable and indebtedness from
affiliates.
SECTION
2.
Security
for Obligations
.
This
Agreement secures the payment and performance of all obligations of the Grantor
to Secured Party and the Investors now or hereafter existing under this
Agreement and the Notes, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses, or
otherwise (all such obligations of the Grantor being the
“Obligations”).
SECTION
3.
Voting
Rights, Dividends, Etc. in Respect of the Collateral
.
So long
as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Grantor may
exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to any
Collateral for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement.
The Grantor may receive and retain in trust for the benefit of the Investors
in
case there is an Event of Default, any and all dividends paid in cash with
respect of the Collateral; and Secured Party and the Investors will execute
and
delivery (or cause to be executed and delivered) to the Grantor all such proxies
and other instruments as Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of
enabling Grantor exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled
to
exercise and to receive the dividends which it is authorized to receive and
retain in trust herein.
SECTION
4.
Voting
Rights, Dividends, Etc. in Respect of the Collateral Upon the Occurrence and
During the Continuance of an Event of Default
.
Upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default and while an Event of Default is
continuing, all rights of the Grantor to exercise the voting and other
consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant
to
Section 3 of this Agreement, and to receive the dividends which it would
otherwise be authorized to receive and retain in trust pursuant to Section
3 of
this Agreement, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested
in Secured party and the Investors, who shall thereupon have the sole right
to
exercise such voting and other consensual rights and to receive and hold as
Collateral such dividends.
Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, Secured Party and the Investors may,
at its option, exercise any and all rights of conversion, exchange, subscription
or any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to any of the Collateral
as if it were the absolute owner thereof, including, without limitation, the
right to exchange, in its discretion, any and all of the Collateral upon the
merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other adjustment
of
the Grantor, or upon the exercise by the Grantor of any right, privilege or
option pertaining to any Collateral, and, in connection therewith, to deposit
and deliver any and all of the Collateral with any committee, depository,
transfer agent, registrar or other designated agent upon such terms and
conditions as it may determine.
All
dividends which are received by the Grantor contrary to the provisions of this
Section 4 shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Investors,
shall be segregate from other funds of the Grantor, and shall be forthwith
paid
over to the Investors as Collateral in the exact form received with any
necessary endorsement and/or appropriate stock powers duly executed in blank,
to
be held by Secured party as Collateral and as further collateral security for
the Obligations.
SECTION
5.
Representations,
Warranties and Covenants
.
The
Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
(1)
The
Grantor will notify Secured Party immediately in writing of any change in its
address, name, or state or form of organization.
(2)
The
Grantor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Collateral free and clear
of
any Lien except for the security interest created by this Agreement. No
effective financing statement or other document similar in effect covering
all
or any part of the Collateral is on file in any recording office.
(3)
The
Grantor has exclusive and absolute right to collect the Collateral.
(4)
This
Agreement creates a valid security interest in the Collateral, securing payment
of the Obligations, and all filings and other actions necessary or desirable
to
perfect and protect such security interest have been duly taken, or shall be
taken promptly upon execution hereof.
(5)
The
Grantor is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing, and in good
standing under the laws of Delaware; has the corporate power and authority
to
own its assets and to transact its business, and is duly qualified and in good
standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in which qualification is
required.
(6)
The
execution and performance by the Grantor of this Agreement have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not
(a) require any consent or approval of the stockholders of such
corporation; (b) contravene such corporation’s character or bylaws;
(c) violate any provision of any law, rule, or regulation; or
(d) result in a breach of or constitute a default under, any indenture or
loan or credit agreement or any other agreement, lease, or instrument to which
such corporation is a party of by which it or its properties may be bound or
affected.
(7)
This
Agreement is the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Grantor,
enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such
enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, and other
similar laws affecting creditor’s rights generally.
(8)
No
consent of any other person or entity and no authorization, approval, or other
action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or
regulatory body is required (a) for the grant by the Grantor of the
assignment and security interest granted hereby or for the execution, delivery,
or performance of this Agreement by the Grantor; (b) for the perfection or
maintenance of this assignment, and security interest created hereby (including
the first priority nature of such assignment, and security interest); or
(c) for the exercise by Secured Party of the rights provided for in this
Agreement or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this
Agreement.
(9)
There
are
no conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement that have not
been satisfied or waived.
(10)
Grantor
shall not pledge, sell, assign, transfer, create or suffer to exist any security
interest in or other lien or encumbrance on any part of the Collateral or grant
or suffer to exist any security interest in or other lien or encumbrance on
any
of Grantor’s inventory or other assets to anyone other than Secured Party,
without Secured Party’s prior written consent. Grantor hereby agrees to defend
the same against any and all persons whatsoever.
SECTION
6.
Certain
Grantor Covenants
.
(1)
The
Grantor, at its sole expense, will take any and all actions as may be necessary
or appropriate to facilitate the perfection and preservation of the security
interest granted herein, or to enable Secured Party to exercise and enforce
its
rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral.
(2)
The
Grantor hereby authorizes Secured Party to file one or more financing or
continuation statements, and amendments thereto, relating to all or any part
of
the Collateral without the signature of the Grantor where permitted by law.
A
photocopy or other reproduction of this Agreement or any financing statement
covering the Collateral or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a financing
statement where permitted by law.
(3)
The
Grantor will furnish to Secured Party from time to time statements and schedules
further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in
connection with the Collateral as Secured Party may reasonably request, all
in
reasonable detail.
(4)
The
Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Secured Party the Grantor’s
attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of the Grantor
and
in the name of the Grantor or otherwise, from time to time in the Secured
party’s discretion, to take any action and to execute any instrument which
Secured Party may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of
this
Agreement.
SECTION
7.
The
Secured Party’s Duties
.
The
powers conferred on Secured Party hereunder are solely to protect the Investor’s
interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise
any
such powers. Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in their possession
and the accounting for moneys actually received by them hereunder, Secured
party
shall have no duty as to any Collateral, as to ascertaining or taking action
with respect to any Collateral, whether or not Secured Party have or are deemed
to have knowledge of such matters, or as to the taking of any necessary steps
to
preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any
Collateral. Secured Party shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care
in
the custody and preservation of any Collateral in their possession if such
Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords
its own property.
SECTION
8.
Events
of Default
.
It
shall be an event of default (an “Event of Default”) hereunder if:
(a)
The
Grantor breaches any of the representations, warranties or covenants under
the
Notes, this Agreement, or any other agreements between the Investors and the
Grantor, of even date herewith, or there occurs an Event of Default under the
Note;
(b)
The
Grantor becomes insolvent, admits its inability to pay its debts as they mature,
or is in any form of bankruptcy, arrangement or reorganization proceeding
(whether governed by Federal, state or common law);
(c)
The
Grantor fails to comply with, or defaults under, any term of any present or
future agreement between it and any of the Investors.
SECTION
9.
Remedies
.
If any
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing Secured Party may
exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to any other rights and
remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and
remedies of a secured party on default under the Uniform Commercial Code (the
“Code”) (whether or not the Code applies to the affected Collateral), and also
may (a) require the Grantor to, and the Grantor hereby agrees that it will,
at its expense and upon request of Secured Party forthwith, assemble all or
part
of the Collateral as directed by Secured party and make it available to Secured
Party at a place to be designated by the Secured Party which is convenient
to
the parties and (b) without notice except as specified below, sell the
Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private
sale,
at any of the Secured Party’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for
future delivery, and upon such other terms as Secured Party may deem
commercially reasonable. The Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale
shall be required by law, at least ten (10) days notice to the Grantor of
the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale
is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. Secured party shall
not
be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having
been given. Secured party may adjourn any public or private sale from time
to
time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefore, and such sale may.
Without further notice, be made at the time and place to which is was adjourned.
All proceeds of Collateral shall be applied in the following order of priority:
(i) fees and expense incurred by Secured Party as described in Section
10(2) until paid and satisfied in full, (ii) fees and expenses incurred by
any Investor as described in Section 10(2) until paid and satisfied in full,
(iii) due and unpaid interest on the Notes until paid and satisfied in
full, (iv) due and unpaid principal on the Notes until paid and satisfied
in full, and (v) the remainder, if any, to Grantor or any other person or
entity lawfully entitled thereto.
SECTION
10.
Indemnity
and Expenses
.
(a)
The
Grantor agrees to indemnify the Secured Party and the Investors from and against
any and all claims, losses, and liabilities (including, without limitation,
reasonable attorney fees) growing out of or resulting from this Agreement
(including, without limitation, enforcement of this Agreement), except claims,
losses, or liabilities resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct
of the Investors or Secured Party.
(b)
The
Grantor will upon demand pay the amount of any and all reasonable expenses,
including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel
and of any experts and agents, which the Investors or Secured Party may incur
in
connection with (a) the preparation and administration of this Agreement
and the Note; (b) the custody, preservation, use or operation of, or the
sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral;
(c) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of the Investors or
Secured Party hereunder; or (d) the failure by the Grantor to perform or
observe any of the provisions hereof.
SECTION
11.
Amendments;
Etc.
No
amendment, modification, termination, or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement, and no consent to any departure by the Grantor here from, shall
in
any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Secured
Party and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific
instance and for the specific purpose for which given.
SECTION
12.
Addresses
for Notices
.
All
notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing
(including telegraphic, telex, and facsimile transmissions) and mailed or
transmitted or delivered to the address for each such party set forth in the
Note Purchase Agreement dated the date hereof or, as to either party, at such
other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the
other party. All such notices and other communications shall be effective when
deposited in the mails or delivered to the telegraph company, or sent, answer
back received, respectively.
SECTION
13.
Waiver
of Rights
.
The
Grantor waives the right to assert against any of the Investor or Secured party
or other holder any defense , counterclaim or set-off which it could assert
against such person in any action brought by such holder upon the Grantor’s
obligations hereunder.
SECTION
14.
Continuing
Security Interest: Assignments Under The Notes
.
This
Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and
shall: (1) remain in full force and effect until the payment in full of the
Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Agreement; (2) be binding
upon the Grantor, its successors and assigns; and (3) inure to the benefit
of, and be enforceable by, each of the Secured party and Investors and their
respective successors, transferees, and assigns. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing clause (3) the Secured Party and Investors may assign or
otherwise transfer all or any portion of their rights and Obligations to any
other person or entity, and such other person or entity shall thereupon become
vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to the respected Secured
Party or Investor therein or otherwise. Upon the payment in full of the
Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Agreement, the security
interest granted hereby shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall
revert to the Grantor. Upon any such termination, Secured party will, at the
Grantor’s expense, execute and deliver to the Grantor such documents as the
Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.
SECTION
15.
Governing
Law; Terms
.
This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the
State of New Your, except to the extent that the validity or perfection of
the
security interest hereunder, or remedies hereunder, in respect of any particular
Collateral are governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State
of
New York.
SECTION
16.
Submission
to Jurisdiction
.
The
Parties hereby submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the United States
District Court for the Southern District of New York and of any State court
sitting in New York County for purposes of all legal proceedings which may
arise
hereunder or under the Note. The parties irrevocably waives to the fullest
extent permitted by law, any objection which it may have or hereafter have
to
the laying of the venue or any such proceeding brought in an inconvenient forum
and trial by jury. The parties hereby consent to process being served in any
such proceeding by the mailing of a copy thereof by registered or certified
mail, postage prepaid, to its address specified above or in any other manner
permitted by law.
SECURED
PARTY AND THE GRANTOR HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING,
CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, ARISING
OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT. NO OFFICER OF SECURED PARTY
HAS
AUTHORITY TO WAIVE, CONDITION, OR MODIFY THIS PROVISION.
SECTION
17.
Agency;
Action by Secured Party
.
Each
Investor hereby appoints the Secured Party as its agent hereunder with respect
to the Collateral and the creation, perfection, priority, preservation,
protection and enforcement of a security interest therein in accordance with
the
terms of this Agreement. Each Investor hereby authorizes Secured Party to take
such actions with respect to the Collateral, for the pro-rata benefit of the
Investors in accordance with Section 9, as Secured Party determines to take
in
its sole discretion, and each Investors agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
Secured Party for all costs, claims or expenses (including without limitation
attorneys’ fees and expenses) in connection with such actions taken or omitted
to be taken, except to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of Secured Party. Secured Party shall provide prompt notice of any
material action under this Agreement to the Investors.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Investors, the Secured Party and the Grantor have caused
this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by duly authorized
representatives as of the date first written above.
NEONODE
INC
|
AIGH
INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
|
|
|
/s/
|
|
By:
Per Bystedt
|
By:
Orin Hirschman
|
Its:
President
|
Its:
President, General Partner
|
SCHEDULE
I
|
Principal
Amount of
|
Name
and Address
|
Existing
Notes
|
|
|
Secured
Party Investment
|
[$4,000,000.00]
|
Partners,
LLC
|
|
6006
Berkeley Ave.
|
|
Baltimore,
MD 21209
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
$4,000,000.00
|
STOCKHOLDER
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
STOCKHOLDER
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) dated as of February 28, 2006, made
by ______________ (“Pledgor”), in favor of the Investors identified on Exhibit A
hereto (collectively, the “Investors”).
WITNESSETH;
WHEREAS,
Pledgor is a principal shareholder or an affiliate of an officer and director
of
Neonode, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Neonode”);
WHEREAS,
Neonode plans to issue certain secured notes, dated as of the date hereof,
to
each of the Investors (the “Notes”);
WHEREAS,
Pledgor is executing and delivering this Agreement, granting to the Investors
a
security interest in the shares of Neonode listed on Exhibit B hereto owned
by
Pledgor (the “Pledged Shares”), to secure Neonode’s obligations to the Investors
under the Notes and this Agreement;
WHEREAS,
Pledgor has determined that the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement directly benefits Pledgor and is in its best interests as a principal
shareholder of Neonode:
WHEREAS,
the Investors have appointed AIGH Investment Partners, LLC (“AIGH”), and AIGH
has agreed to so act, as the pledgeholder (the “Pledgeholder”) for and on behalf
of the Investors and as the Investors’ agent for purposes of this
Agreement;
WHEREAS,
the affiliates of Pledgor have guaranteed certain of Pledgor’s Obligations
hereunder; and
WHEREAS,
the term “Default” shall mean any material breach of any of Neonode’s
obligations under the Notes or Pledgor’s representations, warranties or
covenants contained herein, the term “affiliate” means persons controlling,
controlled by or under common control with another person, and all terms used
in
this Agreement which are defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code
(the “UCC”) as currently in effect in the State of New York and which are not
otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings herein as set forth
therein;
NOW,
THEREFORE, in order to induce the Investors to purchase the Notes and in
consideration of the premises and the agreements herein and other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as
follows:
1.
Representation
.
Pledgor
hereby represents that neither it nor any of its affiliates owns any interest
in
any technology, intellectual property or other assets or rights of any nature
whatsoever used by Neonode or necessary for Neonode to carry on its
business.
2.
Pledge
and Grant of Security Interest and Substituting and Release of
Collateral
.
(a)
As
collateral security for all of the Obligations (as defined in Section 3 hereof),
the Pledgor hereby pledges and assigns to the Investors and grants to the
Investors a continuing security interest in, the following (the “Pledged
Collateral”):
(i)
The
Pledged Shares, the certificates representing the Pledged Shares and all options
and other rights, contractual or otherwise, in respect thereof, and
(ii)
All
proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (including dividend whether paid in
cash or in kind); in each case, as its interest therein may arise or appear
(whether by ownership, security interest, claim or otherwise).
3.
Security
for Obligations
.
The
security interest created hereby in the Pledged Collateral constitutes
continuing collateral security for the following (collectively, the
“Obligations”): (i) the timely satisfaction by Neonode of all of its liabilities
and obligations under the Notes, (ii) any breach by Pledgor of its
representations contained herein, and (iii) the performance by Pledgor of all
of
its obligations arising under, or contemplated by, this Agreement.
4.
Delivery
of the Pledged Collateral
.
All
certificates currently representing the Pledged Shares shall be delivered to
Pledgeholder on or prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, to
be
held by it as agent of and for the benefit of the Investors. All other
certificates and other instruments constituting Pledged Collateral from time
to
time shall be delivered to the Pledgeholder promptly upon the receipt thereof
by
or on behalf of the Pledgor. All such certificates and instruments shall be
held
on behalf of the Investors by Pledgeholder pursuant hereto and shall be
delivered in suitable form for transfer by delivery or shall be accompanied
by
duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and
substance satisfactory to Pledgeholder.
5.
Representations
and Warranties
.
The
Pledgor represents and warrants as follows:
(a)
The
Pledged Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid
and
nonassessable.
(b)
The
Pledgor is and will be at all times the legal and beneficial owner of the
Pledged Collateral, free and clear of any lien, security interest, option or
other charge or encumbrance, except for transfer restrictions under applicable
federal and state securities laws and the security interest created by this
Agreement, except as set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto.
(c)
Pledgor
shall be entitled to all dividends payable in cash.
(d)
The
Investors’ rights to exercise any of their rights and remedied hereunder will
not contravene any contractual restriction binding on or affecting Pledgor
or
any of its properties and will not result in or require the creation of any
lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance upon or with respect
to
any of its properties.
(e)
No
authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with,
any governmental authority or other regulatory body is required for (i) the
grant by Pledgor, or the perfection, of the security interest purported to
be
created hereby in the Pledged Collateral or (ii) the exercise by the Investors
of any of their rights and remedies hereunder, except as may be required in
connection with any sale of any Pledged Collateral by laws affecting the
offering and sale of securities generally.
(f)
This
Agreement creates a valid security interest in favor of the Investors in the
Pledged Collateral, as security for the Obligations. Pledgeholder’s having
possession of the certificates representing the Pledged Shares and all other
certificates and instruments constituting Pledged Collateral from time to time
results in the perfection of such security interest. Such security interest
is,
or in the case of Pledged Collateral in which Pledgor obtains rights after
the
date hereof, will be, a perfected, first priority security
interest.
(g)
All
shareholders of Neonode, including the Pledgor, have irrevocably waived all
pre-emption rights under the articles of association in relation to the Pledged
Collateral and all shareholders have undertaken to procure that such waiver
is
binding upon each waiving shareholder’s successors and assigns.
6.
Covenants
.
So long
as any of the Obligations shall remain outstanding, Pledgor will, unless the
Pledgeholder on the Investors’ behalf shall otherwise consent in
writing:
(a)
keep
adequate records concerning the Pledged Collateral and permit the Pledgeholder
or other representative of the Investors at any reasonable time and from time
to
time examine and make copies of and abstracts from such records;
(b)
at
its
expense, promptly deliver to the Investors a copy of each notice or other
communication received by it in respect of the Pledged Collateral;
(c)
at
its
expense, defend Investors’ right, title and security interest in and to the
Pledged Collateral against the claims of any person;
(d)
not
sell,
assign (by operation of law or otherwise), exchange or otherwise dispose of
any
Pledged Collateral or any interest therein;
(e)
not
create or suffer to exist any lien, security interest or other charge or
encumbrance upon or with respect to any Pledged Collateral except for the
security interest created hereby, or
(f)
not
make
or consent to any amendment or other modification or waiver with respect to
any
Pledged Collateral or enter into any agreement or permit to exist any
restriction with respect to any Pledged Collateral other than pursuant
hereto.
7.
Voting
Rights, Dividends, Etc. in Respect of the Pledged Collateral
.
(a)
So
long
as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing:
(i)
Pledgor
may exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to any
Pledged Collateral for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this
Agreement;
(ii)
Pledgor
may receive and retain in trust for the benefit of the Investors in case there
is a Default, any and all dividends paid in cash with respect of the Pledged
Collateral; and
(iii)
The
Pledgeholder and the Investors will execute and deliver (or cause to be executed
and delivered) to Pledgor all such proxies and other instruments as Pledgor
may
reasonably request for the purpose of enabling Pledgor to exercise the voting
and other rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (i)
of
this Section 7(a) and to receive the dividends which it is authorized to receive
and retain pursuant to paragraph (ii) of this Section 7(a).
(b)
Upon
the
occurrence and during the continuance of a Default;
(i)
all
rights of Pledgor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which
it
would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (i) of a
subsection (a) of this Section 7, and to receive the dividends which it would
otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to paragraph (ii) of
subsection (a) of this Section 7, shall cease, and all such rights shall
thereupon become vested in the Investors, who shall thereupon have the sole
right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights and to receive and
hold as Pledged Collateral such dividends;
(ii)
without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Pledgeholder on the Investors’
behalf may, at its option, exercise any and all rights of conversion, exchange,
subscription or any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to any of
the
Pledged Collateral as if it were the absolute owner thereof, including, without
limitation, the right to exchange, in its discretion, any and all of the Pledged
Collateral upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization
or
other adjustment of Neonode, or upon the exercise by Neonode of any right,
privilege or option pertaining to any Pledged Collateral, and, in connection
therewith, to deposit and deliver any and all of the Pledged Collateral with
any
committee, depository, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agent
upon
such terms and conditions as it may determine; and
(iii)
all
dividends which are received by the Pledgor contrary to the provisions of
paragraph (i) of this Section 7(b) shall be received in trust for the benefit
of
the Investors, shall be segregated from other funds of Pledgor, and shall be
forthwith paid over to Pledgeholder as Pledged Collateral in the exact form
received with any necessary endorsement and/or appropriate stock powers duly
executed in blank, to be held by Pledgeholder as Pledged Collateral and as
further collateral security for the Obligations.
8.
Additional
Provisions Concerning the Pledged Collateral
.
(a)
Upon
the
occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, Pledgor hereby appoints
Pledgeholder the Pledgor’s attorney-in-fact and proxy, with full authority in
the place and stead of the Pledgor and in name of Pledgor or otherwise, from
time to time in Pledgeholder’s discretion, to take any action and to execute any
instrument which Pledgeholder may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish
the
purposes of this Agreement (subject to the rights of the Pledgor under Section
7(a) hereof), including, without limitation, to receive, indorse and collect
all
instruments made payable to the Pledgor representing any dividend or other
distribution in respect of any Pledged Collateral and to give full discharge
for
the same.
(b)
Upon
the
occurrence of and during the continuance of a Default, the Pledgor undertakes
to
execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to the Pledgeholder
all such proxies and other instruments as the Pledgeholder may reasonably
request for the purpose of enabling the Pledgeholder to exercise the voting
and
other rights which the Pledgeholder is entitled to exercise under this Agreement
upon the occurrence and continuance of a Default.
(c)
If
the
Pledgor fails to perform any agreement or obligation contained herein,
Pledgeholder itself may perform or cause performance of , such agreement or
obligation, and the expenses of Pledgeholder incurred in connection therewith
shall be payable by Pledgor.
(d)
The
Pledgor hererby irrevocably waives all per-emption rights under Neonode’s
articles of association in relation to all shares in Neonode held by the
Pledgeholder for and on behalf of the Investors to secure the obligations under
the Notes.
9.
Remedies
Upon Default
:
If a
Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(a)
Upon
30
days prior notice to Pledgor, the Pledgeholder on the Investors’ behalf may
sell, assign and deliver to any person (including, but not limited to,
themselves) any or all of the Pledged Collateral in such manner and upon such
terms and conditions as the Pledgeholder, in its sole discretion may deem
proper, with or without demand, advertisement or notice to Pledgor of the date,
time or place of any such sale or sales or adjournments thereof.
(b)
The
Pledgeholder on the Investors’ behalf may exercise in respect of the Pledged
Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or
otherwise available to it, all of the rights and remedies of a secured party
on
default; and without limiting the generality of the foregoing and without notice
except as specified below, sell the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof
in
one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange or broker’s board
or elsewhere, at such price or prices and on such other terms as the
Pledgeholder may deem commercially reasonable. Pledgor agrees that, to the
extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least 30 days notice to
Pledgor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any
private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The
Pledgeholder shall not be obligated to make any sale of Pledged Collateral
regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Pledgeholder may adjourn
any
public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place
fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time
and place to which it was so adjourned.
(c)
Pledgor
recognizes that the Pledgeholder on the Investors’ behalf may deem it
impracticable to effect a public sale of all or any part of the Pledged Shares
or any other securities constituting Pledged Collateral and that the
Pledgeholder on the Investors’ behalf may, therefore, determine to make one or
more private sales of any such securities to a restricted group of purchasers
who will be obligated to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities
for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution
of
resale thereof. Pledgor acknowledges that any such private sale may be at prices
and on terms less favorable to the Investors than the prices and other terms
which might have been obtained at a public sale and, notwithstanding the
foregoing, agrees that such private sales shall be deemed to have been made
in a
commercially reasonable manner and that the Pledgeholder shall have no
obligation to delay the sale of any such securities for the period of time
necessary to permit the issuer of such securities to register such securities
for public sale under the United States Securities Act of 1933, a
amended.
(d)
Any
cash
held by the Pledgeholder as Pledged Collateral and all cash proceeds received
by
the Pledgeholder in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other
realization upon, all or any part of the Pledged Collateral shall be applied
as
follows:
(i)
First,
to
the payment of the reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, incurred by the Investors in connection with
(A) the administration of this Agreement, (B) the custody, preservation, use
or
operation of, or the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any
Pledged Collateral, (C) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of
the
Investors hereunder or (D) the failure of Pledgor to perform or observe any
of
the provisions hereof;
(ii)
Second,
at the option of the Pledgeholder on the Investors’ behalf, to the payment or
other satisfaction of any liens and other encumbrances upon any of the Pledged
Collateral;
(iii)
Third,
to
the payment of the Obligations;
(iv)
Fourth,
to the payment of any other amounts required by applicable law; and
(v)
Fifth,
the surplus proceeds, if any, to Pledgor or to whosoever shall be lawfully
entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction shall
direct.
(e)
Pledgor
hereby waives and releases any and all rights of equity of redemption whether
before or after any sale, transfer, or other disposition or application
contemplated by this Section 9 and, except as herein expressly required, any
and
all notice to Pledgor of the foregoing action.
(f)
For
the
avoidance of doubt, Chapter 10 of the Swedish Commercial code (Sw.
Handelshalken) shall not apply when the Pledgeholder enforces the Pledged
Collateral.
10.
Expenses
.
Each
party to this Agreement shall pay all of its own expenses incurred in connection
with this Agreement.
11.
Notices,
Etc
.
All
notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing
and
shall be mailed, sent by fax or delivered, if to the Pledgeholder or the
Investors, c/o AIGH Investment Partners, LLC, 6006 Berkeley Avenue, Baltimore,
Maryland 21209, fax 212-751-2892, Attention: Orin Hirschman, with a copy to
Hahn
& Hessen LLP, 488 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022, fax
212-478-7400, Attention: James Kardon, Esq,; and if to Pledgor,
[________________] or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be
designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties complying
as
to delivery with the terms of this Section 11. All such notices and other
communications shall be effective (i) if mailed, when deposited in the mail,
(ii) if sent by facsimile, when received, or (iii) if delivered, when
delivered.
12.
Pledgeholder
.
The
Parties to this Agreement agree that AIGH, as the Pledgeholder (or any successor
Pledgeholder hereunder), shall have no liability for any act or omission in
the
capacity of the Pledgeholder under this Agreement except for a willful
misconduct or gross negligence. No successor Pledgeholder shall be liable for
any act or omissions of a predecessor Pledgeholder.
The
Pledgeholder may resign at any time by giving seven days written notice to
the
parties to this Agreement and the Investors, acting by a majority in number,
may
replace the Pledgeholder by giving the Pledgeholder two days written notice
of
the replacement and the identity of the new Pledgeholder. In the event of a
resignation, the Investors, acting by a majority in number, shall designate
a
successor Pledgeholder and give notice as to the identity of the new
Pledgeholder to the parties to this Agreement.
13.
Miscellaneous
.
(a)
No
amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is
in
writing and signed by the parties hereto, and no waiver of any provision of
this
Agreement, and no consent to any departure by Pledgor therefrom, shall be
effective unless it is in writing and signed by the Investors, and then such
waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for
the
specific purpose for which given.
(b)
No
failure on the part of the Pledgeholder or the Investors to exercise, and no
delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof,
nor
shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The rights and
remedies of the Investors provided herein are cumulative and are in addition
to,
and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies provided by law.
(c)
Any
provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of
such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining portions
hereof or thereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision
in any other jurisdiction.
(d)
Upon
the
satisfaction in full of the Obligations, (i) this Agreement and the security
interest created hereby shall terminate and all rights to the Pledged Collateral
shall revert to Pledgor, and (ii) the Pledgeholder or the Investors will, upon
Pledgor’s request; (A) return to Pledgor such of the Pledged Collateral as shall
not have been sold or otherwise disposed of or applied pursuant to the terms
hereof, and (B) execute and deliver to Pledgor such documents as Pledgor shall
reasonably request to evidence such termination.
(e)
This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the
State of New York.
(f)
The
courts of New York, New York shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any
dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute
regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or the
consequences of its nullity).
[Signatures
on the following pages.]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Stockholder Pledge
and Security Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
PLEDGOR
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
_____________________________
|
|
Name:
|
_____________________________
|
|
Title:
|
_____________________________
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PLEDGEHOLDER
|
|
|
|
|
AIGH
INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
_______________________________
|
|
Name:
|
_______________________________
|
|
Title:
|
_______________________________
|
EXHIBIT
A
The
Investors
EXHIBIT
B
Shares
of Neonode Inc held by the Pledgor
EXHIBIT
C
Liens,
Security Interest, Options or Other Charges or Encumbrances on the Pledged
Collateral
INTERCREDITOR
AGREEMENT
THIS
INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT (“
Agreement
”)
dated
as of February 28, 2006, is among AIGH INVESTMENT PARTNERS LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company with offices located at 6006 Berkeley Avenue,
Baltimore, Maryland 21209 (“
AIGH
”)
and
PETRUS HOLDINGS S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of Luxembourg
(“
Petrus
”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS,
Neonode Inc, a Delaware corporation, owns all the issued and outstanding shares
of Neonode AB, a corporation organized under the laws of Sweden, at the date
hereof.
WHEREAS,
Neonode Inc may issue under a Note Purchase Agreement, Notes up to an aggregate
amount of $5,500,000 to AIGH.
WHEREAS,
Neonode AB has issued certain indebtedness to Petrus in an amount of SEK
5,353,000.
WHEREAS,
AIGH and Petrus desire to set forth the status of the respective obligations
owed to them.
1.
Ranking
1.1
AIGH
and
Petrus hereby agree that any indebtedness of either Neonode Inc or Neonode
AB,
as the case may be, owing to either one of them will rank, as to both of them,
equally (
pari
passu
).
1.2
If
either
AIGH or Petrus, as the case may be, receives any payment with respect to such
indebtedness including as a result of any realization on any collateral security
for such indebtedness, it shall pay one to the other so much of such payment
so
that each of AIGH and Petrus shall receive an amount in proportion to the amount
of such indebtedness held by it compared with the total amount of all such
indebtedness.
2.
Subordination
AIGH
and
Petrus hereby agree that all indebtedness of Neonode Inc and Neonode AB held
by
them shall be subordinated in right of payment to all indebtedness of Neonode
AB
to Almi Foretagspartner AB, a corporation organized under the laws of
Sweden.
3.
Severability
In
case
any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any
instrument contemplated hereby, or any application thereof, shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein, and
any
other application thereof, shall not in any way be affected or impaired
thereby.
4.
Successor
and Assigns
This
Agreement shall be binding upon AIGH and Petrus and their respective successors
and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of AIGH and Petrus and their
respective successors and assigns.
5.
Counterparts
This
Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall
be
deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and
the
same instrument.
6.
Amendment;
Waiver, Etc.
Neither
this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or
terminated except in a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement
of
such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
7.
Headings
The
headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall
not
limit or otherwise affect any of the terms hereof.
8.
Notices
All
notices permitted or required to be given by or among AIGH and Petrus under
this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given if given
personally with receipt acknowledged or sent by registered or certified mail
or
by facsimile (which shall be confirmed by a writing sent by registered or
certified mail on the same day that such facsimile transmission is sent), or
by
overnight courier for next day delivery, addressed to the parties at their
addresses or facsimile numbers set forth below, unless notice in writing is
given of a change of address or facsimile number in the manner set forth herein,
in which case notices shall be sent to the new address or facsimile number
as
designated. Notice of change of address or facsimile number shall be deemed
given when actually received or upon refusal to accept delivery thereof; all
other notices shall be deemed given and received on the earlier of (a) when
actually received or upon refusal to accept delivery thereof, or (b) one
business day after being sent by facsimile or overnight courier and four days
after mailing, as aforesaid.
|
Petrus:
|
Petrus
Holding S.A.
Attention:
Telephone:
Facsimile:
Email:
|
|
AIGH:
|
AIGH
Investment Partners LLC
6006
Berkeley Avenue
Baltimore,
Maryland 21209
Attention:
Orin
Hirschman, Managing member
Telephone:
+1-410-415-6464
Facsimile:
+1-212-751-2892
Email:
orin@adamsmithco.com
|
9.
Governing
Law
This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the
State of New York.
10.
Termination
Except
with respect to any obligations hereunder which are expressly stated to survive
the termination hereof, this Agreement shall terminate on the date on which
the
Neonode Inc and Neonode AB indebtednesses have been fully and indefeasibly
paid
in full.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
AIGH INVESTMENT PARTNERS LLC
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
PETRUS HOLDING S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
Receipt
Acknowledged
ALMI
FORETAGSPARTNER AB
By:
Its:
EXECUTION
COPY
NEONODE,
INC.
NOTE
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
NOTE
PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “
Agreement
”)
dated
as of November 20, 2006 among NEONODE, INC., a Delaware corporation
(“
Company
”),
AIGH
Investment Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “
AIGH
”),
and
any other person who executes this agreement from time to time as purchaser
of
Notes (collectively with AIGH, the “
New
Investors
”).
Background
:
The
Company desires to sell to the New Investors, and the New Investors desire
to
purchase up to, $1,000,000 in principal amount of Senior Secured Notes, in
substantially the form attached hereto as
Exhibit
1
(the
“
Notes
”).
On
February 28, 2006, the Company sold $4,000,000 principal amount of senior
secured notes on substantially the same terms as the Notes to AIGH and other
investors (collectively in this capacity, the “
Investors
”),
and
in connection therewith (i) the Company entered into the Security Agreement
with
AIGH (as agent for the Investors), (ii) AIGH entered the Intercreditor Agreement
with Petrus, and (iii) the Pledgors entered into the Stockholder Pledge
Agreements with the Investors. The Company may also sell additional notes of
similar tenor to the Notes to the New Investors or other investors, on or before
August 28, 2007, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such notes
together with the Notes does not exceed $1,800,000. The proceeds are necessary
for the development and continuance of the business of the Company and each
of
its subsidiaries.
Certain
Definitions
:
“
Common
Stock
”
shall
mean stock of the Company of any class (however designated) whether now or
hereafter authorized, which generally has the right to participate in the voting
and in the distribution of earnings and assets of the Company without limit
as
to amount or percentage, including the Company’s Common Stock, $.01 par value
per share.
“
Company
”
includes the Company and any Person which shall succeed to or assume, directly
or indirectly, the obligations of the Company hereunder.
“
Company
Disclosure
”
means
the disclosure materials in the form attached as
Exhibit
6
to this
Agreement.
“
Governmental
Body
”
shall
mean any: (a) nation, state, commonwealth, province, municipality or district;
(b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; or (c)
governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any
governmental division, department, agency, commission, instrumentality,
official, organization, unit, body or entity and any court or other
tribunal).
“
Guaranties
”
means
the respective guaranties, dated February 28, 2006, delivered to the Investors
identified on
Exhibit
A
of the
Stockholder Pledge Agreements, respectively.
“
Guarantors
”
means
each of Thomas Erickson, Magnus Goertz and Per Bystedt, each as a party to
its
respective Guaranty.
“
Intercreditor
Agreement
”
means
the Intercreditor Agreement, dated February 28, 2006, between AIGH and
Petrus.
“
Material
Adverse Change
”
shall
mean any change in the facts represented by the Company in the Agreement or
the
business, financial condition, results of operation, prospects, properties
or
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole which may have
a
material adverse effect on the value of the Common Stock of the
Company.
“
Material
Adverse Effect
”
shall
mean a material adverse effect on the operations, assets, liabilities, financial
condition, prospects or business of the Company.
“
Neonode
AB
”
means
Neonode AB, a Swedish corporation.
“
Own
”
shall
mean own beneficially, as that term is defined in the rules and regulations
of
the SEC.
“
Petrus
”
means
Petrus Holdings, SA, a corporation organized under the laws of
Luxembourg.
“
Person
”
means
any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, limited liability
company, business trust, unincorporated association, joint stock corporation,
trust, joint venture or other entity, any university or similar institution,
or
any government or any agency or instrumentality or political subdivision
thereof.
“
Pledgors
”
means
Rector AB, Iwo Jima Sarl and Wirelesstoys sweden AB, each as a party to its
respective Stockholder Pledge Agreement.
“
Proprietary
Assets
”
shall
mean any: (i) patent, patent application, trademark (whether registered or
unregistered), trademark application, trade name, fictitious business name,
service mark (whether registered or unregistered), service mark application,
copyright (whether registered or unregistered), copyright application, maskwork,
maskwork application, trade secret, know-how, customer list, franchise, system,
computer software, computer program, invention, design, blueprint, engineering
drawing, proprietary product, technology, proprietary right or other
intellectual property right or intangible asset relating to the foregoing;
or
(ii) right to use or exploit any of the foregoing.
“
SEC
”
means
the Securities and Exchange Commission. “Securities Act” means the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.
“
Security
Agreement
”
means
the Security Agreement, dated February 28, 2006, between the Company and AIGH,
as agent for the Investors.
“
Stockholder
Pledge Agreements
”
means
the Stockholder Pledge and Security Agreements, dated February 28, 2006, between
the Investors and each of the Pledgors, respectively.
“
Subsidiary
”
shall
mean, immediately prior to the Closing, any corporation of which stock or other
interest having ordinary power to elect a majority of the board of directors
(or
other governing body) of such entity (regardless of whether or not at the time
stock or interests of any other class or classes of such corporation shall
have
or may have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is,
immediately prior to the Closing, directly or indirectly Owned by the Company
or
by one or more of its Subsidiaries.
In
consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as
follows:
1.
Purchase
and Sale of Notes
.
1.1
Sale
and Issuance of Notes
.
The
Company shall sell to the New Investors and the New Investors shall purchase
from the Company, an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 of Notes at par.
The principal amount of Notes to be purchased by each of the New Investors
from
the Company at the Closing (as defined herein) is set forth opposite the name
of
each New Investor on the signature page hereof, subject to acceptance, in whole
or in part, by the Company.
1.2
Closing
.
The
closing of the purchase and sale of $1,000,000 principal amount of Notes
hereunder (the “
Closing
”)
shall
take place within three business days after the date hereof; provided the
Company has not suffered any Material Adverse Change since the date hereof.
The
date on which the Closing occurs is referred to herein as the “
Closing
Date
.”
The
Closing shall take place at the offices of Hahn & Hessen LLP, the New
Investors’ counsel, in New York, New York, or at such other location as is
mutually acceptable to the New Investors and the Company.
1.3
Conditions
of the Closing
.
The
obligation of the New Investors to complete the purchase of the Notes at the
Closing is subject to fulfillment of the following conditions:
(a)
the
Company and AIGH shall execute and deliver Amendment 1 to the Security
Agreement, dated the Closing Date, in the form attached as
Exhibit
2
(the
“
Security
Agreement Amendment
”);
(b)
each
Pledgor and AIGH shall execute and deliver Amendment 1 to such Pledgor’s
respective Stockholder Pledge Agreement, dated the Closing Date, each in
substantially the form attached as
Exhibit
3
(the
“
Stockholder
Pledge Amendment
”);
(c)
each
Guarantor and AIGH shall execute and deliver Amendment 1 to such Guarantor’s
respective Gua
ranty,
dated the Closing Date, each in substantially the form attached as
Exhibit
4
(the
“
Guaranty
Amendment
”);
(d)
Petrus,
the Investors, the New Investors and AIGH shall enter into Amendment 1 to the
Intercreditor Agreement, dated the Closing Date, in the form attached hereto
as
Exhibit
5
(the
“
Intercreditor
Agreement Amendment
”,
and
with the Agreement, the Notes, the Security Agreement Amendments, the
Stockholder Pledge Amendments, the Guaranty Amendments and other documents
required in connection with the transactions contemplated in the Agreement,
the
“
Transaction
Documents
”);
(e)
the
Company shall have executed and delivered all documents, such as financing
statements and assignments, reasonably requested by counsel for the New
Investors;
(f)
the
absence of any Material Adverse Change since the date hereof;
(g)
the
Company shall pay the New Investors’ expenses to the extent set forth in Section
6.9 hereof.
2.
Representations
and Warranties of the Company
.
The
Company hereby represents and warrants to each of the New Investors as
follows:
2.1
Corporate
Organization; Authority; Due Authorization
.
(a)
The
Company (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, (ii) has
the
corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties as and in the
places where such business is now conducted and to carry on its business as
now
conducted and (iii) is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign
corporation authorized to do business in every jurisdiction where the failure
to
so qualify, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse
Effect. Set forth in the Company Disclosure is a complete and correct list
of
all Subsidiaries. Each Subsidiary is duly incorporated, and validly existing
under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and is qualified to do
business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which qualification
is
required, except where failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse
Effect.
(b)
The
Company (i) has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver
and perform this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it
is a
party and to incur the obligations herein and therein and (ii) has been
authorized by all necessary corporate action to execute, deliver and perform
this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and
to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (the “
Contemplated
Transactions
”).
Each
of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents is a valid and binding
obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms except as
limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and the availability
of equitable remedies (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered
in a proceeding at law or equity).
2.2
Capitalization
.
As of
the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company is 6,500,000 shares
of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share. Except as contemplated by this
Agreement and as set forth in the capitalization table included in the Company
Disclosure, there are (i) no outstanding subscriptions, warrants, options,
conversion privileges or other rights or agreements obligating the Company
or
Neonode AB to purchase or otherwise acquire or issue any shares of capital
stock
of the Company or Neonode AB (or shares reserved for such purpose), (ii) no
preemptive rights contained in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as
amended (the “
Certificate
of Incorporation
”),
By-Laws of the Company or contracts to which the Company is a party or rights
of
first refusal with respect to the issuance of additional shares of capital
stock
of the Company, and (iii) no commitments or understandings (oral or written)
of
the Company or Neonode AB to issue any shares, warrants, options or other
rights. Except as disclosed in the Company Disclosure with respect to each
Subsidiary, (x) all the issued and outstanding shares of the Subsidiary’s
capital stock have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid
and
nonassessable, have been issued in compliance with applicable federal and state
securities laws, were not issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive
rights or other rights to subscribe for or purchase securities, (y) except
as
disclosed in the Company Disclosure, there are no outstanding options to
purchase, or any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to
purchase, any securities or obligations convertible into, or any contracts
or
commitments to issue or sell, shares of the Subsidiary’s capital stock or any
such options, rights, convertible securities or obligations, and (z) the Company
owns 100% of the outstanding equity of each Subsidiary.
2.3
Validity
of Notes
.
The
issuance of the Notes has been duly authorized and the Notes are valid and
binding and upon Closing will be in full force and effect and enforceable in
accordance with their respective terms.
2.4
Private
Offering
.
Neither
the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has within the last 12 months
issued, sold or offered any security of the Company (including, without
limitation, any Notes) to any Person under circumstances that would cause the
issuance and sale of the Notes, as contemplated by this Agreement, to be subject
to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
2.5
Brokers
and Finders
.
The
Company has not retained any investment banker, broker or finder in connection
with the Contemplated Transactions.
2.6
Financial
Statements; Absence of Certain Changes
.
Each of
(a) the unaudited statement of liabilities of the Company as of September 30,
2006, (b) the unaudited statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows
of the Company for the period ended on September 30, 2006, and (c) the unaudited
statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows of the Company for the
period ended on September, 2006, included in the Company Disclosure (including
any related notes and schedules, if any), (the “
Financial
Statements
”)
fairly
presents, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company,
or
the results of operations, retained earnings or cash flows, as the case may
be,
of the Company as of the referenced date or for the periods set forth therein
(subject to normal year-end audit adjustments which would not be material in
amount or effect), in each case (other than the statement of liabilities) in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied
during the periods involved, except as may be noted therein and that the
unaudited statements may not contain all footnotes required by generally
accepted accounting principles. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has
any
liabilities or obligations of any nature (whether accrued, absolute, contingent
or otherwise), including for taxes, that would be required to be reflected
on,
or reserved against in, Financial Statements, except for (i) liabilities or
obligations that were so reserved on, or reflected in (including the notes
to),
the Financial Statements; and (ii) liabilities or obligations which would not,
individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Other than
the
indebtedness as set forth in the Financial Statements or the Company Disclosure,
neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has indebtedness as of the date hereof.
Except as specifically contemplated by this Agreement or as set forth in the
Company Disclosure and the Financial Statements, there has not been any Material
Adverse Change since September 30, 2006.
2.7
Litigation
.
Except
as set forth in the Company Disclosure, there are no claims, actions, suits,
investigations, inquiries or proceedings (“
Actions
”)
pending against the Company or its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the
Company, threatened against the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any officer,
director, employee or agent thereof in his or her capacity as such, at
l
aw
or in
equity, or before or by any court, tribunal, arbitrator, mediator or any federal
or state commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality that would
reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a
material adverse effect. To the Company’s knowledge, there is no factual or
legal basis for any such Action. The Company and each Subsidiary is not a party
to or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or
decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality and there is no
Action by the Company or any Subsidiary currently pending or which the Company
or any Subsidiary intends to initiate.
2.8
Propriet
ary
Assets
.
(a)
The
Company Disclosure sets forth, with respect to each Proprietary Asset of the
Company and any Subsidiary registered with or issued by any Governmental Body
or
for which an application has been filed with any Governmental Body, (i) a brief
description of such Proprietary Asset and (ii) the names of the jurisdictions
covered by the applicable registration or application
.
The
Company Disclosure identifies and provides a brief description of all other
Proprietary Assets owned by the Company and any Subsidiary, and identifies
and
provides a brief description of each Proprietary Asset licensed to the Company
and any Subsidiary by any person (except for any Proprietary Asset that is
licensed to the Company or any Subsidiary under any third party license
generally available to the public at a cost of less than $10,000), and
identifies the license agreement under which such Proprietary Asset is being
licensed to the Company or Subsidiary, as appropriate
.
Except
as
set forth in the Company Disclosure, the Company and its Subsidiaries, as a
whole, have good, valid and marketable title to, or have a valid right to use,
all of the Proprietary Assets used in the Company’s business (including without
limitation all Proprietary Assets identified in the Company Disclosure), free
and clear of all liens and other encumbrances to the knowledge of the Company;
and are not obligated to make any payment to any person for the use of any
Proprietary Asset
.
The
Company and each Subsidiary has not developed jointly with any other person
any
Proprietary Asset with respect to which such other person has any
rights
.
Except
as
set forth in the Company Disclosure, none of which shall have a Material Adverse
Effect, the Company has no knowledge that any other person has any right, title
or interest in any of the Proprietary Assets of the Company or its
Subsidiaries.
(b)
The
Company and its Subsidiaries, as appropriate, have taken reasonable and
customary measures and precautions to protect and maintain the confidentiality
and secrecy of all Proprietary Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries
(except Proprietary Assets whose value would be unimpaired by public disclosure)
and otherwise to maintain and protect the value of all Proprietary Assets of
the
Company and its Subsidiaries
.
Each
employee, officer, director, consultant and contractor (not including
contractors without access to confidential information of the Company) of the
Company and its Subsidiaries (each, an “
Employee
”)
has
entered into and executed an agreement providing for (i) the assignment to
the
Company (or to any of its Subsidiaries) of personal rights or claims to
Proprietary Assets for which such Employee’s personal rights or claims arose out
of the scope of his/her employment or retainer by the Company or its
Subsidiaries and (ii) the nondisclosure of confidential information acquired
by
the Employee with respect to the Proprietary Assets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries or an employment or consulting agreement containing substantially
similar terms
.
Except
as
set forth in the Company Disclosure, the Company and each Subsidiary has not
(other than pursuant to license agreements identified in the Company Disclosure)
disclosed or delivered to any person, or permitted the disclosure or delivery
to
any person of, (i) the source code, or any portion or aspect of the source
code,
of any Proprietary Asset of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (ii) the object
code, or any portion or aspect of the object code, of any Proprietary Asset
of
the Company or its Subsidiaries or (iii) any patent applications (except as
required by law).
(c)
(i)
To
the knowledge of the Company, none of the Proprietary Assets of the Company
or
its Subsidiaries necessary for the conduct of their businesses infringes or
conflicts with any Proprietary Asset owned or used by any other Person, (ii)
to
the knowledge of the Company, the Company and each Subsidiary is not infringing,
misappropriating or making any unlawful use of, and the Company and each
Subsidiary has not at any time infringed, misappropriated or made any unlawful
use of, or received any notice or other communication (in writing or otherwise)
of any actual, alleged, possible or potential infringement, misappropriation
or
unlawful use of, any Proprietary Asset owned or used by any other person, and
(iii) to the knowledge of the Company, no other person is infringing,
misappropriating or making any unlawful use of, and no Proprietary Asset owned
or used by any other person infringes or conflicts with, any Proprietary Asset
of the Company or its Subsidiaries.
(d)
There
has
not been any claim by any customer or other person alleging that any Proprietary
Asset of the Company or its Subsidiaries (including each version thereof that
has ever been licensed or otherwise made available by the Company or its
Subsidiaries to any person) does not conform in all material respects with
any
specification, documentation, performance standard, representation or statement
made or provided by or on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and, to
the
knowledge of the Company, there is no basis for any such claim.
(e)
The
Company is not knowledgeable of any Proprietary Asset owned or used by any
other
person (except for any Proprietary Asset that is licensed to the Company or
any
Subsidiary under any third party license set forth in the Company Disclosure
or
would otherwise be commercially available) necessary to enable the Company
and
each Subsidiary to conduct its businesses in the manner in which such businesses
have been and are being conducted or are expected to be conducted pursuant
to
the Company Disclosure
.
Neither
the Company nor any Subsidiary has licensed, or agreed to license, any of its
Proprietary Assets to any person on an exclusive, semi-exclusive or royalty-free
basis
.
Neither
the Company nor any Subsidiary has entered into any covenant not to compete
or
contract limiting its ability to exploit fully any of its Proprietary Assets
or
to transact business in any market or geographical area or with any
person
.
Without
limitation on the foregoing, except as set forth in the Company Disclosure,
no
officer, director or Stakeholder, either as an individual or through an
affiliate, has any claim to own or any other rights to use any of the
Proprietary Assets.
(f)
Except
as
set forth in the Company Disclosure, the Company is not aware that any Employee
is obligated under any agreement (including licenses, covenants or commitments
of any nature) or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or
administrative agency, or any other restriction that would interfere with the
use of his or her best efforts to carry out his or her duties for the Company
and its Subsidiaries, as appropriate, or to promote the interests of the Company
and its Subsidiaries, as appropriate, or that would conflict with the Company’s
or its Subsidiaries’ business as proposed to be conducted
.
The
Company does not believe it is or will be necessary to utilize any inventions
of
any Employees (or persons the Company or its Subsidiaries currently intend
to
hire) made prior to their employment or retainer by the Company or its
Subsidiaries, as appropriate, which have not been assigned to the
Company
.
To
the
Company’s knowledge, after due inquiry, at no time during the conception of, or
reduction to practice, or development of, any of the Company’s or its
Subsidiaries’ Proprietary Assets was any developer, inventor or other
contributor to such Proprietary Assets operating under any grants from any
governmental entity or agency or private source, performing research sponsored
by any governmental entity or agency or private source or subject to any
employment agreement or invention assignment or nondisclosure agreement or
other
obligation with any third party that could adversely affect the Company’s or its
Subsidiaries’ rights in such Proprietary Assets.
(g)
The
Company believes that the exceptions, qualifications and other disclosures
relating to the Proprietary Assets set forth in the Company Disclosure shall
not
have a Material Adverse Effect in the aggregate.
2.9
Company
Disclosure
.
No
representation or warranty of the Company herein, no exhibit or schedule hereto,
and no information contained or referenced in the Company Disclosure, when
read
together, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or
omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading.
3.
Representations
and Warranties of the New Investors
.
Each
New
Investor represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
3.1
Authorization
.
Such
New
Investor (i) has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to
incur the obligations herein and therein and (ii) if applicable has been
authorized by all necessary corporate or equivalent action to execute, deliver
and perform this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and to consummate
the Contemplated Transactions
.
Each
of
this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the New Investors
are parties is a valid and binding obligation of such New Investor enforceable
in accordance with its terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy,
reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement
of creditors’ rights and the availability of equitable remedies (regardless of
whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or
equity).
3.2
Brokers
and Finders
.
Such
New
Investor has not retained any investment banker, broker or finder in connection
with the Contemplated Transactions.
4.
Securities
Laws; Certain Covenants of New Investors
.
4.1
This
Agreement is made with each New Investor in reliance upon such New Investor’s
representation to the Company, which by such New Investor’s execution of this
Agreement such New Investor hereby confirms, that the Notes to be received
by
such New Investor will be acquired for investment for such New Investor’s own
account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or
distribution of any part thereof such that such New Investors would constitute
an “underwriter” under the Securities Act.
4.2
Each
New
Investor understands and acknowledges that the offering of the Notes pursuant
to
this Agreement will not be registered under the Securities Act or qualified
under any state securities laws on the grounds that the offering and sale of
the
Notes are exempt from registration and qualification, respectively, under the
Securities Act and the Blue Sky Laws.
4.3
Each
New
Investor represents that (i) such New Investor is able to fend for itself in
the
Contemplated Transactions; (ii) such New Investor has such knowledge and
experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating
the
merits and risks of such New Investor’s prospective investment in the Notes; and
(iii) such New Investor has the ability to bear the economic risks of such
New
Investor’s prospective investment and can afford the complete loss of such
investment.
4.4
Each
New
Investor further represents by execution of this Agreement that such New
Investor qualifies as an “accredited investor” as such term is defined under
Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act
.
Any
New
Investor that is a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company,
a
trust or other business entity further represents by execution of this Agreement
that it has not been organized for the purpose of purchasing the
Notes.
4.5
Each
New
Investor agrees that the Notes and any shares of capital stock of the Company
received in respect of the foregoing held by it may not be sold by such New
Investor without registration under the Securities Act or an exemption
therefrom, and therefore such New Investor may be required to hold such
securities for an indeterminate period.
4.6
Each
New
Investor agrees that the obligations under the Notes shall be subject to the
Security Agreement, Stockholder Pledge Agreement and Intercreditor Agreement,
each as amended as contemplated herein, and further authorizes AIGH as such
New
Investor’s agent to enter into the Security Agreement Amendment, Stockholder
Pledge Amendment, Intercreditor Agreement Amendment and Guaranty Amendment
on
such Investor’s behalf
.
AIGH
shall have no duty to any New Investor arising out of its actions or failure
to
act under the Security Agreement, Stockholder Pledge Agreement, Intercreditor
Agreement or Guaranties, each as amended as contemplated herein, provided that
AIGH shall apply the same standard of care as it would use in determining
whether to act under such agreements in its capacity as a New
Investor.
4.7
Each
New
Investor agrees to indemnify AIGH from and against any and all reasonable
claims, losses, and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable
attorney fees) arising out of or resulting from the Security Agreement,
Stockholder Pledge Agreement, Intercreditor Agreement or Guaranties, each as
amended as contemplated herein, except claims, losses, or liabilities resulting
from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of AIGH.
4.8
Each
New
Investor will upon demand pay the amount of any and all reasonable expenses,
including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel
and
of any experts and agents, which AIGH may incur in connection with (i) the
preparation and administration of the Security Agreement, Stockholder Pledge
Agreement, Intercreditor Agreement or Guaranties, each as amended as
contemplated herein; (ii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights
of
AIGH or the New Investors thereunder; or (iii) the failure by any New Investor
to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof or thereof.
5.
Additional
Covenants of the Company
.
5.1
Reports
and Information
.
Until
the
sooner of repayment or conversion of all the Notes, the Company shall deliver
to
such New Investor (or the successor or assign of such New Investor),
contemporaneously with delivery to Petrus or its affiliates, a copy of each
report of the Company delivered to any such person.
5.2
Form
D
.
As
soon
as is practicable following the Closing, the Company shall prepare and file
with
the SEC a Form D concerning the sale of the Notes.
5.3
Financial
Reports and Tax Returns
.
Until
the
Company is a public company required to file financial reports with the
U.S
.
Securities
and Exchange Commission, the Company will furnish or will cause to be furnished
to each New Investor:
(a)
within
90
days after the end of each fiscal quarter and fiscal year of the Company,
respectively, financial statements (including income statement and balance
sheet) in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards (except that
interim financial statements need not contain footnotes or normal year-end
adjustments); and
(b)
within
90
days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an independent certified
audit of financial statements for such fiscal year.
6.
Miscellaneous
.
6.1
Entire
Agreement; Successors and Assigns
.
This
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents constitute the entire contract
between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and
no
party shall be liable or bound to the other in any manner by any warranties,
representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or
therein
.
This
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents supersede any previous agreement
among the parties with respect to the Notes
.
The
terms
and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the respective executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns
of
the parties
.
Except
as
expressly provided herein, nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied,
is
intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto, any rights,
remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this
Agreement.
6.2
Survival
of Representations and Warranties
.
All
representations and warranties of the Company shall survive the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the Closing hereunder and shall continue in
full
force and effect for one year after the Closing
.
The
covenants of the Company set forth in Section 5 shall remain in effect as set
forth therein.
6.3
Governing
Law; Jurisdiction
.
This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the
State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of law
.
Each
party hereby irrevocably consents and submits to the jurisdiction of any New
York State or United States Federal Court sitting in the State of New York,
County of New York, over any action or proceeding arising out of or relating
to
this Agreement and irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process
in
any such action or proceeding by registered mail addressed to such party at
its
address specified in Section 6.6 (or as otherwise noticed to the other
party)
.
Each
party further waives any objection to venue in New York and any objection to
an
action or proceeding in such state and county on the basis of forum non
conveniens
.
Each
party also waives any right to trial by jury.
6.4
Counterparts
.
This
Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall
be
deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the
same
instrument.
6.5
Headings
.
The
headings of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience and shall not
by
themselves determine the interpretation of this Agreement.
6.6
Notices
.
Any
notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall
be
deemed effect
ively
given upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) delivery by fax (with answer back
confirmed) or (iii) delivery by electronic mail (with reception confirmed),
addressed to a party at its address or sent to the fax number or e-mail address
shown below or at such other address, fax number or e-mail address as such
party
may designate by three days advance notice to the other party.
Any
notice to New Investors shall be sent to the addresses set forth on the
signature pages hereof, with a copy to:
Hahn
& Hessen LLP
488
Madison Avenue
New
York,
New York 10022
Attention:
James Kardon, Esq.
Fax
Number: (212) 478-7400
e-mail:
jkardon@hahnhessen.com
Any
notice to the Company shall be sent to:
Neonode,
Inc.
Biblioteksgatan
11
S111
46
Stockholm, Sweden
Attention:
President
Fax
Number: 01146-8-678 18 51
with
a
copy to:
Reed
Smith LLP
435
Sixth
Avenue
Pittsburgh,
PA 15219
Attention:
Daniel Gallagher, Esq.
Fax
Number: 412-288-3063
6.7
Rights
of Transferees
.
Any
and
all rights and obligations of the New Investor herein incident to the ownership
of Notes shall pass successively to all subsequent transferees of such
securities until extinguished pursuant to the terms hereof.
6.8
Severability
.
Whenever
possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner
as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of
this
Agreement shall be deemed prohibited or invalid under such applicable law,
such
provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity,
and such prohibition or invalidity shall not invalidate the remainder of such
provision or any other provision of this Agreement.
6.9
Expenses
.
Irrespective
of whether the Closing is effected, the Company shall pay all costs and expenses
that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement
.
Each
New
Investor shall be responsible for all costs incurred by such New Investor in
connection with the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses, except that,
at the Closing, the Company shall pay legal fees and expenses to Hahn &
Hessen LLP, as counsel to the New Investors.
6.10
Amendments
and Waivers
.
Unless
a
particular provision or section of this Agreement requires otherwise explicitly
in a particular instance, any provision of this Agreement may be amended and
the
observance of any provision of this Agreement may be waived (either generally
or
in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with
the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the
principal amount of the Notes
.
Any
amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.10 shall be
binding upon each holder of any Notes at the time outstanding (including
securities into which such Notes are convertible), each future holder of all
such Notes, and the Company.
[signature
page follows]
EXHIBITS
TO
THE
NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
|
Form
of Notes
|
Exhibit
2:
|
Form
of Security Agreement Amendment
|
Exhibit
3:
|
Form
of Stockholder Pledge Amendment
|
Exhibit
4:
|
Form
of Guaranty Amendment
|
|
Form
of Intercreditor Agreement Amendment
|
Exhibit
6:
|
Company
Disclosure, including Capitalization Table, Financial Statements,
etc.
|
THIS
NOTE
AND THE COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) NOR UNDER ANY STATE
SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED UNTIL (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO IS EFFECTIVE
UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR (2) THE COMPANY
RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY OR OTHER COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER
OF
SUCH NOTE WHICH OTHER COUNSEL IS SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH NOTE
AND/OR COMMON STOCK MAY BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, HYPOTHECATED OR TRANSFERRED
WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS.
SENIOR
SECURED NOTE
$
800,000.00
|
New
York, New York
|
|
November
20, 2006
|
FOR
VALUE
RECEIVED, the undersigned (sometimes referred to herein as the “Company”), a
Delaware corporation having an address at Biblioteksgatan 11, S111 46 Stockholm,
Sweden, hereby promises to pay to the order of AIGH Investment Partners, LLC,
or
assigns (“Lender”), at its offices located at 6006 Berkeley Avenue, Baltimore,
MD 21209 or at such other place as the Lender may from time to time designate
to
the undersigned in writing, on August 28, 2007 subject to the conversion rights
set forth herein, or such earlier date as required hereunder, the sum of EIGHT
HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($ 800,000.00) at a rate per annum equal to four
percent (4%). In no event, however, shall interest hereunder be in excess of
the
maximum interest rate permitted by law.
The
obligations of the undersigned are secured in accordance with the terms of
(i)
certain Stockholder Pledge and Security Agreements, dated February 28, 2006
(as
amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “Stockholder
Pledge Agreements”) between certain stockholders of the Company and Lender, by
the pledge of certain Collateral, as defined in such Stockholder Pledge
Agreements, respectively, and (ii) a Security Agreement, dated February 28,
2006
(as amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the
“Security Agreement”) between the Company and Lender, by the pledge of certain
Collateral, as defined in such Security Agreement. This Note is one of the
Senior Secured Notes (the “Notes”) issued pursuant to a certain Note Purchase
Agreement dated the date hereof between the Company and each Lender (the “Note
Purchase Agreement”) in connection with a financing of the undersigned up to an
aggregate principal amount of ONE MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000).
A.
Prepayment;
Conversion
:
|
1.
|
This
Note may be prepaid without premium or penalty, in whole or in part,
on 20
days notice; provided that the Lender shall have the opportunity,
prior to
such prepayment, to convert this Note into common stock of the Company
at
a price based on the pre money valuation set forth in Section A.2
below.
|
|
2.
|
In
the event the undersigned completes a registered public offering
with
gross proceeds in excess of $5,500,000 on or before August 28, 2007,
this
Note, including without limitation all accrued interest (unless paid
in
cash by the undersigned) and other obligations under this Note, shall
automatically convert without any action of the holder into the securities
offered in such financing at a price per security equal to the price
paid
by public investors based on the pre-money valuation of the fully-diluted
equity of the undersigned, including for this purpose as equity all
debt
held by stockholders or their affiliates, of FIFTEEN MILLION AND
FIVE
HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($15,500,000) (determined based on the
Capitalization Table attached as an exhibit to the Note Purchase
Agreement); and provided further the undersigned
has
not suffered any material adverse change since the date
hereof.
|
|
3.
|
In
the event the undersigned fails to complete a registered public offering
with gross proceeds in excess of $5,500,000 by August 28, 2007 due
to
circumstances beyond the undersigned’s control, this Note, including
without limitation all accrued interest and other obligations under
this
Note, shall be converted into common stock of the undersigned at
a price
per share equal to the fair market value of such shares as determined
by
negotiations between the undersigned and the holder of this Note
and in
the aggregate amount of all such obligations, subject to compliance
with
applicable securities law; provided that (i) the pre-money valuation
of
the fully-diluted equity of the undersigned in the event and at the
time
of such conversion, including for this purpose as equity all debt
held by
stockholders or their affiliates, does not exceed US $15,500,000,
(ii) the
undersigned has not suffered any material adverse changes since the
date
hereof and (iii) the Lender and the undersigned enter into an investor
rights agreement which provides the Lender with demand and piggyback
registration rights, preemptive rights, tagalong rights with principal
stockholders of the undersigned, rights to Company information and
a bar
on issuance of toxic preferreds or other death spiral convertible
securities. During the term of the Notes, the undersigned shall not
issue
any equity securities or securities convertible into, exercisable
to
purchase or exchangeable for equity securities without offering to
holders
of Notes rights to purchase up to a percentage (the “Percentage”) of such
issue equal to the ratio of (A) the aggregate principal amounts of
notes
of similar tenor to this Note then outstanding divided by (B) the
sum of
$15,500,000 and such aggregate principal amounts, and shall not permit
Neonode AB to issue any such securities or incur any indebtedness
other
than reasonable accounts payable and indebtedness from
affiliates.
|
B.
Default;
Remedy
.
If any
one or more of the following events of default (each, an “Event of Default”)
shall occur, that is to say:
|
1.
|
default
shall be made in the payment of any principal or interest of this
Note
when the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity,
by
acceleration, by notice of intention to prepay or
otherwise;
|
|
2.
|
the
undersigned shall become unable to pay its debts as they mature,
seek to
auction all or a substantial portion of its assets, make a general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, commence or cause to be
commenced
a meeting of his creditors or take advantage of any of the insolvency
laws, or a case is commenced or a petition in bankruptcy or for an
arrangement or reorganization under the Federal Bankruptcy Code (i)
is
filed against the undersigned, or (ii) is filed by the undersigned,
or a
custodian or receiver (or other court designee performing the functions
of
a receiver) is appointed for or takes possession of the undersigned’s
assets or affairs, or an order for relief in a case commenced under
the
Federal Bankruptcy Code is entered;
|
|
3.
|
any
judgment or judgments against the undersigned or its property for
any
amount remains unpaid, undischarged, unsatisfied, unbonded or undismissed
for a period of ten (10) days, or a levy, sequestration or attachment
against the undersigned or his property for any amount remains unpaid,
undischarged, unstayed, unsatisfied or undismissed for a period of
ten
(10) days;
|
|
4.
|
any
guaranty of the obligations of the undersigned to Lender is terminated
or
breached, or if any guarantor of the obligations of the undersigned
to the
Lender attempts to terminate, challenge the validity of, or its liability
under, any such guaranty or similar agreement, or the undersigned
terminates any guaranty which he has given to Lender to secure the
indebtedness of any third party; or
|
|
5.
|
any
event of default shall occur under any agreement between Lender and
the
undersigned, including without limitation the Security Agreement,
any
Stockholder Pledge Agreement or any guaranty related thereto, which
is not
cured within any applicable grace
period,
|
then
this
Note (x)(i) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to subsection
2
of this Section (B) shall immediately become due and payable, without notice;
and (ii) upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default, shall become due
and
payable, upon delivery of written notice of such Event of Default by Lender
to
the undersigned, in each case together with reasonable attorneys’ fees, if the
collection hereof is placed in the hands of an attorney to obtain or enforce
payment hereof; and (y) shall bear interest at a rate of interest per annum
equal to fifteen percent (15%). To the extent permitted by applicable law
interest shall accrue with respect to interest that is due and not paid. In
the
event the Lender takes action under the Security Agreement or any Stockholder
Pledge Agreement, the Lenders shall proceed first under the Security Agreement
and thereafter only if the Company’s obligations to the Lender are not
satisfied, under such Stockholder Pledge Agreement.
C.
Governing
Law
.
This
Note is being delivered in the State of New York, and shall be construed and
enforced in accordance with the laws of such State. Any judicial proceeding
by
the undersigned against Lender involving, directly or indirectly, any matter
or
claim in any way arising out of, related to or connected with this Note, shall
be brought only in federal or state court located in the City of New York,
State
of New York. Any judicial proceeding brought against the undersigned with
respect to this Note may be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction
in
the City of New York, State of New York, United States of America, and, by
execution and delivery of this Note, the undersigned accepts, generally and
unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts, and
irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection
with this Note or any related agreement. Nothing herein shall affect the right
to serve process in any manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of
Lender to bring proceedings against the undersigned in the courts of any other
jurisdiction. The undersigned waives any objection to jurisdiction and venue
of
any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack
of jurisdiction or venue or based upon
forum
non conveniens
.
D.
Waiver
of Jury Trial
.
THE
UNDERSIGNED EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND,
ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (1) ARISING UNDER THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT,
DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR (2)
IN
ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES
HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT,
DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE
TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR
HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION
OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT
ANY
PARTY MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT
AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
E.
Notices
.
All
notices required hereunder shall be given in the manner set forth in the Note
Pur
chase
Agreement.
F.
Tran
sfer
to Comply with the Securities Act of 1933
.
|
1.
|
The
holder of this Note, each transferee hereof and any holder and transferee
of any shares issued upon conversion hereof other than in a registered
public offering, by his acceptance thereof, agrees that (i) no public
distribution of Notes or such shares will be made in violation of
the Act,
and (ii) during such period as the delivery of a prospectus with
respect
to such shares may be required by the Act, no public distribution
of such
shares will be made in a manner or on terms different from those
set forth
in, or without delivery of, a prospectus then meeting the requirements
of
Section 10 of the Act and in compliance with applicable state securities
laws. The holder of this Note and each transferee hereof further
agrees
that if any distribution of any shares issued upon conversion hereof
other
than in a registered public offering is proposed to be made by them
otherwise than by delivery of a prospectus meeting the requirements
of
Section 10 of the Act, such action shall be taken only after submission
to
the undersigned of an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory
in form
and substance to the undersigned’s counsel, to the effect that the
proposed distribution will not be in violation of the Act or of applicable
state law. Furthermore, it shall be a condition to the transfer of
this
Note that any transferee thereof be bound by all of the terms and
conditions contained in this Note.
|
|
2.
|
Each
certificate for shares issued upon conversion hereof shall bear a
legend
relating to the non-registered status of such shares under the Act,
unless
at the time of conversion of this Note such shares are subject to
a
currently effective registration statement under the
Act.
|
G.
Certain
Representations and Covenants
.
|
1.
|
No
information provide by the undersigned to the Lender contains or
will on
the Closing Date contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omits
or will on the Closing Date omit to state any material fact necessary
to
make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading. During
the
term of this Note, the Company shall provide the Lender upon its
request
with any and all information about the Company reasonably deemed
necessary
for the Lender to evaluate this Note or a possible conversion
thereof.
|
|
2.
|
While
this Note is outstanding, the Company (a) shall not issue (i) any
equity
securities or securities convertible into, exercisable to purchase
or
exchangeable for equity securities without offering to the Lender
and all
other holders of notes of similar tenor rights to purchase an aggregate
of
up to the Percentage of such issue or (ii) any toxic convertibles
or death
spiral preferreds, and (b) shall not permit its 100% owned subsidiary
Neonode AB, a Swedish corporation, to issue any such securities or
incur
any indebtedness other than reasonable accounts payable and indebtedness
from affiliates.
|
|
3.
|
The
Company shall keep reserved for issuance a sufficient number of authorized
but unissued shares of Common Stock (or other securities into which
the
Notes are convertible) so that the Notes may be converted or exercised
to
purchase Common Stock (or such other securities) at any
time.
|
|
4.
|
If
any event occurs as to which the provisions of this Note are strictly
applicable and the application thereof would not fairly protect the
rights
of the Lenders in accordance with the essential intent and principles
of
such provisions, including but not limited to protection from dilution,
then the Company shall make such adjustments in the application of
such
provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles,
as
the Board of Directors, in good faith, determines to be reasonably
necessary to protect such rights as
aforesaid.
|
H.
The
undersigned expressly waives any presentment, demand, protest, notice of
protest, or notice of any kind.
[Signature
page follows]
NEONODE,
INC.
|
|
By:________________________________
|
_________________,
Authorized Signatory
|
THIS
NOTE
AND THE COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) NOR UNDER ANY STATE
SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED UNTIL (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO IS EFFECTIVE
UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR (2) THE COMPANY
RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY OR OTHER COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER
OF
SUCH NOTE WHICH OTHER COUNSEL IS SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH NOTE
AND/OR COMMON STOCK MAY BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, HYPOTHECATED OR TRANSFERRED
WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS.
SENIOR
SECURED NOTE
$
150,000.00
|
New
York, New York
|
|
November
20, 2006
|
FOR
VALUE
RECEIVED, the undersigned (sometimes referred to herein as the “Company”), a
Delaware corporation having an address at Biblioteksgatan 11, S111 46 Stockholm,
Sweden, hereby promises to pay to the order of Hershel P. Berkowitz, or assigns
(“Lender”), at 441 Yeshiva Lane, Apt. 1A, Baltimore, MD 21208 or at such other
place as the Lender may from time to time designate to the undersigned in
writing, on August 28, 2007 subject to the conversion rights set forth herein,
or such earlier date as required hereunder, the sum of ONE HUNDRED FIFTY
THOUSAND DOLLARS ($ 150,000.00) at a rate per annum equal to four percent (4%).
In no event, however, shall interest hereunder be in excess of the maximum
interest rate permitted by law.
The
obligations of the undersigned are secured in accordance with the terms of
(i)
certain Stockholder Pledge and Security Agreements, dated February 28, 2006
(as
amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “Stockholder
Pledge Agreements”) between certain stockholders of the Company and Lender, by
the pledge of certain Collateral, as defined in such Stockholder Pledge
Agreements, respectively, and (ii) a Security Agreement, dated February 28,
2006
(as amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the
“Security Agreement”) between the Company and Lender, by the pledge of certain
Collateral, as defined in such Security Agreement. This Note is one of the
Senior Secured Notes (the “Notes”) issued pursuant to a certain Note Purchase
Agreement dated the date hereof between the Company and each Lender (the “Note
Purchase Agreement”) in connection with a financing of the undersigned up to an
aggregate principal amount of ONE MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000).
A.
Prepayment;
Conversion
:
|
1.
|
This
Note may be prepaid without premium or penalty, in whole or in part,
on 20
days notice; provided that the Lender shall have the opportunity,
prior to
such prepayment, to convert this Note into common stock of the Company
at
a price based on the pre money valuation set forth in Section A.2
below.
|
|
2.
|
In
the event the undersigned completes a registered public offering
with
gross proceeds in excess of $5,500,000 on or before August 28, 2007,
this
Note, including without limitation all accrued interest (unless paid
in
cash by the undersigned) and other obligations under this Note, shall
automatically convert without any action of the holder into the securities
offered in such financing at a price per security equal to the price
paid
by public investors based on the pre-money valuation of the fully-diluted
equity of the undersigned, including for this purpose as equity all
debt
held by stockholders or their affiliates, of FIFTEEN MILLION AND
FIVE
HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($15,500,000) (determined based on the
Capitalization Table attached as an exhibit to the Note Purchase
Agreement); and provided further the undersigned has not suffered
any
material adverse change since the date
hereof.
|
|
3.
|
In
the event the undersigned fails to complete a registered public offering
with gross proceeds in excess of $5,500,000 by August 28, 2007 due
to
circumstances beyond the undersigned’s control, this Note, including
without limitation all accrued interest and other obligations under
this
Note, shall be converted into common stock of the undersigned at
a price
per share equal to the fair market value of such shares as determined
by
negotiations between the undersigned and the holder of this Note
and in
the aggregate amount of all such obligations, subject to compliance
with
applicable securities law; provided that (i) the pre-money valuation
of
the fully-diluted equity of the undersigned in the event and at the
time
of such conversion, including for this purpose as equity all debt
held by
stockholders or their affiliates, does not exceed US $15,500,000,
(ii) the
undersigned has not suffered any material adverse changes since the
date
hereof and (iii) the Lender and the undersigned enter into an investor
rights agreement which provides the Lender with demand and piggyback
registration rights, preemptive rights, tagalong rights with principal
stockholders of the undersigned, rights to Company information and
a bar
on issuance of toxic preferreds or other death spiral convertible
securities. During the term of the Notes, the undersigned shall not
issue
any equity securities or securities convertible into, exercisable
to
purchase or exchangeable for equity securities without offering to
holders
of Notes rights to purchase up to a percentage (the “Percentage”) of such
issue equal to the ratio of (A) the aggregate principal amounts of
notes
of similar tenor to this Note then outstanding divided by (B) the
sum of
$15,500,000 and such aggregate principal amounts, and shall not permit
Neonode AB to issue any such securities or incur any indebtedness
other
than reasonable accounts payable and indebtedness from
affiliates.
|
B.
Default;
Remedy
. If any one or more of the following events of default (each, an
“Event of Default”) shall occur, that is to say:
|
1.
|
default
shall be made in the payment of any principal or interest of this
Note
when the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity,
by
acceleration, by notice of intention to prepay or
otherwise;
|
|
2.
|
the
undersigned shall become unable to pay its debts as they mature,
seek to
auction all or a substantial portion of its assets, make a general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, commence or cause to be
commenced
a meeting of his creditors or take advantage of any of the insolvency
laws, or a case is commenced or a petition in bankruptcy or for an
arrangement or reorganization under the Federal Bankruptcy Code (i)
is
filed against the undersigned, or (ii) is filed by the undersigned,
or a
custodian or receiver (or other court designee performing the functions
of
a receiver) is appointed for or takes possession of the undersigned’s
assets or affairs, or an order for relief in a case commenced under
the
Federal Bankruptcy Code is entered;
|
|
3.
|
any
judgment or judgments against the undersigned or its property for
any
amount remains unpaid, undischarged, unsatisfied, unbonded or undismissed
for a period of ten (10) days, or a levy, sequestration or attachment
against the undersigned or his property for any amount remains unpaid,
undischarged, unstayed, unsatisfied or undismissed for a period of
ten
(10) days;
|
|
4.
|
any
guaranty of the obligations of the undersigned to Lender is terminated
or
breached, or if any guarantor of the obligations of the undersigned
to the
Lender attempts to terminate, challenge the validity of, or its liability
under, any such guaranty or similar agreement, or the undersigned
terminates any guaranty which he has given to Lender to secure the
indebtedness of any third party; or
|
|
5.
|
any
event of default shall occur under any agreement between Lender and
the
undersigned, including without limitation the Security Agreement,
any
Stockholder Pledge Agreement or any guaranty related thereto, which
is not
cured within any applicable grace period,
|
then
this
Note (x)(i) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to subsection
2
of this Section (B) shall immediately become due and payable, without notice;
and (ii) upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default, shall become due
and
payable, upon delivery of written notice of such Event of Default by Lender
to
the undersigned, in each case together with reasonable attorneys’ fees, if the
collection hereof is placed in the hands of an attorney to obtain or enforce
payment hereof; and (y) shall bear interest at a rate of interest per annum
equal to fifteen percent (15%). To the extent permitted by applicable law
interest shall accrue with respect to interest that is due and not paid. In
the
event the Lender takes action under the Security Agreement or any Stockholder
Pledge Agreement, the Lenders shall proceed first under the Security Agreement
and thereafter only if the Company’s obligations to the Lender are not
satisfied, under such Stockholder Pledge Agreement.
C.
Governing
Law
.
This
Note is being delivered in the State of New York, and shall be construed and
enforced in accordance with the laws of such State. Any judicial proceeding
by
the undersigned against Lender involving, directly or indirectly, any matter
or
claim in any way arising out of, related to or connected with this Note, shall
be brought only in federal or state court located in the City of New York,
State
of New York. Any judicial proceeding brought against the undersigned with
respect to this Note may be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction
in
the City of New York, State of New York, United States of America, and, by
execution and delivery of this Note, the undersigned accepts, generally and
unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts, and
irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection
with this Note or any related agreement. Nothing herein shall affect the right
to serve process in any manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of
Lender to bring proceedings against the undersigned in the courts of any other
jurisdiction. The undersigned waives any objection to jurisdiction and venue
of
any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack
of jurisdiction or venue or based upon
forum
non conveniens
.
D.
Waiver
of Jury Trial
.
THE
UNDERSIGNED EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND,
ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (1) ARISING UNDER THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT,
DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR (2)
IN
ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES
HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT,
DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE
TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR
HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION
OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT
ANY
PARTY MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT
AS W
RITTEN
EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
E.
Notices
.
All
notices required hereunder shall be given in the manner set forth in the Note
Purchase Agreement.
F.
Trans
fer
to
Comply with the Securities Act of 1933
.
|
1.
|
The
holder of this Note, each transferee hereof and any holder and transferee
of any shares issued upon conversion hereof other than in a registered
public offering, by his acceptance thereof, agrees that (i) no public
distribution of Notes or such shares will be made in violation of
the Act,
and (ii) during such period as the delivery of a prospectus with
respect
to such shares may be required by the Act, no public distribution
of such
shares will be made in a manner or on terms different from those
set forth
in, or without delivery of, a prospectus then meeting the requirements
of
Section 10 of the Act and in compliance with applicable state securities
laws. The holder of this Note and each transferee hereof further
agrees
that if any distribution of any shares issued upon conversion hereof
other
than in a registered public offering is proposed to be made by them
otherwise than by delivery of a prospectus meeting the requirements
of
Section 10 of the Act, such action shall be taken only after submission
to
the undersigned of an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory
in form
and substance to the undersigned’s counsel, to the effect that the
proposed distribution will not be in violation of the Act or of applicable
state law. Furthermore, it shall be a condition to the transfer of
this
Note that any transferee thereof be bound by all of the terms and
conditions contained in this Note.
|
|
2.
|
Each
certificate for shares issued upon conversion hereof shall bear a
legend
relating to the non-registered status of such shares under the Act,
unless
at the time of conversion of this Note such shares are subject to
a
currently effective registration statement under the
Act.
|
G.
Certain
Representations and Covenants
.
|
1.
|
No
information provide by the undersigned to the Lender contains or
will on
the Closing Date contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omits
or will on the Closing Date omit to state any material fact necessary
to
make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading. During
the
term of this Note, the Company shall provide the Lender upon its
request
with any and all information about the Company reasonably deemed
necessary
for the Lender to evaluate this Note or a possible conversion
thereof.
|
|
2.
|
While
this Note is outstanding, the Company (a) shall not issue (i) any
equity
securities or securities convertible into, exercisable to purchase
or
exchangeable for equity securities without offering to the Lender
and all
other holders of notes of similar tenor rights to purchase an aggregate
of
up to the Percentage of such issue or (ii) any toxic convertibles
or death
spiral preferreds, and (b) shall not permit its 100% owned subsidiary
Neonode AB, a Swedish corporation, to issue any such securities or
incur
any indebtedness other than reasonable accounts payable and indebtedness
from affiliates.
|
|
3.
|
The
Company shall keep reserved for issuance a sufficient number of authorized
but unissued shares of Common Stock (or other securities into which
the
Notes are convertible) so that the Notes may be converted or exercised
to
purchase Common Stock (or such other securities) at any
time.
|
|
4.
|
If
any event occurs as to which the provisions of this Note are strictly
applicable and the application thereof would not fairly protect the
rights
of the Lenders in accordance with the essential intent and principles
of
such provisions, including but not limited to protection from dilution,
then the Company shall make such adjustments in the application of
such
provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles,
as
the Board of Directors, in good faith, determines to be reasonably
necessary to protect such rights as
aforesaid.
|
H.
The
undersigned expressly waives any presentment, demand, protest, notice of
protest, or notice of any kind.
[Signature
page follows]
|
NEONODE,
INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
,
Authorized Signatory
|
THIS
NOTE
AND THE COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) NOR UNDER ANY STATE
SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED UNTIL (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO IS EFFECTIVE
UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR (2) THE COMPANY
RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY OR OTHER COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER
OF
SUCH NOTE WHICH OTHER COUNSEL IS SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH NOTE
AND/OR COMMON STOCK MAY BE PLEDGED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, HYPOTHECATED OR TRANSFERRED
WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS.
SENIOR
SECURED NOTE
$
50,000.00
|
New
York, New York
|
|
November
20, 2006
|
FOR
VALUE
RECEIVED, the undersigned (sometimes referred to herein as the “Company”), a
Delaware corporation having an address at Biblioteksgatan 11, S111 46 Stockholm,
Sweden, hereby promises to pay to the order of Joshua A. Hirsch, or assigns
(“Lender”), at 1 Longfellow Place, Suite 3407, Boston, MA 12114 or at such other
place as the Lender may from time to time designate to the undersigned in
writing, on August 28, 2007 subject to the conversion rights set forth herein,
or such earlier date as required hereunder, the sum of FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS
($
50,000.00) at a rate per annum equal to four percent (4%). In no event, however,
shall interest hereunder be in excess of the maximum interest rate permitted
by
law.
The
obligations of the undersigned are secured in accordance with the terms of
(i)
certain Stockholder Pledge and Security Agreements, dated February 28, 2006
(as
amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “Stockholder
Pledge Agreements”) between certain stockholders of the Company and Lender, by
the pledge of certain Collateral, as defined in such Stockholder Pledge
Agreements, respectively, and (ii) a Security Agreement, dated February 28,
2006
(as amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the
“Security Agreement”) between the Company and Lender, by the pledge of certain
Collateral, as defined in such Security Agreement. This Note is one of the
Senior Secured Notes (the “Notes”) issued pursuant to a certain Note Purchase
Agreement dated the date hereof between the Company and each Lender (the “Note
Purchase Agreement”) in connection with a financing of the undersigned up to an
aggregate principal amount of ONE MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000).
A.
Prepayment;
Conversion
:
|
1.
|
This
Note may be prepaid without premium or penalty, in whole or in part,
on 20
days notice; provided that the Lender shall have the opportunity,
prior to
such prepayment, to convert this Note into common stock of the Company
at
a price based on the pre money valuation set forth in Section A.2
below.
|
|
2.
|
In
the event the undersigned completes a registered public offering
with
gross proceeds in excess of $5,500,000 on or before August 28, 2007,
this
Note, including without limitation all accrued interest (unless paid
in
cash by the undersigned) and other obligations under this Note, shall
automatically convert without any action of the holder into the securities
offered in such financing at a price per security equal to the price
paid
by public investors based on the pre-money valuation of the fully-diluted
equity of the undersigned, including for this purpose as equity all
debt
held by stockholders or their affiliates, of FIFTEEN MILLION AND
FIVE
HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($15,500,000) (determined based on the
Capitalization Table attached as an exhibit to the Note Purchase
Agreement); and provided further the undersigned has not suffered
any
material adverse change since the date
hereof.
|
|
3.
|
In
the event the undersigned fails to complete a registered public offering
with gross proceeds in excess of $5,500,000 by August 28, 2007 due
to
circumstances beyond the undersigned’s control, this Note, including
without limitation all accrued interest and other obligations under
this
Note, shall be converted into common stock of the undersigned at
a price
per share equal to the fair market value of such shares as determined
by
negotiations between the undersigned and the holder of this Note
and in
the aggregate amount of all such obligations, subject to compliance
with
applicable securities law; provided that (i) the pre-money valuation
of
the fully-diluted equity of the undersigned in the event and at the
time
of such conversion, including for this purpose as equity all debt
held by
stockholders or their affiliates, does not exceed US $15,500,000,
(ii) the
undersigned has not suffered any material adverse changes since the
date
hereof and (iii) the Lender and the undersigned enter into an investor
rights agreement which provides the Lender with demand and piggyback
registration rights, preemptive rights, tagalong rights with principal
stockholders of the undersigned, rights to Company information and
a bar
on issuance of toxic preferreds or other death spiral convertible
securities. During the term of the Notes, the undersigned shall not
issue
any equity securities or securities convertible into, exercisable
to
purchase or exchangeable for equity securities without offering to
holders
of Notes rights to purchase up to a percentage (the “Percentage”) of such
issue equal to the ratio of (A) the aggregate principal amounts of
notes
of similar tenor to this Note then outstanding divided by (B) the
sum of
$15,500,000 and such aggregate principal amounts, and shall not permit
Neonode AB to issue any such securities or incur any indebtedness
other
than reasonable accounts payable and indebtedness from
affiliates.
|
B.
Default;
Remedy
.
If any
one or more of the following events of default (each, an “Event of Default”)
shall occur, that is to say:
|
1.
|
default
shall be made in the payment of any principal or interest of this
Note
when the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity,
by
acceleration, by notice of intention to prepay or
otherwise;
|
|
2.
|
the
undersigned shall become unable to pay its debts as they mature,
seek to
auction all or a substantial portion of its assets, make a general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, commence or cause to be
commenced
a meeting of his creditors or take advantage of any of the insolvency
laws, or a case is commenced or a petition in bankruptcy or for an
arrangement or reorganization under the Federal Bankruptcy Code (i)
is
filed against the undersigned, or (ii) is filed by the undersigned,
or a
custodian or receiver (or other court designee performing the functions
of
a receiver) is appointed for or takes possession of the undersigned’s
assets or affairs, or an order for relief in a case commenced under
the
Federal Bankruptcy Code is entered;
|
|
3.
|
any
judgment or judgments against the undersigned or its property for
any
amount remains unpaid, undischarged, unsatisfied, unbonded or undismissed
for a period of ten (10) days, or a levy, sequestration or attachment
against the undersigned or his property for any amount remains unpaid,
undischarged, unstayed, unsatisfied or undismissed for a period of
ten
(10) days;
|
|
4.
|
any
guaranty of the obligations of the undersigned to Lender is terminated
or
breached, or if any guarantor of the obligations of the undersigned
to the
Lender attempts to terminate, challenge the validity of, or its liability
under, any such guaranty or similar agreement, or the undersigned
terminates any guaranty which he has given to Lender to secure the
indebtedness of any third party; or
|
|
5.
|
any
event of default shall occur under any agreement between Lender and
the
undersigned, including without limitation the Security Agreement,
any
Stockholder Pledge Agreement or any guaranty related thereto, which
is not
cured within any applicable grace period,
|
then
this
Note (x)(i) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to subsection
2
of this Section (B) shall immediately become due and payable, without notice;
and (ii) upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default, shall become due
and
payable, upon delivery of written notice of such Event of Default by Lender
to
the undersigned, in each case together with reasonable attorneys’ fees, if the
collection hereof is placed in the hands of an attorney to obtain or enforce
payment hereof; and (y) shall bear interest at a rate of interest per annum
equal to fifteen percent (15%). To the extent permitted by applicable law
interest shall accrue with respect to interest that is due and not paid. In
the
event the Lender takes action under the Security Agreement or any Stockholder
Pledge Agreement, the Lenders shall proceed first under the Security Agreement
and thereafter only if the Company’s obligations to the Lender are not
satisfied, under such Stockholder Pledge Agreement.
C.
Governing
Law
.
This
Note is being delivered in the State of New York, and shall be construed and
enforced in accordance with the laws of such State. Any judicial proceeding
by
the undersigned against Lender involving, directly or indirectly, any matter
or
claim in any way arising out of, related to or connected with this Note, shall
be brought only in federal or state court located in the City of New York,
State
of New York. Any judicial proceeding brought against the undersigned with
respect to this Note may be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction
in
the City of New York, State of New York, United States of America, and, by
execution and delivery of this Note, the undersigned accepts, generally and
unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts, and
irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection
with this Note or any related agreement. Nothing herein shall affect the right
to serve process in any manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of
Lender to bring proceedings against the undersigned in the courts of any other
jurisdiction. The undersigned waives any objection to jurisdiction and venue
of
any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack
of jurisdiction or venue or based upon
forum
non conveniens
.
D.
Waiver
of Jury Trial
.
THE
UNDERSIGNED EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND,
ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (1) ARISING UNDER THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT,
DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR (2)
IN
ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES
HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT,
DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE
TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR
HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION
OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT
ANY
PARTY MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT
AS W
RITTEN
EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
E.
Notices
.
All
notices required hereunder shall be given in the manner set forth in the Note
Purchase Agreement.
F.
Trans
fer
to
Comply with the Securities Act of 1933
.
|
1.
|
The
holder of this Note, each transferee hereof and any holder and transferee
of any shares issued upon conversion hereof other than in a registered
public offering, by his acceptance thereof, agrees that (i) no public
distribution of Notes or such shares will be made in violation of
the Act,
and (ii) during such period as the delivery of a prospectus with
respect
to such shares may be required by the Act, no public distribution
of such
shares will be made in a manner or on terms different from those
set forth
in, or without delivery of, a prospectus then meeting the requirements
of
Section 10 of the Act and in compliance with applicable state securities
laws. The holder of this Note and each transferee hereof further
agrees
that if any distribution of any shares issued upon conversion hereof
other
than in a registered public offering is proposed to be made by them
otherwise than by delivery of a prospectus meeting the requirements
of
Section 10 of the Act, such action shall be taken only after submission
to
the undersigned of an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory
in form
and substance to the undersigned’s counsel, to the effect that the
proposed distribution will not be in violation of the Act or of applicable
state law. Furthermore, it shall be a condition to the transfer of
this
Note that any transferee thereof be bound by all of the terms and
conditions contained in this Note.
|
|
2.
|
Each
certificate for shares issued upon conversion hereof shall bear a
legend
relating to the non-registered status of such shares under the Act,
unless
at the time of conversion of this Note such shares are subject to
a
currently effective registration statement under the
Act.
|
G.
Certain
Representations and Covenants
.
|
1.
|
No
information provide by the undersigned to the Lender contains or
will on
the Closing Date contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omits
or will on the Closing Date omit to state any material fact necessary
to
make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading. During
the
term of this Note, the Company shall provide the Lender upon its
request
with any and all information about the Company reasonably deemed
necessary
for the Lender to evaluate this Note or a possible conversion
thereof.
|
|
2.
|
While
this Note is outstanding, the Company (a) shall not issue (i) any
equity
securities or securities convertible into, exercisable to purchase
or
exchangeable for equity securities without offering to the Lender
and all
other holders of notes of similar tenor rights to purchase an aggregate
of
up to the Percentage of such issue or (ii) any toxic convertibles
or death
spiral preferreds, and (b) shall not permit its 100% owned subsidiary
Neonode AB, a Swedish corporation, to issue any such securities or
incur
any indebtedness other than reasonable accounts payable and indebtedness
from affiliates.
|
|
3.
|
The
Company shall keep reserved for issuance a sufficient number of authorized
but unissued shares of Common Stock (or other securities into which
the
Notes are convertible) so that the Notes may be converted or exercised
to
purchase Common Stock (or such other securities) at any
time.
|
|
4.
|
If
any event occurs as to which the provisions of this Note are strictly
applicable and the application thereof would not fairly protect the
rights
of the Lenders in accordance with the essential intent and principles
of
such provisions, including but not limited to protection from dilution,
then the Company shall make such adjustments in the application of
such
provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles,
as
the Board of Directors, in good faith, determines to be reasonably
necessary to protect such rights as
aforesaid.
|
H.
The
undersigned expressly waives any presentment, demand, protest, notice of
protest, or notice of any kind.
[Signature
page follows]
|
NEONODE,
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
,
Authorized Signatory
|
AMENDMENT
NO. 1 TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS
AMENDMENT NO. 1 dated as of November 20, 2006 (this “
Amendment
”)
to the
Security Agreement dates as of February 28, 2006, as amended from time to
time
(the “
Security
Agreement
”),
by
and between Neonode, Inc. A Delaware corporation (the “
Grantor
”),
and
AIGH Investment Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or assigns,
as agent for the Investors (as defined in the Security Agreement) (the
“
Secured
Party
”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS,
capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the
meaning
set forth in the Security Agreement;
WHEREAS,
the Grantor (i) on February 28, 2006, borrowed an aggregate principal amount
of
$4,000,000 pursuant to senior secured notes (the “
Existing
Notes
”)
from
the Secured Party and other investors and (ii) intends to borrow an additional
aggregate amount of up to $1,800,000 from Investors, including the existing
Investors, pursuant to notes of similar tenor to the Existing Notes (the
“
Additional
Notes
”);
and
WHEREAS,
the parties hereto wish to amend the Security Agreement to add as Obligations
the obligations of the Grantor under the Additional Notes.
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and
for
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which
are
hereby acknowledged, the parties to the Security Agreement hereby agree as
follows:
SECTION
1.
Amendments
to the Security Agreement
.
The
Security Agreement is hereby amended, effective upon completion of the purchase
from time to time of any Additional Notes as follow:
(a)
Schedule
I
to the
Security Agreement is hereby amended to be read in its entirety as
Schedule
I
attached
to this Amendment.
(b)
The
parties hereto agree to include the obligations of the Grantor under the
Additional Notes as Obligations under the Security Agreement; provided that
the
aggregate principal amount of the Existing Notes together with the aggregate
principal amount of the Additional Notes does not exceed
$5,800,000.
(c)
The
parties hereto agree that the Additional Notes shall be pari passu with the
Existing Notes.
SECTION
2.
Effect
of Amendment
.
Except
as expressly provided in this Amendment, each of the terms and provisions
of the
Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
SECTION
3.
Counterparts
.
This
Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
be
deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute
one
and the same instrument.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor and the Secured Party have caused this Amendment
to
be duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized representative as of
the
date first above written.
[Signature
Page Follows]
SIGNATURE
PAGE
TO
AMENDMENT
NO. 1 TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
Dated
November 20, 2006
THE
GRANTOR:
|
|
|
Neonode,
Inc.
|
|
a
Delaware corporation
|
|
|
|
By:_________________________________
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
Address
for Notices:
|
|
Biblioteksgatan
22
|
|
S111
46 Stockholm, Sweden
|
|
Attention:
President
|
|
Fax:
01146-8-678 18 51
|
|
|
|
|
SECURED
PARTY:
|
|
|
AIGH
INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
|
|
|
|
By:_________________________________
|
|
Name:
Orin Hirschman
|
|
Title:
Manager
|
SCHEDULE
I
INVESTORS
|
Principal
Amount of
|
Principal
Amount of
|
Name
and Address
|
Existing
Notes
|
Additional
Notes
|
|
|
|
AIGH
Investment Partners, LLC
|
$3,200,000
|
$800,000
|
6006
Berkeley Avenue
|
|
|
Baltimore,
MD 21209
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hershel
P. Berkowitz
|
$600,000
|
$150,000
|
441
Yeshiva Lane
|
|
|
Baltimore,
MD 21208
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joshua
A. Hirsch
|
$200,000
|
$50,000
|
1
Longfellow Place, Suite 3407
|
|
|
Boston,
MA 12114
|
|
|
AMENDMENT
NO. 1 TO STOCKHOLDER PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO STOCKHOLDER PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of
November 20, 2006 (this “
Amendment
”),
by
and among Rector AB, a company organized under the laws of Sweden (“
Pledgor
”)
and
AIGH Investment Partners, LLC (“
AIGH
”)
as the
Pledgeholder for an on behalf of the Investors (as defined below) and as the
Investors’ agent
W
I T N E
S S E T H :
WHEREAS,
the parties hereto wish to amend the Stockholder Pledge and Security Agreement,
dated as of February 28, 2006 (the “
Stock
Pledge Agreement
”),
by
and among the Pledgor and AIGH as the Pledgeholder and agent for the investors
identified on
Exhibit
A
thereto
(the “
Existing
Investors
”);
WHEREAS,
capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning
set forth in the Stock Pledge Agreement;
WHEREAS,
Neonode (i) on February 28, 2006 issued certain senior secured notes in an
aggregate principal amount of $4,000,000 (the “
Existing
Notes
”)
to the
Existing Investors and (ii) intends to issue additional notes of similar tenor
to the Existing Notes in an aggregate principal amount of up to $1,800,000
(the
“
Additional
Notes
”)
to
certain of the investors signatory hereto, including Existing Investors
(collectively, the “
Investors
”);
and
WHEREAS,
the Pledgor, the Pledgeholder and the Existing Investors wish to amend the
Stock
Pledge Agreement to grant to the Investors a security interest in the Pledged
Collateral to secure Neonode’s obligations to the Investors under the Additional
Notes, which may from time to time, commencing on the date of this Amendment,
be
issued by Neonode to certain Investors.
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which
are
hereby acknowledged, the parties to the Stock Pledge Agreement hereby agree
as
follows:
SECTION
1.
Amendments
to the Stock Pledge Agreement
.
The
Stock Pledge Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
(a)
Exhibit
A
to the
Stock Pledge Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by
Exhibit
A
attached
to this Amendment.
(b)
The
term
“Notes” as used in the Stock Pledge Agreement shall be deemed to include the
Additional Notes.
(c)
The
signatories hereto shall be deemed to be signatories to the Stock Pledge
Agreement.
SECTION
2.
Effect
of Amendment
.
Except
as expressly provided in this Amendment, each of the terms and provisions of
the
Stock Pledge Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
SECTION
3.
Counterparts
.
This
Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
be
deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute
one
and the same instrument.
[balance
of page intentionally left blank]
SIGNATURE
PAGE
TO
AMENDMENT
NO. 1 TO STOCKHOLDER PLEDGE AGREEMENT
November
20, 2007
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly
executed and delivered by a duly authorized representative as of the date first
above written.
THE
PLEDGOR:
|
RECTOR
AB
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
Magnus Goertz
|
|
Title:
Chairman
|
THE
PLEDGEHOLDER:
|
AIGH
INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
Orin Hirschman
|
|
Title:
Manager
|
AGENT
FOR
INVESTORS:
|
AIGH
INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
|
|
|
|
By:
/s/
|
|
Name:
Orin Hirschman
|
|
Title:
Manager
|
|
/s/
|
|
Hershel
P. Berkowitz
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
|
|
Joshua
A. Hirsch
|
EXHIBIT
A
INVESTORS
AIGH
Investment Partners, LLC
Hershel
P. Berkowitz
Dr.
Joshua A. Hirsch
AMENDMENT
NO. 2 TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS
AMENDMENT NO. 2 dated as of January
,
2007
(this “
Amendment
”)
to the
Security Agreement dated as of February 28, 2006, as amended from time to time
(the “
Security
Agreement
”),
by
and between Neonode, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “
Grantor
”),
and
AIGH Investment Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or assigns,
as agent for the Investors (as defined in the Security Agreement) (the
“
Secured
Party
”).
W
I T N E
S S E T H :
WHEREAS,
capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning
set forth in the Security Agreement;
WHEREAS,
the Grantor on February 28, 2006, borrowed an aggregate principal amount of
$4,000,000 pursuant to senior secured notes (the “
First
Round Notes
”)
from
the Secured Party and other Investors (collectively, in this capacity, the
“
First
Round Investors
”);
WHEREAS,
the Grantor on November 20, 2006, borrowed an aggregate principal amount of
$1,000,000 pursuant to senior secured notes on substantially the same terms
as
the First Round Notes (collectively, with the First Round Notes, the
“
Old
Notes
”)
from
the Secured Party and other Investors (collectively, in this capacity, the
“
Second
Round Investors
”)
and
together with the First Round Investors, the “
Existing
Investors
”);
WHEREAS,
the Grantor intends to sell additional senior secured notes to the Existing
Investors and to other investors (the “
New
Notes
”)
in an
aggregate principal amount of up to $5,000,000 (the “
Offering
”),
in
substantially the form attached as
Exhibit
1
to that
certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated January 22, 2007 (the “
Note
Purchase Agreement
”),
among
the Grantor, the Secured Party and those persons who execute the Note Purchase
Agreement from time to time as a purchaser of the New Notes (collectively,
in
this capacity, the “
New
Investors
”);
and
WHEREAS,
the Existing Investors intend to exchange the Old Notes for amended and restated
notes of similar tenor to the New Notes (the “
Amended
and Restated Notes
”)
pursuant to the terms of that certain Bridge Note Exchange Agreement, dated
as
of January 22, 2007, by and among the Grantor and the Existing Investors;
and
WHEREAS,
the parties hereto wish to amend the Security Agreement to add as Obligations
the obligations of the Grantor under the Amended and Restated Notes and the
New
Notes.
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which
are
hereby acknowledged, the parties to the Security Agreement hereby agree as
follows:
SECTION
1.
Amendments
to the Security Agreement
.
The
Security Agreement is hereby amended, effective upon completion of the purchase
from time to time of any New Notes, as follows:
(a)
Schedule
I
to the
Security Agreement is hereby amended to be and read in its entirety as
Schedule
I
attached
to this Amendment.
(b)
The
parties hereto agree that the Obligations under the Security Agreement include
the obligations of the Grantor under the Amended and Restated Notes and the
New
Notes; provided that the aggregate principal amount of the Amended and Restated
Notes together with the aggregate principal amount of the New Notes does not
exceed $10,000,000.
(c)
The
parties hereto agree that the New Notes shall be pari passu with the Amended
and
Restated Notes.
SECTION
2.
Effect
of Amendment
.
Except
as expressly provided in this Amendment, each of the terms and provisions of
the
Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
SECTION
3.
Counterparts
.
This
Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
be
deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute
one
and the same instrument.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor and the Second Party have caused this Amendment
to
be duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized representative as of the
date first above written.
[Signature
Page Follows]
SIGNATURE
PAGE
TO
AMENDMENT
NO. 2 TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
Dated
January ____, 2007
THE
GRANTOR:
|
|
|
Neonode,
Inc.
|
|
a
Delaware corporation
|
|
|
|
By:________________________________
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
Address
for Notices:
|
|
Biblioteksgatan
11
|
|
S111
46 Stockholm, Sweden
|
|
Attention:
President
|
|
Fax:
01146-8-678 18 51
|
|
|
SECURED
PARTY:
|
|
|
AIGH
INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
|
|
By:________________________________
|
|
Name:
Orin Hirschman
|
|
Title:
Manager
|
SCHEDULE
I
EXISTING
INVESTORS
|
|
|
Name
and Address
|
Principal
Amount of Amended and Restated Notes
|
|
|
AIGH
Investment Partners, LLC
6006
Berkeley Avenue
Baltimore,
MD 21209
|
$4,000,000
|
|
|
Hershel
P. Berkowitz
441
Yeshiva Lane
Baltimore,
MD 21208
|
$750,000
|
|
|
Joshua
A. Hirsch
1
Longfellow Place, Suite 3407
Boston,
MA 12114
|
$250,000
|
|
|
NEW
INVESTORS
|
|
Name
and Address
|
Principal
Amount of New Notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AMENDMENT
NO. 2 TO STOCKHOLDER PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO STOCKHOLDER PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of
January ___, 2007 (this “
Agreement
”),
by
and among [Pledgor], a company organized under the laws of Sweden (“
Pledgor
”)
and
AIGH Investment Partners, LLC (“
AIGH
”)
as the
Pledgeholder for an on behalf of the Investors (as defined below) and as the
Investors’ agent
W
I T N E
S S E T H :
WHEREAS,
the parties hereto wish to amend the Stockholder Pledge and Security Agreement,
dated as of February 28, 2006, as amended from time to time (the “
Stock
Pledge Agreement
”),
by
and among the Pledgor and AIGH as the Pledgeholder and agent for the investors
identified on
Exhibit
A
thereto;
WHEREAS,
capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning
set forth in the Stock Pledge Agreement;
WHEREAS,
Neonode (i) on February 28, 2006 issued certain senior secured notes in an
aggregate principal amount of $4,000,000 (the “
First
Round Notes
”)
to
AIGH and other investors (collectively in this capacity, the “
First
Round Investors
”)
and
(ii) on November 20, 2006 issued an additional $1,000,000 principal amount
of
senior secured notes on substantially the same terms as the First Round Notes
(collectively, with the First Round Notes, the “
Old
Notes
”)
to
AIGH and other investors (collectively in this capacity, the “
Second
Round Investors
”
and
together with the First Round Investors, the “
Existing
Investors
”);
WHEREAS,
Neonode intends to issue additional senior secured notes to the Existing
Investors and to other investors (the “
New
Notes
”)
in an
aggregate principal amount of up to $5,000,000 (the “
Offering
”),
in
substantially the form attached as
Exhibit
1
to that
certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated January 22, 2007 (the “
Note
Purchase Agreement
”),
among
Neonode, AIGH and those persons who execute the Note Purchase Agreement from
time to time as a purchaser of the New Notes (collectively, in this capacity,
the “
New
Investors
”
and
together with the Existing Investors, the “
Investors
”);
WHEREAS,
the Existing Investors intend to change the Old Notes for amended and restated
notes of similar tenor to the New Notes (the “
Amended
and Restated Notes
”),
pursuant to the terms of that certain Bridge Note Exchange Agreement, dated
as
of January 22, 2007, by and among Neonode and the Existing Investors;
and
WHEREAS,
the Pledgor, the Pledgeholder and the Existing Investors wish to amend the
Stock
Pledge Agreement to grant to the Investors a security interest in the Pledged
Collateral to secure Neonode’s obligations to the Investors under the Amended
and Restated Notes and the New Notes, which may from time to time, commencing
on
the date of this Amendment, be issued by Neonode to certain
Investors.
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which
are
hereby acknowledged, the parties to the Stock Pledge Agreement hereby agree
as
follows:
SECTION
1.
Amendments
to the Stock Pledge Agreement
.
The
Stock Pledge Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
(a)
Exhibit
A
to the
Stock Pledge Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by
Exhibit
A
attached
to this Amendment.
(b)
The
parties hereto agree that the New Notes shall be pari passu with the Amended
and
Restated Notes.
(c)
The
term
“Notes” as used in the Stock Pledge Agreement shall be deemed to include the
Amended and Restated Notes and the New Notes.
(d)
The
reference to Hahn & Hessen LLP shall be deleted from Section 11 (Notices,
Etc.) of the Stock Pledge Agreement.
SECTION
2.
Effect
of Amendment
.
Except
as expressly provided in this Amendment, each of the terms and provisions of
the
Stock Pledge Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
SECTION
3.
Counterparts
.
This
Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
be
deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute
one
and the same instrument.
[balance
of page intentionally left blank]
SIGNATURE
PAGE
TO
AMENDMENT
NO. 2 TO STOCKHOLDER PLEDGE AGREEMENT
January
___, 2007
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly
executed and delivered by a duly authorized representative as of the date first
above written.
THE
PLEDGOR:
|
|
|
[Pledgor]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
THE
PLEDGEHOLDER:
|
|
|
AIGH
INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Name:
Orin Hirschman
|
|
Title:
Manager
|
|
|
|
|
AGENT
FOR INVESTORS:
|
|
|
AIGH
INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
Orin Hirschman
|
|
Title:
Manager
|
EXHIBIT
A
INVESTORS
AIGH
Investment Partners, LLC
Hershel
P. Berkowitz
Dr.
Joshua A. Hirsch
[Additional
3
rd
Round
Investors]
AMENDMENT
TO SENIOR SECURED NOTES
Dated
May 22, 2007
AMENDMENT
TO SENIOR SECURED NOTE, DATED AS OF May 22, 2007 (the “
Amendment
”),
made
by and between NEONODE INC., a Delaware corporation, with its principal offices
located at Biblioteksgatan 11, S111 44 Stockholm, Sweden (the “
Company
”)
and
the Bridge Investors (as defined below).
Background
:
On
February 28, 2006, November 20, 2006 and January 22, 2007, the Company sold
senior secured notes in aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 (the
“
Senior
Secured Notes
”)
to
accredited and non-US investors (collectively in this capacity, the
“
Bridge
Investors
”).
The
Senior Secured Notes provide for amendment by action of the Required Holders
(defined in the Senior Secured Notes as “the holders of at least 50.1% of the
aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes”), and this Amendment effects
such an amendment.
The
Company sold senior secured notes, due September 30, 2007, in aggregate
principal amount of $1,000,000 to SBE, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(“
SBE
”),
pursuant to a note purchase agreement, dated as of May 18, 2007, of which one
note in the principal amount of $500,000 is outstanding (the “
SBE
Notes
”).
The
Company does not expect the SBE Notes to be extended, so there is a risk to
Bridge Investors that the SBE Notes may be paid prior to the Senior Secured
Notes.
The
Company plans to sell to new investors (the “
New
Investors
”)
up to
$3,000,000 in principal amount of Senior Secured Notes, in substantially similar
form to the Senior Secured Notes as amended by this Amendment (the “
New
Notes
”).
The
Company has entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization,
dated January 19, 2007, as amended (the “
Merger
Agreement
”),
by
and among the Company, SBE and Cold Winter Acquisition Corp., a Delaware
corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of SBE (“
Merger
Sub
”),
which
provides for a merger (the “
Merger
”)
of the
Company with and into Merger Sub. The parties to this Amendment wish to extend
the maturity date of the Senior Secured Notes and SBE Note in order to provide
the Company with additional time to complete the
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants contained
herein, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Senior Secured
Notes, the Company and the Holder hereby approve the amendment of the Existing
Note as set forth herein the parties agree as follows:
1.
By
their
respective execution of this Amendment, the Company and the undersigned Bridge
Investors agree that the Senior Secured Notes shall be extended and shall be
due
and payable on December 31, 2007.
2.
The
term
Required Holders is hereby redefined, effective after the date hereof, to
include all of New Notes, if any are issued, as Senior Secured Notes;
accordingly, actions that can be taken by the Required Holders under the Senior
Secured Notes will, after the effective date hereof, require the action of
holders of at least 50.1% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured
Notes and New Notes.
3.
The
Amendment shall be effective to extend the term of all Senior Secured Notes
and
shall bind all the Bridge Investors when executed and delivered by the Company
and the Required Holders.
4.
Except
as
expressly provided herein, the Senior Secured Notes and SBE Notes shall continue
in full force and effect.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered this Amendment
to
Senior Secured Notes, dated May 22, 2007.
Company
:
|
NEONODE
INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
_________________________________
_
|
|
Name:
Mikael Hagman
|
|
Title:
CEO & President
|
|
|
Bridge
Investors
:
|
|
Date:
May 22, 2007
|
[____________________________________
]
|
|
|
|
By:__________________________________
|
|
Name:
AIGH Investment Partners LLC
|
|
Title:
Manager, GP
|
|
|
Date:
May 22, 2007
|
[____________________________________
]
|
|
|
|
By:__________________________________
|
|
Name:
Hirshcel Berkowitz
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
Date:
May 22, 2007
|
[____________________________________
]
|
|
|
|
By:__________________________________
|
|
Name:
Joshua Hirsch
|
|
Title:
|
Date:
May 25, 2007
|
Iwojima
Sarl
|
|
[____________________________________
]
|
|
By:__________________________________
|
|
Name:
Oliver Kuchly
|
|
Title:
Manager
|
AMENDMENT
NO. 4 TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS
AMENDMENT NO. 4 dated as of July 31, 2007 (this “
Amendment
”)
to the
Security Agreement dated as of February 28, 2006, as amended from time to
time (the “
Security
Agreement
”),
by
and between Neonode Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “
Grantor
”),
and
AIGH Investment Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or assigns,
as agent for the Investors (as defined in the Security Agreement) (the
“
Secured
Party
”)
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS,
capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning
set forth in the Security Agreement;
WHEREAS,
the Grantor has entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and
Reorganization, dated as of January 19, 2007, as amended (the “
Merger
Agreement
”),
by
and among the Grantor, SBE, Inc. (“
SBE
”),
a
Delaware corporation and Cold Winter Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation
and wholly-owned subsidiary of SBE (“
Merger
Sub
”),
which
provides for a merger (the “
Merger
”)
of the
Grantor with and into Merger Sub;
WHEREAS,
the Grantor has borrowed an aggregate of $13,000,000 principal amount of senior
secured notes (the “
Bridge
Notes
”)
from
the Secured Party and other investors (collectively, in this capacity, the
“
Bridge
Note Investors
”)
in
offerings on February 28, 2006, November 20, 2006, January 22,
2007 and June 4, 2007;
WHEREAS,
the Grantor sold additional senior secured notes to SBE, Inc. (the “
SBE
Note
”)
in the
aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 (the “
Offering
”),
in
the substantially the form attached as
Exhibit
1
to that
certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated May 18, 2007 (the “
Note
Purchase Agreement
”),
between the Grantor and SBE, Inc. (“
SBE
”
and
together with the Investors previously identified in the Security Agreement
as
the Old Investors, as “
Investor
”);
WHEREAS,
the Grantor intends to sell additional Senior Secured Notes, substantially
similar to the Bridge Notes (except that (i) they are not automatically
converted in the Merger, (ii) bear interest at 8% and (iii) may be converted
on
different terms) (the “July 2007 Notes”) in the principal amount of up to
$4,000,000; and
WHEREAS,
the parties hereto wish to amend the Security Agreement to add as Obligations
the obligations of the Grantor under the July 2007 Notes;
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which
are
hereby acknowledged, the parties to the Security Agreement hereby agree as
follows:
Section
1.
Amendments
to the Security Agreement
.
The
Security Agreement is hereby amended, effective upon completion of the purchase
from time to time of the New Note, as follows:
(a)
Schedule
I
to the
Security Agreement is hereby amended to be and read in its entirety as
Schedule
I
attached
to this Amendment.
(b)
That
the
Obligations under the Security Agreement include the obligations of the Grantor
under the Amended and Restated Notes, the New Notes, the SBE Note, the May
2007
Note, and the July 2007 Notes; provided that the aggregate principal amounts
of
the Amended and Restated Notes, the New Notes, the SBE Note, the May 2007 Notes,
and the July 2007 Notes do not exceed $18,000,000.
(c)
The
July
2007 Notes shall be pari passu with the Amended and Restated Notes, the New
Notes, the SBE Note and the May 2007 Notes.
Section
2.
Effect
of Amendment
.
Except
as expressly provided in this Amendment, each of the terms and provisions of
the
Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
Section
3.
Counterparts
.
This
Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
be
deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute
one
and the same instrument.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor and the Secured Party have caused this Amendment
to
be duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized representative as of the
date first above written.
[Signature
Page Follows]
SIGNATURE
PAGE
TO
AMENDMENT
NO. 4 TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
Dated
as
of the date first written above
THE
GRANTOR:
|
Neonode
Inc.
a
Delaware corporation
By:_________________________________
Name:
Mikael Halman
Title:
President & CEO
Address
for Notices:
Biblioteksgatan
11
S111
46 Stockholm, Sweden
Attention:
President
Fax:
01146-8-678-18 51
|
|
|
SECURED
PARTY:
|
AIGH
INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
By:_________________________________
Name:
Orin Hirschman
Title:
Manager
|
Schedule
I
[To
Be
Updated]
AMENDMENT
NO. 4 TO STOCKHOLDER PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS
AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO STOCKHOLDER PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of
July 31, 2007 (this “
Amendment
”),
by
and among Wirelesstoys Sweden AB, a company organized under the laws of Sweden
(“
Pledgor
”)
and
AIGH Investment Partners, LLC (“
AIGH
”)
as the
Pledgeholder for and on behalf of the Investors (as defined below) and as the
Investors’ agent.
W
I T N E
S S E T H:
WHEREAS,
the parties hereto wish to amend the Stockholder Pledge and Security Agreement,
dated as of February 28, 2006, as amended from time to time (the “
Stockholder
Pledge Agreement
”),
by
and among the Pledgor and AIGH as the Pledgeholder and agent for the investors
identified on
Exhibit
A
thereto;
WHEREAS,
capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning
set forth in the Stockholder Pledge Agreement;
WHEREAS,
Neonode issued an aggregate of $13,000,000 in principal amount of senior secured
notes to certain investors, and issued an aggregate of $1,000,000 in principal
amount of senior secured notes to SBE (collectively the “Existing Notes”) of
each of the above investors and SBE collectively defined as
Investors”);
WHEREAS,
Neonode intends to sell additional Senior Secured Notes substantially similar
to
the New Notes (except that (i) they are not automatically converted in the
Merger, (ii) bear interest at 8% and (iii) may be converted on different
terms) (the “July 2007 Notes”) in the principal amount of up to $4,000,000 to
certain additional investors (together with the Investors previously identified
above, each an “Investor”);
WHEREAS,
the Pledgor, the Pledgeholder and the Investors wish to amend the Stockholder
Pledge Agreement to grant to the Investors a security interest in the Pledged
Collateral to secure Neonode’s obligations to the additional investors under the
July 2007 Notes;
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which
are
hereby acknowledged, the parties to the Stockholder Pledge Agreement hereby
agree as follows:
Section
1.
Amendments
to the Stockholder Pledge Agreement
.
The
Stockholder Pledge Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
(a)
Exhibit
A
to the
Stockholder Pledge Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced
by
Exhibit
A
attached
to this Amendment.
(b)
The
parties hereto agree that the July 2007 Notes shall be pari passu with the
Existing Notes (except that (i) they are not automatically converted in the
Merger, (ii) bear interest at 8% and (iii) may be converted on different
terms).
(c)
The
term
“Notes” as used in the Stockholder Pledge Agreement shall be deemed to include
the Amended and Restated Notes, the New Notes, the SBE Note, the May 2007 Notes
and the July 2007 Notes.
(d)
The
Stockholder Pledge Agreement shall terminate upon conversion into equity
(whether upon the Merger or otherwise) or payment of the Existing
Notes.
Section
2.
Effect
of Amendment
.
Except
as expressly provided in this Amendment, each of the terms and provisions of
the
Stockholder Pledge Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
Section
3.
Counterparts
.
This
Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
be
deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute
one
and the same instrument.
[balance
of page intentionally left blank]
SIGNATURE
PAGE
TO
AMENDMENT
NO. 4 TO STOCKHOLDER PLEDGE AGREEMENT
Dated
as
of the date first written above
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly
executed and delivered by a duly authorized representative as of the date first
above written.
THE
PLEDGOR:
|
WIRELESSTOYS
SWEDEN AB
|
|
|
|
By:_____________________________________
|
|
Name:
Thomas Eriksson
|
|
Title:
Board member
|
|
|
THE
PLEDGEHOLDER:
|
AIGH
INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
|
|
|
|
By:_____________________________________
|
|
Name:
Orin Hirschman
|
|
Title:
Manager
|
|
|
AGENT
FOR INVESTORS
|
AIGH
INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
|
|
|
|
By:_____________________________________
|
|
Name:
Orin Hirschman
|
|
Title:
Manager
|
EXHIBIT
A
INVESTORS
[to update with new investors]
AIGH
Investment Partners, LLC
Hershel
P. Berkowitz
Dr.
Joshua A. Hirsch
Goran
Andersson
Johan
Hogberg Livs AB
Lombard
International Assurance SA
Sten
Wranne
Iwo
Jima
Sarl
Petrus
Holdings S.A.
Robert
Pettersson
Runstone
B.V.
Annahoj
Investment B.V.
Deseven
Fund 1
Airstream
Enterprise AB
Petter
Lundgren
Sontagh
E. Larsson Investment Strategy AB (Solaris)
Spray
AB
Staffan
Gustafsson
Jan
Nylander (f/k/a Glaser AB)
Tommy
Hallberg
Mikael
Hagman
Serwello
AB
Asia
Marketing Ltd.
Ganot
Corporation
Arthur
Kohn
Stephen
Spira
Ellis
International L.P.
Camco
James
Kardon
Joseph
Kardon
Joseph
Bronner
AME
Capital Group LLC
Cam-Elm
Company LLC
Richard
Grossman
Kevin
J.
McCaffrey
AIGH
Investment Partners, LLC
Hershel
P. Berkowitz
Joshua
A.
Hirsch
LaPlace
Group LLC
Moshe
Shuchatowitz
Morris
Wolfson
Abraham
Wolfson
Aaron
Wolfson
El
Equities, LLC
Wolfson
Equities
Globis
Overseas Fund, Ltd.
Globis
Capital Partners, L.P.
Fame
Associates
NEONODE
INC.
NOTE
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
NOTE
PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “
Agreement
”)
dated
as of July 31, 2007 among NEONODE INC., a Delaware corporation (“
Company
”)
and
any person who executes this agreement from time to time as a purchaser of
Notes
(the “
New
Investors
”).
Background
:
The
Company desires to sell to the New Investors, and the New Investors desire
to
purchase, up to $3,000,000 in principal amount of Senior Secured Notes, in
substantially the form attached hereto as
Exhibit
1
.
(the
“
Notes
”).
The
Company has entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization,
dated January 19, 2007, as amended (the “
Merger
Agreement
”),
by
and among the Company, SBE and Cold Winter Acquisition Corp., a Delaware
corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of SBE (“
Merger
Sub
”),
which
provides for a merger (the “
Merger
”)
of the
Company with and into Merger Sub.
The
Company sold 6% senior secured notes, due December 31, 2007, in aggregate
principal amount of $1,000,000 to SBE (the “
SBE
Notes
”),
pursuant to a note purchase agreement, dated as of May 18, 2007, and the SBE
Notes will be deemed paid in the event the Merger occurs;
On
February 28, 2006, November 20, 2006, January 22, 2007 and May 22, 2007, the
Company sold to certain investors (the “
Bridge
Investors
”)
senior
secured notes, all due (after amendment) on December 31, 2007, in aggregate
principal amount of $13,000,000, as described in the Proxy Statement (the
“
Bridge
Notes
”),
and
in connection therewith (i) the Company entered into the Security Agreement
with
the Lenders and AIGH (as agent for the Bridge Investors), (ii) the Bridge
Investors and certain other creditors of the Company entered into the
Intercreditor Agreement, and (iii) the Pledgors entered into the Stockholder
Pledge Agreements with the AIGH (as agent for the Bridge
Investors).
The
proceeds from the Notes are necessary for the development and continuance of
the
business of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries.
Certain
Definitions:
“
AIGH
”
means
AIGH Investment Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company.
“
Capitalization
Table
”
means
the Capitalization Table attached as
Exhibit
7
to this
Agreement.
“
Certificate
of Incorporation
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.2. “
Closing
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 1.2. “
Closing
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 1.2.
“
Collateral
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Security Agreement, as amended, a copy of which is
included with
Exhibit
2
hereto.
“
Common
Stock
”
shall
mean stock of the Company of any class (however designated) whether now or
hereafter authorized, which generally has the right to participate in the voting
and in the distribution of earnings and assets of the Company without limit
as
to amount or percentage, including the Company’s Common Stock, $.01 par value
per share.
“
Company
”
includes the Company and any Person which shall succeed to or assume, directly
or indirectly, the obligations of the Company hereunder.
“
Governmental
Body
”
shall
mean any: (a) nation, state, commonwealth, province, municipality or district;
(b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; or (c)
governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any
governmental division, department, agency, commission, instrumentality,
official, organization, unit, body or entity and any court or other
tribunal).
“
Guaranties
”
means
the respective guaranties, dated February 28, 2006, as amended, delivered to
the
investors identified on
Exhibit
A
of the
Stockholder Pledge Agreements, respectively, copies of which are included with
Exhibit
4
hereto.
“
Guarantors
”
means
each of Thomas Erickson, Magnus Goertz and Per Bystedt, each as a party to
his
respective Guaranty.
“
Intercreditor
Agreement
”
means
the Intercreditor Agreement, dated February 28, 2006, as amended, between the
Bridge Investors and Petrus.
“
Material
Adverse Change
”
shall
mean any change in the facts represented by the Company in the Agreement or
the
business, financial condition, results of operation, prospects, properties
or
operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole which may have
a
material adverse effect on the value of the Common Stock of the
Company.
“
Material
Adverse Effect
”
shall
mean a material adverse effect on the operations, assets, liabilities, financial
condition, prospects or business of the Company.
“
Merger
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the recitals.
“
Merger
Agreement
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the recitals. “
Neonode
AB
”
means
Neonode AB, a Swedish corporation. “
Notes
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the recitals.
“
Own
”
shall
mean own beneficially, as that term is defined in the rules and regulations
of
the SEC.
“
Petrus
”
means
Petrus Holdings, SA, a corporation organized under the laws of
Luxembourg.
“
Person
”
means
any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, limited liability
company, business trust, unincorporated association, joint stock corporation,
trust, joint venture or other entity, any university or similar institution,
or
any government or any agency or instrumentality or political subdivision
thereof.
“
Pledged
Collateral
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Stockholder Pledge Agreements, as amended, copies
of
which are included with
Exhibit
3
hereto.
“
Pledgors
”
means
Rector AB (or its successor in interest, Athemis Limited), Iwo Jima Sari and
Wirelesstoys Sweden AB, each as a party to its respective Stockholder Pledge
Agreement.
“
Proprietary
Assets
”
shall
mean any: (i) patent, patent application, trademark (whether registered or
unregistered), trademark application, trade name, fictitious business name,
service mark (whether registered or unregistered), service mark application,
copyright (whether registered or unregistered), copyright application, maskwork,
maskwork application, trade secret, know-how, customer list, franchise, system,
computer software, computer program, invention, design, blueprint, engineering
drawing, proprietary product, technology, proprietary right or other
intellectual property right or intangible asset relating to the foregoing;
or
(ii) right to use or exploit any of the foregoing.
“
Proxy
Statement
”
means
the SBE Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, dated July 3, 2007, as
amended.
“
Required
Holders
”
means
the holders of a majority of the principal amount of the Notes. “
SSE
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the recitals.
“
SBE
Notes
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the recitals.
“
SEC
”
means
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
“
Securities
Act
”
means
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“
Security
Agreement
”
means
the Security Agreement, dated February 28, 2006, as amended, between the Company
and AIGH, as agent for the Bridge Investors, a copy of which is included with
Exhibit
2
hereto.
“
Stockholder
Pledge Agreements
”
means
the Stockholder Pledge and Security Agreements, dated February 28, 2006, as
amended, between the Bridge Investors and each of the Pledgors, respectively,
copies of which are included with
Exhibit
3
hereto.
“
Subsidiary
”
shall
mean, immediately prior to the Closing, any corporation of which
stock
or
other interest having ordinary power to elect a majority of the board of
directors (or other governing body) of such entity (regardless of whether or
not
at the time stock or interests of any other class or classes of such corporation
shall have or may have voting power by reason of the happening of any
contingency) is, immediately prior to the Closing, directly or indirectly Owned
by the Company or by one or more of its Subsidiaries.
“
Transaction
Documents
”
means
the Agreement, the Notes, the Security Agreement, the Stockholder Pledge
Agreement, the Guaranties, the Intercreditor Agreement and the other documents
required in connection with the transactions contemplated in the Agreement
(in
each case as amended through the Closing).
“
U.S.
person
”
shall
have the meaning set forth in Regulation S of the SEC.
In
consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as
follows:
1.
Purchase
and Sale of Notes
.
1.1
Sale
and Issuance of Notes
.
The
Company shall sell to the New Investors and the New Investors shall purchase
from the Company, an aggregate principal amount of up to $3,000,000 of Notes
at
par. The principal amount of Notes to be purchased by each of the New Investors
from the Company at the Closing (as defined herein) is set forth opposite the
name of each New Investor on the signature page hereof, subject to acceptance,
in whole or in part, by the Company.
1.2
Closing
.
The
closing of the purchase and sale of up to $3,000,000 principal amount of Notes
hereunder (the “
Closing
”)
shall
take place within one business day after the date hereof; provided the Company
has not suffered any Material Adverse Change since the date hereof The date
on
which the Closing occurs is referred to herein as the “
Closing
Date.
”
The
Closing shall take place at the offices of Hahn & Hessen LLP, the Company’s
counsel, in New York, New York, or at such other location as is mutually
acceptable to the New Investors and the Company.
1.3
Conditions
of the Closing
.
The
obligation of the New Investors to complete the purchase of the Notes at the
Closing is subject to fulfillment of the following conditions:
(a)
the
Company shall have executed and delivered all documents, such as financing
statements and assignments, reasonably requested by counsel for the New
Investors;
(b)
the
parties to the Transaction Documents shall have executed and delivered
amendments thereto substantially in the forms included on the exhibits to this
Agreement; and
(c)
the
absence of any Material Adverse Change since the date hereof.
2.
Representations
and Warranties of the Company
.
The
Company hereby represents and warrants to each of the New Investors as
follows:
2.1
Corporate
Organization; Authority; Due Authorization
.
(a)
The
Company (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, (ii) has
the
corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties as and in the
places where such business is now conducted and to carry on its business as
now
conducted and (iii) is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign
corporation authorized to do business in every jurisdiction where the failure
to
so qualify, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse
Effect. Each Subsidiary is duly incorporated, and validly existing under the
laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and is qualified to do business as
a
foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which qualification is required,
except where failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse
Effect.
(b)
The
Company (i) has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver
and perform this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it
is a
party and to incur the obligations herein and therein and (ii) has been
authorized by all necessary corporate action to execute, deliver and perform
this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and
to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (the “
Contemplated
Transactions
”).
Each
of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents is a valid and binding
obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms except as
limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and the availability
of equitable remedies (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered
in a proceeding at law or equity).
2.2
Capitalization
.
The
authorized capital stock of the Company is 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock,
$.01 par value per share. Except as contemplated by this Agreement and as set
forth in the Proxy Statement, there are (i) no outstanding subscriptions,
warrants, options, conversion privileges or other rights or agreements
obligating the Company or Neonode AB to purchase or otherwise acquire or issue
any shares of capital stock of the Company or Neonode AB (or shares reserved
for
such purpose), (ii) no preemptive rights contained in the Company’s Certificate
of Incorporation, as amended (the “
Certificate
of Incorporation
”),
By-Laws of the Company or contracts to which the Company is a party (other
than
preemptive rights under the Bridge Notes, which have been waived) or rights
of
first refusal with respect to the issuance of additional shares of capital
stock
of the Company, and (iii) no commitments or understandings (oral or written)
of
the Company or Neonode AB to issue any shares, warrants, options or other
rights. Except as disclosed in the Proxy Statement, (x) all the issued and
outstanding shares of the Subsidiary’s capital stock have been duly authorized
and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, have been issued in
compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws, were not issued
in
violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe
for or purchase securities, (y) except as disclosed in the Proxy Statement
or
this Agreement, there are no outstanding options to purchase, or any preemptive
rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, any securities or
obligations convertible into, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell,
shares of the Subsidiary’s capital stock or any such options, rights,
convertible securities or obligations, and (z) the Company owns 100% of the
outstanding equity of each Subsidiary. The Proxy Statement sets forth accurately
and completely the capitalization of the Company as of the date hereof and
the
anticipated capitalization of SBE after giving effect to the Merger, but without
giving effect to the Notes.
2.3
Validity
of Notes
.
The
issuance of the Notes has been duly authorized, and the Notes, when issued,
will
be valid and binding obligations of the Company and upon Closing will be in
full
force and effect and enforceable in accordance with their respective
terms.
2.4
Private
Offering
.
Neither
the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has within the last 12 months
issued, sold or offered any security of the Company (including, without
limitation, any Notes) to any Person under circumstances that would cause the
issuance and sale of the Notes, as contemplated by this Agreement, to be subject
to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
2.5
Brokers
and Finders
.
The
Company has not retained any investment banker, broker or finder in connection
with the Contemplated Transactions. As set forth in the Proxy Statement, the
Company has retained and will compensate Griffin Securities, Inc., as an advisor
in connection with the Merger.
2.6
Financial
Statements; Absence of Certain Changes
.
Each of
(a) the unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of March 31, 2007, (b) the
unaudited statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows of the Company
for the period ended on March 31, 2007, and (c) the unaudited statements of
income, retained earnings and cash flows of the Company for the period ended
on
March 31, 2007, included in the Proxy Statement (including any related notes
and
schedules, if any), (the “
Financial
Statements
”)
fairly
presents, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company,
or
the results of operations, retained earnings or cash flows, as the case may
be,
of the Company as of the referenced date or for the periods set forth therein
(subject to normal year-end audit adjustments which would not be material in
amount or effect), in each case in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied during the periods involved, except as may
he
noted therein and that the unaudited statements may not contain all footnotes
required by generally accepted accounting principles. Neither the Company nor
any Subsidiary has any liabilities or obligations of any nature (whether
accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise), including for taxes, that would
be
required to be reflected on, or reserved against in, Financial Statements,
except for (i) liabilities or obligations that were so reserved on, or reflected
in (including the notes to), the Financial Statements; and (ii) liabilities
or
obligations which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material
Adverse Effect. Other than the indebtedness as set forth in the Financial
Statements or the Proxy Statement, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has
any indebtedness other than reasonable accounts payable. Except as specifically
contemplated by this Agreement or as set forth in the Proxy Statement (including
without limitation continuing losses of the Company) and the Financial
Statements, there has not been any Material Adverse Change since March 31,
2007.
2.7
Company
Disclosure
.
No
representation or warranty of the Company herein, no exhibit or schedule hereto,
and no information about the Company contained or referenced in the Proxy
Statement, when read together, contains or will contain any untrue statement
of
a material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in
order to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
3.
Representations
and Warranties of the New Investors
.
Each
New Investor represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
3.1
Authorization
.
Such
New Investor (i) has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform
this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and
to
incur the obligations herein and therein and (ii) if applicable has been
authorized by all necessary corporate or equivalent action to execute, deliver
and perform this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and to consummate
the Contemplated Transactions. Each of this Agreement and the other Transaction
Documents to which the New Investors are parties is a valid and binding
obligation of such New Investor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except
as limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium
or
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and the availability
of equitable remedies (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered
in a proceeding at law or equity).
3.2
Brokers
and Finders
.
Such
New Investor has not retained any investment banker, broker or finder in
connection with the Contemplated Transactions.
3.3
The
Notes
to be received by such New Investor will be acquired for investment for such
New
Investor’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the
resale or distribution of any part thereof such that such New Investors would
constitute an “underwriter” under the Securities Act.
3.4
Such
New
Investor understands and acknowledges that the offering of the Notes pursuant
to
this Agreement will not be registered under the Securities Act or qualified
under any state securities laws on the grounds that the offering and sale of
the
Notes are exempt from registration and qualification, respectively, under the
Securities Act and the Blue Sky Laws.
3.5
Such
New
Investor represents that (i) such New Investor is able to fend for itself in
the
Contemplated Transactions; (ii) such New Investor has such knowledge and
experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating
the
merits and risks of such New Investor’s prospective investment in the Notes;
(iii) such New Investor recognizes that its investment in the Notes involves
a
high degree of risk which may result in the loss of the total amount of its
investment and can afford the complete loss of such investment (iv) such New
Investor recognizes that the Company has a very limited operating history upon
which an evaluation of its business and prospects can be based; (v) such New
Investor recognizes that the Company’s prospects must be considered in light of
its limited operating history, together with the expenses, difficulties,
uncertainties and delays frequently encountered in connection with the early
phases of a new business; and (vi) such New Investor recognizes that there
can
be no assurance that the Company will ever achieve any time soon or sustain
profitability.
3.6
Such
New
Investor received a copy of the Proxy Statement prior to the date hereof. Such
New Investor has read and had the opportunity to discuss with management of
the
Company: (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Merger and (iii) the Proxy Statement,
including without limitation the risk factors set forth therein.
3.7
If
the
New Investor is a U.S. person, (i) such New Investor qualifies as an “accredited
investor” as such term is defined under Rule 501 promulgated under the
Securities Act, and (ii) such New Investor, if it is a corporation, a
partnership, a limited liability company, a trust or other business entity,
has
not been organized for the purpose of purchasing the Notes.
3.8
If
the
New Investor is a non U.S. person (each, a “
Non-U.S.
Purchaser
”),
(i)
such Non-U.S. Purchaser is not a U.S. person; (ii) such Non-U.S. Purchaser
was
outside the United States at the time the offer to sell the Notes was made
and
at the time the buy order for the Notes was originated; (iii) such Non-U.S.
Purchaser will not offer or sell the Notes, or any securities of the Company
received in respect thereof, to a U.S. person or for the account or benefit
of a
U.S. person (other than a distributor), for a period of one year commencing
on
the Closing.
3.9
Such
New
Investor acknowledges that (i) the SBE Notes maybe paid prior to the Notes
and
(ii) the Bridge Notes, which are generally on a par with the Notes, bear
interest at 4% per annum, will be converted in event the Merger occurs on
different terms than the Notes may be converted and have different conversion
rights in the event the Merger is not completed.
4.
Securities
Laws; Certain Covenants of New Investors
.
4.1
Each
New
Investor agrees that the Notes and any securities of the Company received in
respect of the foregoing held by it may not be sold by such New Investor without
registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, and therefore
such New Investor may be required to hold such securities for an indeterminate
period.
4.2
Each
New
Investor agrees that the obligations under the Notes shall be subject to the
Security Agreement, Stockholder Pledge Agreement and the Intercreditor
Agreement, each as amended as contemplated herein. AIGH shall have no duty
to
the New Investor arising out of its actions or failure to act under the Security
Agreement, Stockholder Pledge Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or
Guaranties, each as amended as contemplated herein, provided that AIGH shall
apply the same standard of care as it would use in determining whether to act
under such agreements in its capacity as a Bridge Investor.
4.3
Each
New
Investor agrees to indemnify AIGH from and against any and all reasonable
claims, losses, and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable
attorney fees) arising out of or resulting from the Notes, Security Agreement,
Stockholder Pledge Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or Guaranties, except
claims, losses, or liabilities resulting from the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of AIGH.
4.4
Each
New
Investor will upon demand pay the amount of any and all reasonable expenses,
including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel
and
of any experts and agents, which AIGH may incur in connection with (i) the
preparation and administration of the Security Agreement, Stockholder Pledge
Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or Guaranties, each as amended as
contemplated herein; (ii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights
of
AIGH or the New Investor thereunder; or (iii) the failure by the New Investor
to
perform or observe any of the provisions hereof or thereof.
4.5
Each
New
Investor hereby waives any and all preemptive rights or other rights to acquire
any securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries relating to or in
connection with the offering or sale of the Notes or the Merger.
4.6
Each
New
Investor hereby appoints AIGH as its agent under the Security Agreement with
respect to the Collateral and the creation, perfection, priority, preservation,
protection and enforcement of a security interest therein in accordance with
the
terms of the Security Agreement. Each New Investor hereby authorizes AIGH to
take such actions with respect to the Collateral, for the pro-rata benefit
of
the New Investors and the Bridge Investors in accordance with Section 9 of
the
Security Agreement, as AIGH determines to take in its sole discretion, and
each
New Investor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless AIGH for all costs, claims
or
expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees and expenses) in
connection with such actions taken or omitted to be taken, except to the extent
resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of AIGH. AIGH shall
provide prompt notice of any material action under the Security Agreement to
the
New Investors.
4.7
Each
New
Investor hereby appoints AIGH as its agent under the Stockholder Pledge
Agreements with respect to the Pledged Collateral and the creation, perfection,
priority, preservation, protection and enforcement of a security interest
therein in accordance with the terms of the Stockholder Pledge Agreements.
Each
New Investor hereby authorizes AIGH to take such actions with respect to the
Pledged Collateral, for the pro-rata benefit of the New Investors and the Bridge
Investors in accordance with Section 9 of the Stockholder Pledge Agreements,
as
AIGH determines to take in its sole discretion, and each New Investor agrees
to
indemnify and hold harmless AIGH for all costs, claims or expenses (including
without limitation attorneys’ fees and expenses) in connection with such actions
taken or omitted to be taken, except to the extent resulting from the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of AIGH. AIGH shall provide prompt notice
of
any material action under the Stockholder Pledge Agreements to the New
Investors.
5.
Additional
Covenants of the Company
.
5.1
Form
D
.
As soon
as is practicable following the Closing, the Company shall prepare and file
with
the SEC a Form D concerning the sale of the Notes.
5.2
Financial
Reports and Tax Returns
.
Until
the Company is a public company required to file financial reports with the
U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company will furnish or will cause
to be
furnished to each New Investor:
(a)
within
90
days after the end of each fiscal quarter and fiscal year of the Company,
respectively, financial statements (including income statement and balance
sheet) in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards (except that
interim financial statements need not contain footnotes or normal year-end
adjustments); and
(b)
within
90
days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an independent certified
audit of financial statements for such fiscal year.
6.
Miscellaneous
.
6.1
Entire
Agreement; Successors and Assigns
.
This
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents constitute the entire contract
between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and
no
party shall be liable or bound to the other in any manner by any warranties,
representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.
This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents supersede any previous
agreement among the parties with respect to the Notes. The terms and conditions
of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
respective executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the
parties. Except as expressly provided herein, nothing in this Agreement,
expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the
parties hereto, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by
reason of this Agreement.
6.2
Survival
of Representations and Warranties
.
All
representations and warranties of the Company shall survive the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the Closing hereunder and shall continue in
full
force and effect for one year after the Closing. The covenants of the Company
set forth in Section 5 shall remain in effect as set forth therein.
6.3
Governing
Law; Jurisdiction
.
This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the
State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each party
hereby irrevocably consents and submits to the jurisdiction of any New York
State or United States Federal Court sitting in the State of New York, County
of
New York, over any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Agreement and irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in
any
such action or proceeding by registered mail addressed to such party at its
address specified in Section 6.6 (or as otherwise noticed to the other party).
Each party further waives any objection to venue in New York and any objection
to an action or proceeding in such state and county on the basis of forum non
conveniens. Each party also waives any right to trial by jury.
6.4
Counterparts
.
This
Agreement maybe executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the
same
instrument.
6.5
Headings
.
The
headings of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience and shall not
by
themselves determine the interpretation of this Agreement.
6.6
Notices
.
Any
notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall
be
deemed effectively given upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) delivery by fax (with
answer back confirmed) or (iii) delivery by electronic mail (with reception
confirmed), addressed to a party at its address or sent to the fax number or
e-mail address shown below or at such other address, fax number or e-mail
address as such party may designate by three days advance notice to the other
party.
Any
notice to New Investors shall be sent to the addresses set forth on the
signature pages hereof.
Any
notice to the Company shall be sent to:
Neonode
Inc.
Biblioteksgatan
11
S
111 46
Stockholm, Sweden
Attention:
President
Fax
Number: +46-8-678 1 S 51
with
a
copy to:
Hahn
& Hessen LLP
488
Madison Avenue
New
York,
New York 10022
Attention:
James Kardon, Esq.
Fax
Number: (212) 478-7400
6.7
Rights
of Transferees
.
Any and
all rights and obligations of the New Investor herein incident to the ownership
of Notes shall pass successively to all subsequent transferees of such
securities until extinguished pursuant to the terms hereof.
6.8
Severability
.
Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in
such
a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision
of this Agreement shall be deemed prohibited or invalid under such applicable
law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition
or
invalidity, and such prohibition or invalidity shall not invalidate the
remainder of such provision or any other provision of this
Agreement.
6.9
Expenses
.
Irrespective of whether the Closing is effected, the Company shall pay all
costs
and expenses that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery
and performance of this Agreement. Each New Investor shall he responsible for
all costs incurred by such New Investor in connection with the negotiation,
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement including, but not limited
to, legal fees and expenses.
6.10
Amendments
and Waivers
.
Unless
a particular provision or section of this Agreement requires otherwise
explicitly in a particular instance, any provision of this Agreement maybe
amended and the observance of any provision of this Agreement may be waived
(either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or
prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Required
Holders. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.10
shall be binding upon each holder of any Notes at the time outstanding
(including securities into which such Notes are convertible), each future holder
of all such Notes, and the Company.
6.11
Conflicts
.
The
Company and each New Investor (i) acknowledge that Hahn & Hessen LLP,
counsel to the Company in the Contemplated Transactions and the Merger, has
acted, and from time to time continues to act, as counsel to (A) certain of
the
Bridge Investors, or affiliates thereof, in connection with the Notes, and
(B)
AIGH in connection with the Notes, the Security Agreement, the Pledge
Agreements, investments in SBE, and in unrelated matters, (ii) consent to the
representation of the Company and such other representation of certain of the
Bridge Investors, or affiliates thereof, by Hahn & Hessen LLP, (iii)
acknowledge that partners of Hahn & Hessen LLP own securities of SBE
constituting less than 0.2% of outstanding stock of SBE and $15,000 in principal
amount of Bridge Notes, and (iv) waive any conflicts of interest claim which
may
arise from any or all of the foregoing.
[signature
page follows]
SIGNATURE
PAGE
TO
NEONODE
INC.
NOTE
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Dated
July 31, 2007
IF
the
PURCHASER is an INDIVIDUAL, please complete the following:
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the ____
day
of July, 2007, and execution of this Agreement shall constitute consent to
joinder as a party to, subject to, or beneficiary of the applicable Stockholder
Pledge Agreement, Guaranties, and Security Agreement, each as
amended.
Amount
of
Subscription:
$
principal amount of Notes
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
of New Investor
|
|
|
|
|
|
Social
Security Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address
and Fax Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail
Address
|
|
ACCEPTED
AND AGREED:
|
|
NEONODE
INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
SIGNATURE
PAGE
TO
NEONODE
INC.
NOTE
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Dated
July 31, 2007
IF
the
PURCHASER is a PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST or
OTHER ENTITY, please complete the following:
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the _____
day
of July, 2007, and execution of this Agreement shall constitute consent to
joinder as a party to, subject to or beneficiary of the applicable Stockholder
Pledge Agreement, Guaranties, Intercreditor Agreement and Security Agreement,
each as amended.
Amount
of
Subscription:
$
principal amount of Notes
|
Print
Full Legal Name of Partnership, Company,
Limited
Liability Company, Trust or Other Entity
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
(Authorized
Signatory)
|
Taxpayer Identification Number:
|
|
Date and State of Incorporation or Organization:
|
|
Date on which Taxable Year Ends:
|
|
ACCEPTED
AND AGREED:
NEONODE
INC.
EXHIBITS
TO
THE
NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Exhibit
2:
|
Form
of Amendment No. 4 to Security Agreement, Amendment No. 3 to Security
Agreement, Amendment No. 2 to Security Agreement, Amendment No. 1
to
Security Agreement, and Security
Agreement
|
Exhibit
3:
|
Form
of Amendment No. 4 to Stockholder Pledge Agreement, Amendment No.
3 to
Stockholder Pledge Agreement, Amendment No. 2 to Stockholder Pledge
Agreement, Amendment No. 1 to Stockholder Pledge Agreement, and
Stockholder Pledge Agreement for each
of:
|
Iwojima
Sari
Athemis
Limited
Wirelesstoys
Sweden AB
Exhibit
4:
|
Form
of Amendment No. 4 to Guaranty, Amendment No. 3 to Guaranty, Amendment
No.
2 to Guaranty, Amendment No. 1 to Guaranty, and Guaranty for each
of:
|
Per
Bystedt
Thomas
Eriksson
Magnus
Goertz
NEONODE
INC.
AMENDMENT
TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
AMENDMENT
TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of the 1
st
day of
August, 2007 by and among the New Investors (as defined below) and NEONODE
INC.,
a Delaware corporation (together with its successors by merger or otherwise,
referred to herein as the “
Company
”).
Background
:
Pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement, dates as of July 31, 2007 (the
“
Note
Purchase Agreement
”),
the
Company made an offering (the “
Offering
”)
of
notes, due December 31, 2007, bearing 8% interest and convertible into equity
of
the Company or its successors, in aggregate principal amount of $3,000,000
(the
“
New
Notes
”)
to
accredited and non-US investors (collectively in this capacity, the
“
New
Investors
”).
Capitalized terms no otherwise defined herein have the same meaning as in the
Note Purchase Agreement.
In
order
to induce Ellis International LP (“
Ellis
”)
to act
as a lead investor in connection with the offering of New Notes, the Company
and
the New Investors with to provide Ellis with an opportunity to increase its
participation in the New Notes in the future.
In
order
to induce the parties to the Stockholder Pledge Agreements to extend their
pledges, the Stock Pledge Agreements have been further amended.
NOW
THEREFORE, in order to induce Ellis to participate in the Offering and to obtain
necessary amendments to the Stockholder Pledge Agreements, and in consideration
of the mutual promises, representation and warranties made each to the other,
the parties agree that the Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and
supplemented as follows:
1.
The
aggregate principal amount of New Notes is hereby increased to $4,000,000,
and
each of the forms of Amendment No. 4 to Security Agreement, Amendment No. 4
to
Stockholder Pledge Agreement and Amendment No 4 to Guaranties shall be amended
to reflect the increase in the aggregate principal amount of the New
Notes.
2.
The
Investors and the Company hereby agree that Ellis shall have the right at its
option, exercisable at any time prior to December 31, 2007, to purchase up
to
$750,000 of New Notes at a price equal to the principal amount thereof with
the
right to convert such New Notes into equity of the Company on the same terms
as
the other New Notes previously purchased pursuant to the Note Purchase
Agreement, regardless whether the other New Notes were already converted.
Without limitation on the foregoing, the New Investors waive any right to
participate in the offering of New Notes to Ellis as provided in the previous
sentence. The option granted to Ellis hereunder may be effected by notice to
the
company accompanied by payment.
3.
The
Stockholder Pledge Agreements attached as an exhibit to the Note Purchase
Agreement have been amended in accordance with the form of Amendment no. 4
to
Stockholder Pledge Agreement attached hereto as Annex 1, which supersedes the
previous form of Amendment No. 4 supplied for each of the three Stockholder
Pledge Agreements as exhibits to the Note Purchase Agreement.
4.
Except
as
explicitly amended as set forth in the Amendment, the terms and provisions
of
the Note Purchase Agreements and Bridge Notes shall continue in full force
and
effect. This Amendment and Waiver shall be effective when duly executed by
the
Company and Participating Investors who constitute the Required
Majority.
5.
This
Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
be
deemed an original but all of which shall constitute a single
instrument.
[balance
of page intentionally left blank – signature page follows]
Signature
Page
to
Neonode
Inc.
Amendment
to Note Purchase Agreement
dated
August 1, 2007
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have hereunto set their hands and seals on
the
day and year first above written.
THE
COMPANY:
|
|
NEONODE
INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
|
NEW
INVESTORS
|
|
|
[_________________________________________________________________]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name
|
|
|
[_________________________________________________________________]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name
|
|
|
[_________________________________________________________________]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name
|
|
|
[_________________________________________________________________]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name
|
|
|
[_________________________________________________________________]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name
|
|
|
[_________________________________________________________________]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name
|
NEONODE
INC.
AMENDMENT
NO. 2 TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
AMENDMENT
NO. 2 TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of the 21st day of December, 2007
by
and among the New Investors (as defined below) and NEONODE INC., a Delaware
corporation (together with its successors by merger or otherwise, referred
to
herein as the “
Company
”).
Background:
Pursuant
to a Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007 (the “
Note
Purchase Agreement
”),
the
Company made an offering (the “
Offering
”)
of
notes, due December 31, 2007, bearing 8% interest and convertible into equity
of
the Company or its successors, in aggregate principal amount of $3,000,000
(the
“
New
Notes
”)
to
accredited and non-US investors (collectively in this capacity, the
“
New
Investors
”).
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the same meaning as in
the
Note Purchase Agreement.
Pursuant
to the Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2007, the
New
Investors and the Company, among other things, granted Ellis International
LP
(“
Ellis
”)
an
option, exercisable at any time prior to December 31, 2007, to purchase up
to
$750,000 of New Notes at a price equal to the principal amount thereof with
the
right to convert such New Notes into equity of the Company on the same terms
as
the other New Notes previously purchased pursuant to the Note Purchase
Agreement, regardless whether the other New Notes were converted (the
“
Option
”).
In
order
to induce Ellis to assist the Company obtain stockholder consents necessary
to
consummate a proposed securities offering, the Company and the New Investors
wish to extend the expiration date of the Option from December 31, 2007 to
March
31, 2008.
NOW
THEREFORE, in order to induce Ellis to assist the Company obtain stockholder
consents necessary to consummate a proposed securities offering, and in
consideration of the mutual promises, representations and warranties made each
to the other, the parties agree that the Note Purchase Agreement is hereby
amended and supplemented as follows:
1.
The
Investors and the Company hereby agree that the expiration date of the Option
is
hereby extended from December 31, 2007 to March 31, 2008. Without limitation
on
the foregoing, the New Investors waive any right to participate in the offering
of New Notes to Ellis as provided in the Option. The option granted to Ellis
hereunder may be effected by notice to the Company accompanied by
payment.
2.
Except
as
explicitly amended as set forth in this Amendment, the terms and provisions
of
the Note Purchase Agreements and Bridge Notes shall continue in full force
and
effect. This Amendment and Waiver shall be effective when duly executed by
the
Company and Participating Investors who constitute the Required
Majority.
3.
This
Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
be
deemed an original but all of which shall constitute a single
instrument.
Signature
Page
to
Neonode
Inc.
Amendment
to Note Purchase Agreement
dated
December 21, 2007
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have hereunto set their hands and seals on
the
day and year first above written.
THE
COMPANY:
|
|
|
|
|
NEONODE
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
NEW
INVESTORS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
[_______________________]
|
|
[_________________________]
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
[ ]
|
|
[__________________________________]
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Name:
|
NEONODE
INC.
AMENDMENT
NO. 3 TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
AMENDMENT
NO. 3 TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of the 24th day of March, 2008 by
and
among the New Investors (as defined below) and NEONODE INC., a Delaware
corporation (together with its successors by merger or otherwise, referred
to
herein as the “
Company
”).
Background:
Pursuant
to a Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007 (the “
Note
Purchase Agreement
”),
the
Company made an offering (the “
Offering
”)
of
notes, due December 31, 2007, bearing 8% interest and convertible into equity
of
the Company or its successors, in aggregate principal amount of $3,000,000
(the
“
New
Notes
”)
to
accredited and non-US investors (collectively in this capacity, the
“
New
Investors
”).
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the same meaning as in
the
Note Purchase Agreement.
Pursuant
to the Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2007, the
New
Investors and the Company, among other things, granted Ellis International
LP
(“
Ellis
”)
an
option, exercisable at any time prior to December 31, 2007, to purchase up
to
$750,000 of New Notes at a price equal to the principal amount thereof with
the
right to convert such New Notes into equity of the Company on the same terms
as
the other New Notes previously purchased pursuant to the Note Purchase
Agreement, regardless whether the other New Notes were converted (the
“
Option
”).
Pursuant
to Amendment No. 2 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2007,
the New Investors and the Company, among other things, extended the expiration
date of the Option from December 31, 2007 to March 31, 2008.
In
order
to induce Ellis to exercise a portion of the Option, the Company and the New
Investors wish to extend the expiration date of the Option from March 31, 2008
to June 30, 2008.
NOW
THEREFORE, in order to induce Ellis to exercise a portion of the Option, and
in
consideration of the mutual promises, representations and warranties made each
to the other, the parties agree that the Note Purchase Agreement is hereby
amended and supplemented as follows:
1.
The
Investors and the Company hereby agree that the expiration date of the Option
is
hereby extended from March 31, 2008 to June 30, 2008. Without limitation on
the
foregoing, the New Investors waive any right to participate in the offering
of
New Notes to Ellis as provided in the Option. The option granted to Ellis
hereunder may be effected by notice to the Company accompanied by
payment.
2.
Except
as
explicitly amended as set forth in this Amendment, the terms and provisions
of
the Note Purchase Agreements and Bridge Notes shall continue in full force
and
effect. This Amendment and Waiver shall be effective when duly executed by
the
Company and Participating Investors who constitute the Required
Majority.
3.
This
Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
be
deemed an original but all of which shall constitute a single
instrument.
Signature
Page
to
Neonode
Inc.
Amendment
No. 3 to Note Purchase Agreement
dated
March 24, 2008
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have hereunto set their hands and seals on
the
day and year first above written.
|
THE
COMPANY:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NEONODE
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NEW
INVESTORS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[____________________________________
]
|
|
[______________________________________
]
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
[
]
|
|
[_____________________________________________
]
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Name:
|
EXECUTION
ORIGINAL
BISHOP
RANCH BUSINESS PARK
BUILDING
LEASE
Sunset
Development Company
One
Annabel Lane, Suite 201, San Ramon, CA 94583
Tel:
925
886 0100 Fax: 925 856 1330
BISHOP
RANCH BUSINESS PARK - BUILDING LEASE
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
1.
|
PREMISES
|
1
|
|
|
|
2.
|
TERM
|
1
|
|
2.1
|
Term
|
1
|
|
2.2
|
Delay
in Commencement
|
1
|
|
2.3
|
Acknowledgment
of Commencement Date
|
1
|
|
|
|
3.
|
RENT
|
1
|
|
3.1
|
Base
Rent
|
2
|
|
3.2
|
Adjustments
to Base Rent
|
2
|
|
3.3
|
Amounts
Constituting Rent
|
2
|
|
|
|
4.
|
SECURITY
DEPOSIT
|
2
|
|
|
|
5.
|
TAX
AND OPERATING COST INCREASES
|
3
|
|
5.1
|
Definitions
|
3
|
|
5.2
|
Tenant’s
Share
|
5
|
|
5.3
|
Notice
and Payment
|
5
|
|
5.4
|
Additional
Taxes
|
6
|
|
5.5
|
Tenant’s
Taxes
|
6
|
|
|
|
6.
|
USE
|
6
|
|
6.1
|
Use
|
7
|
|
6.2
|
Suitability
|
7
|
|
6.3
|
Uses
Prohibited.
|
7
|
|
|
|
7.
|
SERVICE
AND UTILITIES
|
7
|
|
7.1
|
Landlord’s
Obligations
|
7
|
|
7.2
|
Tenant’s
Obligation
|
8
|
|
7.3
|
Tenant’s
Additional Requirements
|
8
|
|
7.4
|
Nonliability
|
9
|
|
|
|
8.
|
MAINTENANCE
AND REPAIRS: ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS
|
9
|
|
8.1
|
Maintenance
and Repairs
|
9
|
|
8.2
|
Alterations
and Additions
|
10
|
|
|
|
9.
|
ENTRY
BY LANDLORD
|
11
|
|
|
|
10.
|
LIENS
|
11
|
|
|
|
11.
|
INDEMNITY
|
12
|
|
11.1
|
Indemnity.
|
12
|
|
11.2
|
Exemption
of Landlord from Liability
|
12
|
|
|
|
12.
|
INSURANCE
|
12
|
|
12.1
|
Coverage
|
12
|
|
12.2
|
Insurance
Policies
|
13
|
|
12.3
|
Landlord’s
Insurance
|
13
|
|
12.4
|
Waiver
of Subrogation
|
13
|
|
|
|
13.
|
DAMAGE
OR DESTRUCTION.
|
13
|
|
13.1
|
Landlord’s
Duty to Repair
|
13
|
|
13.2
|
Landlords
Right to Terminate
|
14
|
|
13.3
|
Tenant’s
Right to Terminate
|
14
|
|
13.4
|
Exclusive
Rights
|
15
|
|
|
|
14.
|
CONDEMNATION
|
15
|
|
|
|
15.
|
ASSIGNMENT
AND SUBLETTING
|
15
|
|
15.1
|
Landlord’s
Consent Required
|
15
|
|
15.2
|
Reasonable
Consent.
|
15
|
|
15.3
|
Excess
Consideration
|
16
|
|
15.4
|
No
Release of Tenant
|
16
|
|
15.5
|
Attorneys’
Fees
|
16
|
|
15.6
|
Transfer
of Ownership Interest
|
17
|
|
15.7
|
Effectiveness
of Transfer
|
17
|
|
15.8
|
Landlord’s
Right to Space
|
17
|
|
15.9
|
No
Net Profits Leases
|
17
|
|
|
|
16.
|
SUBORDINATION
|
17
|
|
16.1
|
Subordination
|
17
|
|
16.2
|
Junior
Liens
|
18
|
|
16.3
|
Subordination
Agreements
|
18
|
|
16.4
|
Attornment
|
18
|
|
|
|
17.
|
QUIET
ENJOYMENT
|
18
|
|
|
|
18.
|
DEFAULT
REMEDIES
|
18
|
|
18.1
|
Default
|
18
|
|
18.2
|
Remedies
|
19
|
|
18.3
|
Late
Charges
|
21
|
|
18.4
|
Interest
|
21
|
|
18.5
|
Default
by Landlord
|
22
|
|
|
|
19.
|
PARKING
|
22
|
|
|
|
20.
|
RELOCATION
OF PREMISES
|
22
|
|
20.1
|
Conditions
|
22
|
|
20.2
|
Notice
|
22
|
21.
|
MORTGAGEE
PROTECTION.
|
23
|
|
|
|
22.
|
ESTOPPEL
CERTIFICATES.
|
23
|
|
|
|
23.
|
SURRENDER,
HOLDING OVER
|
24
|
|
23.1
|
Surrender
|
24
|
|
23.2
|
Holding
Over
|
24
|
|
|
|
24.
|
HAZARDOUS
MATERIALS
|
24
|
|
|
|
25.
|
MISCELLANEOUS
|
25
|
|
25.1
|
Attornment
|
25
|
|
25.2
|
Captions:
Attachments: Defined Terms
|
25
|
|
25.3
|
Entire
Agreement
|
25
|
|
25.4
|
Severability
|
26
|
|
25.5
|
Costs
of Suit
|
26
|
|
25.6
|
Time:
Joint and Several Liability
|
26
|
|
25.7
|
Binding
Effect: Choice of Law
|
26
|
|
25.8
|
Waiver
|
26
|
|
25.9
|
Force
Majeure
|
27
|
|
25.10
|
Landlord’s
Liability
|
27
|
|
25.11
|
Consents
and Approvals
|
27
|
|
25.12
|
Signs
|
28
|
|
25.13
|
Rules
and Regulations
|
28
|
|
25.14
|
Notices
|
28
|
|
25.15
|
Authority
|
28
|
|
25.16
|
Lease
Guaranty
|
28
|
|
25.17
|
Brokers
|
29
|
|
25.18
|
Reserved
Rights
|
29
|
|
25.19
|
Right
of First Refusal
|
29
|
|
25.20
|
Option
to Extend
|
29
|
EXHIBIT
A
- SITE AND FLOOR PLANS
EXHIBIT
B
- WORK LETTER (INTENTIONALLY DELETED)
EXHIBIT
C
- SPACE PLAN
EXHIBIT
D
- RULES AND REGULATIONS
EXHIBIT
E
- JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS
EXHIBIT
F
- DOOR SIGN, DIRECTORY STRIP AND MAIL BOX REQUEST
EXHIBIT
G
- COMMENCEMENT OF LEASE (INTENTIONALLY DELETED)
BISHOP
RANCH BUSINESS PARK
BUILDING
LEASE
This
Lease is made and entered into this
27th
day of
July
,
2005,
by and between
ALEXANDER
PROPERTIES COMPANY
,
a
California’ partnership, (hereinafter “Landlord”) and
SBE,
INC.
(hereinafter “Tenant”). For and in consideration of the rental and of the
covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth to be kept and performed by
Tenant, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord
the premises herein described for the term, at the rental and subject to and
upon all of the terms, covenants and agreements hereinafter set
forth.
1.
PREMISES
Landlord
hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises
(the
“Premises”) crosshatched on Exhibit A containing 22,308 rentable square feet
(20,097 usable square feet) known as Suite 200, located on the Second floor
of
4000 Executive Parkway, Building P (including all tenant improvements thereto,
the “Building”), located at San Ramon, California 94583. The Building is part of
a Complex containing the Building and Two (2) other buildings (the “Complex”).
The Complex, which contains 631,578 rentable square feet, the land on which
the
Complex is situated (the “Land”), the common areas of the Complex, any other
improvements in the Complex and the personal property used by Landlord in the
operation of the Complex (the “Personal Property”) are herein collectively
called the “Project.” Landlord shall provide Tenant with a Suite Improvement
Allowance (the “Suite Improvement Allowance”) up to an amount equal to ONE
HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED TWENTY-SEVEN AND 50/100 DOLLARS
($150,727.50) (or $7.50 per usable square foot of Premises Leased), which may
be
used by Tenant at any time during the Term of this Lease for alterations or
additions to the Premises. Any costs in excess of the Suite Improvement
Allowance shall be paid for by Tenant prior to the commencement of
construction.
2.
TERM
2.1
Term
.
The
term of this Lease shall commence on September 1, 2005 (the “Commencement Date”)
and shall end Five (5) years thereafter (the “Expiration Date”), unless sooner
terminated pursuant to this Lease.
2.2
Delay
in Commencement
.
(Intentionally Deleted)
2.3
Acknowledgment
of Commencement Date
.
(Intentionally Deleted)
3.
RENT
3.1
Base
Rent
.
Tenant
shall pay to Landlord monthly as base rent (“Base Rent”) for the Premises in
advance on the Commencement Date and on the first day of each calendar month
thereafter during the term of this Lease without deduction, offset, prior notice
or demand, in lawful money of the United States of America, the sum of
FORTY-EIGHT THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED THIRTY-FOUR AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($48,334.00).
For any prorations of Base Rent due to changes in the Premises on a day other
than the first or last day of the month, the portion of Base Rent associated
with the change in the Premises shall be calculated by multiplying the number
of
days that the space was part of the Premises by the daily Base Rent defined
to
be the monthly Base Rent for said space divided by 30. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Rent shall he abated for the months of September, October, November
and December of 2005, and one-half of January 2006.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
Concurrently
with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of
FORTY-EIGHT THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED THIRTY-FOUR AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($48,334.00)
to be applied against Base Rent when it becomes due.
3.2
Adjustments
to Base Rent
.
(Intentionally Deleted)
3.3
Amounts
Constituting Rent
.
All
amounts payable or reimbursable by Tenant under this Lease, including late
charges and interest, “Operating Cost Payments” (as defined in Paragraph 5), and
amounts payable or reimbursable under the Work Letter and the other Exhibits
hereto, shall constitute “Rent” and be payable and recoverable as such. Base
Rent is due and payable as provided in Paragraph 3.1 - “Base Rent”, Operating
Cost Payments are due and payable as provided in Paragraph 5.3 - “Notice and
Payment”, and all other Rent payable to Landlord on demand under the terms of
this Lease, unless otherwise set forth herein, shall be payable within thirty
(3D) days after written notice from Landlord of the amounts due. All Rent shall
be paid to Landlord without deduction or offset in lawful money of the United
States of America at the address for notices or at such other place as Landlord
may from time to time designate in writing.
4.
SECURITY
DEPOSIT
Concurrently
with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the
sum of FORTY-EIGHT THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED THIRTY-FOUR AND NO/100 DOLLARS
($48,334.00) (the “Security Deposit”). The Security Deposit shall be held by
Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms,
covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant during the
term
hereof. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease,
including the provisions relating to the payment of any Rent, Landlord may
(but
shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security
Deposit to cure such default or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or
damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion
of said deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after
written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient
to
restore the Security Deposit to its original amount; Tenant’s failure to do so
shall be a material breach of this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to
keep
the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not
be
entitled to interest on such deposit, If Tenant shall fully and faithfully
perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security
Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s
option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) upon the expiration
of the Lease term and Tenant’s vacating the Premises; provided, however, that
Landlord may elect, in its discretion, to retain a portion of the Security
Deposit in an amount to be determined by Landlord in its reasonable judgment
and
Landlord shall, promptly upon determining the increases in Operating Costs
for
the calendar year in which this Lease terminates, pursuant to Paragraph 5.3
-
“Notice and Payment,” apply from such retained portion of the Security Deposit
any sums underpaid by Tenant with respect to Operating Costs for the final
year
of the Lease term, and return the balance, if any, to Tenant or its assignee.
In
the event of termination of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, Landlord shall
transfer the Security Deposit to Landlord’s successor in interest whereupon
Landlord shall be released from liability for the return of the Security Deposit
or the accounting therefor. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section
1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of any
Regulations, now or hereafter in force, which restricts the amount or types
of
claim that a landlord may make upon a security deposit or imposes upon a
landlord (or its successors) any obligation with respect to the handling or
return of security deposits.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
5.
TAX
AND OPERATING COST INCREASES
5.1
Definitions
.
For
purposes of this paragraph, the following terms are herein
defined:
(a)
Base
Year
:
The
calendar year in which this Lease commences.
(b)
Operating
Costs
:
Operating Costs shall include all costs and expenses of ownership, operation,
repair and maintenance of the Project (excluding depreciation of the
improvements in the Project and all amounts paid on loans of Landlord) computed
in accordance with accounting principles adopted by Landlord consistently
applied, including by way of illustration but not limited to: real property
taxes, taxes assessed on the Personal Property, any other governmental
impositions imposed on or by reason of the ownership, operation or use of the
Project, and any tax in addition to or in lieu thereof; other than taxes covered
by Paragraph 5.4, whether assessed against Landlord or Tenant or collected
by
Landlord or both; parts; equipment; supplies; insurance premiums; license,
permit and inspection fees; cost of services and materials (including property
management fees); cost of compensation (including employment taxes and fringe
benefits) of all persons who perform duties connected with the operation,
maintenance and repair of the Project; costs of providing utilities and
services, including water, gas, electricity, sewage disposal, rubbish removal,
janitorial, gardening, security, parking, window washing, supplies and
materials, and signing (but excluding services not uniformly available to
substantially all of the Project tenants); costs of capital improvements (i)
required to cause the Project to comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances,
regulations, rules and requirements of any governmental or public authority,
including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990
(the
“ADA”) (collectively, “Legal Requirements”), except for costs, if any, of
correcting any failure of the Project to comply, as of the Commencement Date,
with any Legal Requirement as enacted as of the Commencement Date, or (ii)
which
reduce Operating Costs, such costs, together with interest on the unamortized
balance at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum, to be amortized over
such
reasonable periods as Landlord shall determine; costs of maintenance and
replacement of landscaping; legal, accounting and other professional services
incurred in connection with the operation of the Project and the calculation
of
Operating Costs; and rental expense or a reasonable allowance for depreciation
of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the
Project. If the Project is not fully occupied for any calendar year during
the
term of this Lease, Operating Costs shall be adjusted to the amount which would
have been incurred if the Project had been fully occupied for the
year.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Operating Costs shall not include the following:
(1)
Depreciation
and amortization, except as provided for above.
(2)
Costs
of
capital repairs, replacements or improvements, except as provided for
above.
(3)
Costs
to
acquire sculpture, paintings or other objects of art.
(4)
Costs
incurred in connection with upgrading the Building to comply with disability,
life, fire, safety codes, ordinances, statutes, or other laws in effect prior
to
the Commencement Date including, without limitation, the ADA, and penalties
or
damages incurred due to such non-compliance.
(5)
Advertising
and promotional expenses.
(6)
Real
estate broker’s or other leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees, architects’ fees
and other costs incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with
tenants or prospective tenants of the Building or Project, other than disputes
as to the common areas.
(7)
Costs
incurred in renovating or otherwise improving or decorating or redecorating
space for tenants or other occupants in the Project or vacant space in the
Project.
(8)
Repairs
or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm, or other casualty and public
liability claims, to the extent such are covered by insurance proceeds, the
cost
of which is included in Operating Costs, and costs incurred by Landlord in
connection with or made necessary by the actual or threatened exercise by
governmental authorities (or other entities with power of eminent domain) of
the
power of eminent domain.
(9)
Costs,
other than Operating Costs, specially billed to Tenant or any other specific
tenants, such as (but not limited to) above Building Standard janitor service,
or electrical usage or other services or benefits above Building
Standard.
(10)
Costs
incurred to remedy or monitor any Hazardous Materials condition except if caused
by
Tenant.
(11)
Interest
on penalties resulting from (a) late payment of any operating expense by
Landlord due to Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct (unless Landlord in
good faith disputes a charge and subsequently loses or settles that dispute);
or
(b) any amount payable by Landlord to any tenant resulting solely from
Landlord’s default in its obligations to that tenant.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
(12)
Costs
incurred in installing, operating and maintaining any specialty service that
is
not necessary for Landlord’s provision, management, maintenance and repair of
the Project. The following are examples of these specialty
services:
observatory;
broadcasting facilities (other than the life-support and security system for
the
Project); luncheon club, cafeteria, or other dining facility; newsstand; flower
services; shoeshine service; carwash; and athletic or recreational
club.
(13)
Any
compensation paid to clerks, attendants, or other persons in commercial
concessions in the Project that are operated by Landlord.
(14)
Debt
service, interest or other financing.
(15)
Rental
payments
to any ground Lessor.
5.2
Tenant’s
Share
.
If
Operating Costs during any calendar year following the Base Year exceed the
rentable square footage of the Complex multiplied by $9.75 (the “Expense Stop”),
Tenant shall pay to Landlord “Tenant’s Share” multiplied by such excess
(“Operating Cost Payments”). “Tenant’s Share”
means
3.53%, which is calculated by dividing the rentable square footage of the
Premises by the rentable square footage of the Complex as such rentable square
footages are set forth in Paragraph I, and multiplying such number by
100.
5.3
Notice
and Payment
.
As soon
as reasonably practical after the end of each calendar year following the Base
Year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a written statement showing in reasonable
detail the Operating Costs for the preceding calendar year, and the amount
of
any payment due from Tenant to Landlord or from Landlord to Tenant, taking
into
account prier Operating Cost Payments made by Tenant for such preceding calendar
year. Tenant shall have one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of
Landlord’s statement to notify Landlord of any objections they have to such
statement, or of their intention to review supporting documentation for such
statement. If Tenant does not so notify Landlord, such statement shall
conclusively be deemed correct and Tenant shall have no right thereafter to
dispute or review support for such statement, any item therein, or the
computation of Operating Costs. If Tenant does so notify the Landlord within
the
one hundred eighty (180) day period, Tenant shall have one (1) year from the
date of receipt of Landlord’s statement to complete their review of the
supporting documentation and notify Landlord of all objections, if any, to
such
statement. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that Tenant will submit in writing
to Landlord on or before the end of said one (1) year period, all objections
to
Landlord’s statement, and Tenant’s only rights after said one (1) year period
shall be nonreversible removals or reductions of the said objections submitted
to Landlord. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that after said one (1) year
period, Tenant has no further rights to review any supporting documentation
to
Landlord’s statement. Any notifications to Landlord will be done in accordance
with Paragraph 25.14.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
Coincidentally
with the monthly Base Rent next due following Tenant’s receipt of such
statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (in the case of an underpayment) or
Landlord shall credit against the next Base Rent due from Tenant (in the case
of
an overpayment) the difference between (i) Tenant’s Share of any excess of
Operating Costs for the preceding calendar year over the Expense Stop (the
“Prior Year’s Increase”), and (ii) the Operating Cost Payments made by Tenant
for such preceding calendar year. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord
coincidentally with such next due Base Rent an amount equal to (A) one-twelfth
(112th) of the Prior Year’s Increase, if any, multiplied by (B) the number of
months or partial months (including the then current month) then elapsed in
the
current calendar year, less (C) the aggregate of any Operating Cost Payments
made by Tenant for such current calendar year. Monthly thereafter until
adjustment is made the following year pursuant to this paragraph, Tenant shall
pay together with the monthly Base Rent one-twelfth (1/12) of any such Prior
Year’s Increase. In no event will Tenant be entitled to receive the benefit of a
reduction in Operating Costs below the Expense Stop.
For
any
partial calendar year at the termination of this Lease, Tenant’s Share of any
increases in Operating Costs for such year over the Expense Stop shall be
prorated on the basis of a 365-day year by computing Tenant’s Share of the
increases in Operating Costs for the entire year and then prorating such amount
for the number of days this Lease was in effect during such year.
Notwithstanding the termination of this Lease, and within ten (10) days after
Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s statement regarding the determination of
increases in Operating Costs for the calendar year in which this Lease
terminates, Tenant shall pay to Landlord or Landlord shall pay to Tenant, as
the
case may he, an amount equal to the difference between Tenant’s Share of the
increases in Operating Costs for such year (as prorated) and the amount
previously paid by Tenant toward such increases.
5.4
Additional
Taxes
.
Tenant
shall reimburse to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after receipt of a demand
therefor, Tenant’s Share of any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than
net income taxes or any taxes included within Operating Costs), whether or
not
now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto (i) upon,
allocable to or measured by the area of the Building, (ii) upon all or any
portion of the Rent payable hereunder and under other leases of space in the
Building, including any gross receipts tax or excise tax levied with respect
to
the receipt of such Rent, or (iii) upon or with respect to the possession,
leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or
occupancy of the Building or any portion thereof. Tenant shall not be required
to reimburse Landlord for taxes under this Paragraph 5.4 to the extent Tenant
has paid Tenant’s Share of such taxes through Operating Cost Payments under
Paragraph 5.2.
5.5
Tenant’s
Taxes
.
Tenant
shall pay before delinquency (whether levied on Landlord or Tenant), any and
all
taxes assessed upon or measured by (i) Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures
and other personal property located in the Premises, (ii) any improvements
or
alterations made to the Premises prior to or during the term of this Lease
paid
for by Tenant (“Above-Standard Improvements”), or (iii) this transaction or any
document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or
an
estate in the Premises. For the purpose of determining said amounts, figures
supplied by the County Assessor as to the amount so assessed shall be
conclusive. Tenant shall comply with the provisions of any law, ordinance or
rule of the taxing authorities which require Tenant to file a report of Tenant’s
property located in the Premises.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
6.
USE
6.1
Use
.
The
Premises shall be used and occupied by Tenant for general office purposes and
for no other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord.
6.2
Suitability
.
Tenant
acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any
representation or warranty with respect to the Premises or the Building or
with
respect to the suitability of either for the conduct of Tenant’s business, nor
has Landlord agreed to undertake any modification, alteration or improvement
to
the Premises except as provided in the Work Letter. The taking of possession
of
the Premises by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Premises and the
Building were at such time in satisfactory condition unless within ten (10)
days
after such date Tenant shall give Landlord written notice specifying in
reasonable detail the respects in which the Premises or the Building were not
in
satisfactory condition.
6.3
Uses
Prohibited
.
(a)
Tenant
shall not do nor permit anything to be done in or about the Premises nor bring
or keep anything therein which will in any way increase the existing rate or
affect any fire or other insurance upon the Building or any of its contents,
or
cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering said Building or any
part
thereof or any of its contents, nor shall Tenant sell or permit to be kept,
used
or sold in or about said Premises any articles which may be prohibited by a
standard form policy of fire insurance.
(b)
Tenant
shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will
in any way obstruct or interfere with the tights of other tenants or occupants
of the Building, or injure or annoy them, or use or allow the Premises to be
used for any unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain
or permit any nuisance in or about the Premises. Tenant shall not commit or
suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises. Tenant shall not
bring
onto the Premises any apparatus, equipment or supplies that may overload the
Premises or the Building or any utility or elevator systems or jeopardize the
structural integrity of the Building or any part thereof.
(c)
Tenant
shall not use the Premises or permit anything to be done in or about the
Premises which will in any way conflict with, and at its sole cost and expense
shall promptly comply with, any Legal Requirement now in force or which may
hereafter be enacted or promulgated relating to the condition, use or occupancy
of the Premises, excluding structural changes not relating to or affecting
the
condition, use or occupancy of the Premises or Tenant’s improvements or acts.
The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant
in any action against Tenant, whether Landlord be a party thereto or not, that
Tenant has violated any Legal Requirement, shall be conclusive of the fact
as
between Landlord and Tenant.
7.
SERVICE
AND UTILITIES
7.1
Landlord’s
Obligations
.
Provided Tenant is not in default hereunder, Landlord shall furnish to the
Premises during reasonable hours of generally recognized business days, to
be
determined by Landlord, and subject to the rules and regulations of the
Building, water, gas and electricity suitable for the intended use of the
Premises, heat and air conditioning required in Landlord’s judgment for the
comfortable use and occupancy of the Premises, scavenger, janitorial services
as
described in Exhibit E attached hereto, window washing service and elevator
service customary in similar buildings in the competing geographical areas.
Landlord shall also maintain and keep lighted the common lobbies, hallways,
stairs and toilet rooms in the Building.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
(a)
Landlord’s
current hours of operation in Bishop Ranch (hereinafter “Hours of Operation”)
are 7 a.m. to 7 p.m., Monday through Friday, excepting holidays (New Year’s Day,
President’s Day, Memorial Day, July 4th (Independence Day), Labor Day,
Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day). In the event the holiday falls on a weekend,
the business day closest to the holiday will be considered to be the holiday.
The building and its services are available to Tenant 24 hours a day, seven
(7)
days a week, 365 days a year. The after hours rate for air conditioning and
heating service after Landlord’s Hours of Operation is currently $75.00 per
hour, per floor. This rate is subject to adjustment based upon the decrease
or
increase in utilities as charged by Landlord’s utility provider.
7.2
Tenant’s
Obligation
.
Tenant
shall pay for, prior to delinquency, all telephone and all other materials
and
services, not expressly required to be paid by Landlord, which may be furnished
to or used in, on or about the Premises during the term of this
Lease.
7.3
Tenant’s
Additional Requirements
(a)
Tenant
shall pay for heat and air-conditioning furnished at Tenant’s request during
non-business hours and/or on non-business days on an hourly basis at a
reasonable rate established by Landlord. Tenant shall not use in excess of
Building Standard amounts (as determined by Landlord) of electricity, water
or
any other utility without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent
Landlord may refuse. Landlord may cause a water meter or electric current meter
to be installed in the Premises so as to measure the amount of water and
electric current consumed for any such excess use, The cost of such meters
and
of installation, maintenance and repair thereof shall be paid by Tenant and
Tenant agrees to pay Landlord promptly upon demand by Landlord for all such
water and electric current consumed as shown by said meters, at the rates
charged for such services by the city in which the Building is located or by
the
local public utility furnishing the same, plus any additional expense incurred
in keeping account of the water and electric current so consumed. If a separate
meter is not installed to measure any such excess use, Landlord shall have
the
right to estimate the amount of such use through qualified personnel. In
addition, Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for the use of any additional
or unusual janitorial services required by Tenant because of any Suite
Improvements different from or above Building Standard, carelessness of Tenant
or the nature of Tenant’s business (including hours of operation).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s Server Room has been submetered and
there shall be no additional charge to Tenant for the installation of said
meter.
(b)
If
any
lights other than Building Standard or equipment are used in the Premises which
affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system,
Landlord may install supplementary air conditioning units in the Premises and
the cost thereof; including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance
thereof, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord. In
addition, if any lights other than Building Standard are used in the Premises,
Tenant shall pay the cost to replace any worn or dead bulbs or
tubes.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
(c)
In
no
event shall Tenant (i) connect any apparatus, machine or device through
electrical outlets except in the manner for which such outlets are designed
and
without the use of any device intended to increase the plug capacity of any
electrical outlet or (ii) maintain at any time an electrical demand load in
excess of four (4) watts per square foot of usable area of the
Premises
7.4
Nonliability
.
Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any
abatement or reduction of Rent, by reason of Landlord’s failure to furnish any
of the foregoing when due to “Force Majeure Events” (as defined in Paragraph
25.9). If failure to furnish the foregoing is within Landlord’s reasonable
control and Tenant is unable to occupy the Premises due to such failure, Tenant
shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent commencing with the fifteenth
consecutive day of such failure unless prior thereto Landlord commences to
cure
such failure and thereafter diligently proceeds with such cure. Any failure
to
furnish any of the foregoing shall not constitute an eviction of Tenant,
constructive or otherwise and, notwithstanding any law to the contrary that
may
now or hereafter exist, Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease
on
account of such failure. Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances
for loss of or injury to property or business or consequential damages, however
occurring, through or in connection with failure to furnish any of the
foregoing.
8.
MAINTENANCE
AND REPAIRS: ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS
8.1
Maintenance
and Repairs
(a)
Landlord’s
Obligations
.
Landlord shall maintain in good order, condition and repair the structural
and
common areas of the Building, and the basic heating, ventilating, air
conditioning, electrical, plumbing, fire protection, life safety, security
and
mechanical systems of the Building (the “Building Systems”), and shall cause the
common areas of the Building to comply with all Legal Requirements (including,
without limitation, the ADA), provided that any maintenance and repair caused
by
the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, invitees,
visitors (collectively “Tenant’s Representatives”) shall be paid for by Tenant.
Notwithstanding any law to the contrary that may now or hereafter exist, Tenant
shall not have the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense or to terminate
this Lease because of Landlord’s failure to keep the foregoing in good order,
condition and repair, nor shall Landlord be liable under any circumstances
for
any consequential damages or loss of business, however occurring, through or
in
connection with any such failure.
(b)
Tenant’s
Obligations
(1)
Tenant,
at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, except for services furnished by Landlord
pursuant to Paragraph 7 hereof, shall maintain the Premises in good order,
condition and repair including the interior surfaces of the ceilings, walls
and
floors, all doors, interior windows, and all plumbing pipes, electrical wiring,
switches, fixtures, nonbuilding standard lights, and equipment installed for
the
use of the Premises, and shall cause the Premises to comply with all Legal
Requirements (including, without limitation, the ADA). Notwithstanding any
law
to the contrary that may now or hereafter exist, Tenant shall not have the
right
to make repairs at Landlord’s expense or to terminate this Lease because of
Landlord’s failure to keep the Premises in good order, condition and
repair.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
(2)
In
the
event Tenant fails to maintain the Premises in good order, condition and repair,
Landlord shall give Tenant notice to do such acts as are reasonably required
to
so maintain the Premises. In the event Tenant fails to promptly commence such
work and diligently prosecute it to completion, Landlord shall have the right
to
do such acts and expend such funds at the expense of Tenant as are reasonably
required to perform such work. Any amount so expended by Landlord shall be
paid
by Tenant promptly after demand with interest from the date expended by Landlord
until paid by Tenant at the “Default Rate,” as defined below. Landlord shall
have no liability to Tenant for any damage, inconvenience or interference with
the use of the Premises by Tenant as a result of performing any such work.
As
used in this Lease, “Default Rate” shall mean the lesser of twelve percent per
annum (12%) or the maximum rate permitted by law.
(c)
Compliance
with Law
.
Landlord and Tenant shall each do all acts required to comply with all
applicable Legal Requirements relating to their respective maintenance and
repair obligations as set forth herein.
8.2
Alterations
and Additions
(a)
Tenant
shall make no alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or any
part
thereof without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord.
(b)
Landlord
may impose as a condition to the aforesaid consent such requirements as Landlord
may deem necessary in its sole discretion, including without limitation thereto,
performing the work itself, specifying the manner in which the work is done,
and
selecting the contractor by whom the work is to be performed and the limes
during which it is to be accomplished. Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand
an amount equal to the reasonable costs and expenses for time spent by
Landlord’s employees or contractors in supervising, approving and administering
such alterations.
(c)
All
such
alterations, additions or improvements, all other Above-Standard Improvements,
and all work performed under the Work Letter shall be the property of Landlord
and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises, unless Landlord
upon
or prior to the termination or expiration of the Lease requests in writing
that
Tenant remove all or any part of same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of
the
date of this Lease Landlord has reviewed and approved Tenant’s Plans attached
hereto as Exhibit C for the Suite Improvements and Tenant, except as provided
in
Subsection 23.1 of this Lease, shall have no obligation to Landlord to remove
any of the Improvements shown on Tenant’s Plans.
(d)
All
articles of personal property and all business and trade fixtures, machinery
and
equipment, cabinetwork, furniture and movable partitions owned by Tenant or
installed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises shall be and remain the
property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant at any time during the Lease
term when Tenant is not in default hereunder.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
9.
ENTRY
BY LANDLORD
Landlord
and Landlord’s agents shall at any and all times have the right to enter the
Premises to inspect the same, to supply janitorial service and any other service
to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, to show the Premises to
prospective purchasers or tenants, to post notices of non-responsibility and
“for lease” signs, and to alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion
of the Building, and may for that purpose erect scaffolding and other necessary
structures where reasonably required by the character of the work to be
performed, always providing the entrance to the Premises shall not be blocked
thereby. Landlord shall conduct its activities under this Paragraph 9 in a
manner that will minimize inconvenience to Tenant without incurring additional
expense to Landlord. For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at
all
times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon
and
about the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes, and Landlord and
Landlord’s agents shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord
may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency, in order to obtain entry
to
the Premises, and any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord or Landlord’s
agents by any of said means, or otherwise, shall not under any circumstances
be
construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer
of,
the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof.
Tenant shall not be released from its obligations under this Lease nor be
entitled to any abatement of Rent on account of Landlord’s entry under this
Paragraph, and Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or
inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy
or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned
thereby.
10.
LIENS
Tenant
shall keep the Premises and the Building free from any liens arising out of
work
performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by Tenant and shall
indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord from any liens and encumbrances
arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred
by or at the direction of Tenant. In the event that Tenant shall not, within
twenty (20) days following the imposition of any such lien, cause such lien
to
be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall
have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right,
but no obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall
deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All such
sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith,
including attorneys’ fees and costs, shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant on
demand with interest at the Default Rate until paid. Landlord shall have the
right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices permitted
or required by law, or which Landlord shall deem proper, for the protection
of
Landlord and the Premises, and any other party having an interest therein,
from
mechanics’ and material men’s liens, and Tenant shall give to Landlord at least
three (3) business days prior written notice of the expected date of
commencement of any work relating to alterations or additions to the
Premises.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
11.
INDEMNITY
11.1
Indemnity
.
(a)
Tenant
agrees to indemnify Landlord against and save Landlord harmless from any and
all
loss, cost, liability, penalties, fines and reasonable attorneys’ fees and
disbursements arising from (i) any default or breach by Tenant in the observance
or performance of any of the material terms, covenants or conditions of this
Lease by Tenant or (ii) any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its
agents, servants, employees invitees or licensees of Tenant in, on, or about
the
Premises, or any part of the Complex, either during or prior to occupancy or
during the Term of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall
Tenant be liable for indirect or consequential damages of Landlord (including
lost profits) however occurring.
(b)
Landlord
agrees to indemnify Tenant against and save Tenant harmless from any and all
loss, cost liability, damage, and expense, including without limitation
penalties, fines and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred in
connection with or arising from any gross negligence or willful misconduct
of
Landlord, or its contractors, agents, servants, employees, invitees, or
licensees in, on, or about the Premises, or any part of the Complex, either
during prior occupancy or during the Term of this Lease. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in no event shall Landlord be liable for indirect or consequential
damages of Tenant (including lost profits) however occurring.
11.2
Exemption
of Landlord from Liability
.
Landlord shall not be liable for injury or damage which may be sustained by
the
person or property of Tenant, its employees, invitees or customers, or any
other
person in or about the Premises caused by or resulting from fire, steam,
electricity, gas, water or rain, which may leak or flow from or into any part
of
the Premises, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of
the
pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning, telephone
cabling or wiring, or lighting fixtures of the same, whether the damage or
injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions
of the Building of which the Premises are a part, or from other sources.
Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect
of
any other tenant of the Building.
12.
INSURANCE
12.1
Coverage
.
Tenant
shall, at all times during the term of this Lease, and at its own cost and
expense, procure and continue in force the following insurance
coverage:
(a)
Commercial
General Liability Insurance with a combined single limit for personal or bodily
injury and property damage of not less than $3,000,000 or such other level
of
coverage that Landlord may require in its reasonable judgment.
(b)
Fire
and
Extended Coverage Insurance, including vandalism and malicious mischief
coverage, covering and in an amount equal to the full replacement value of
all
fixtures, furniture and improvements installed in the Premises by or at the
expense of Tenant.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
12.2
Insurance
Policies
.
The
aforementioned minimum limits of policies shall in no event limit the liability
of Tenant hereunder. The aforesaid insurance shall name Landlord and its
partners, property manager, and mortgagees as an additional insured. Said
insurance shall be with companies having a rating of not less than A+, XI in
“Best’s Insurance Guide”. Tenant shall furnish from the insurance companies or
cause the insurance companies to flattish certificates of coverage. No such
policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other
modification or cancellation except after thirty (30) days prior written notice
to Landlord by the insurer. All such policies shall be written as primary
policies, not contributing with and not in excess of the coverage which Landlord
may carry. Tenant shall, at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration
of
such policies, furnish Landlord with evidence of renewals or binders. Tenant
agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance, Landlord
may (but shall not be required to) procure said insurance on Tenant’s behalf and
charge Tenant the premiums together with a reasonable handling charge and
Default Interest from the date paid by Landlord, payable upon demand. Tenant
shall have the right to provide such insurance coverage pursuant to blanket
policies obtained by Tenant, provided such blanket policies expressly afford
coverage to the Premises and to Tenant as required by this Lease.
12.3
Landlord’s
Insurance
.
During
the term of this Lease Landlord shall maintain in effect insurance on the
Building against fire, extended coverage perils and vandalism and malicious
mischief (to the extent such coverages are available), with responsible insurers
licensed to do business in California, insuring the Building in an amount equal
to at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the replacement cost thereof, excluding
foundations, footings and underground installations. Landlord may, but shall
not
be obligated to, carry insurance against additional perils and/or in greater
amounts.
12.4
Waiver
of Subrogation
.
Tenant
and Landlord hereby waive and release any and all right of recovery, whether
arising in contract or tort, against the other, including employees and agents,
arising during the Term for any and all loss or damage to any property located
within or constituting a part of the Building or Complex, which loss or damage
arises from the perils that could be insured against under the ISO Causes of
Loss-Special Form Coverage including any deductible thereunder (whether or
not
the party suffering the loss or damage actually carries such insurance, recovers
under such insurance or self insures the loss or damage) or which right of
recovery arises from loss of earnings or rents resulting from loss or damage
caused by such a peril. This mutual waiver is in addition to any other waiver
or
release contained in this Lease. Landlord and Tenant shall each have their
insurance policies issued in such form as to waive any right of subrogation
which might otherwise exist.
13.
DAMAGE
OR DESTRUCTION
.
13.1
Landlord’s
Duty to Repair
.
If all
or a substantial part of the Premises are rendered untenantable or inaccessible
by damage to all or any part of the Project from fire or other casualty then,
unless either party elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to Paragraphs 13.2
or 13.3, Landlord shall, at its expense, use its commercially reasonable efforts
to repair and restore the Premises and/or access thereto, as the case may be,
to
substantially their former condition to the extent permitted by the then
applicable codes, laws and regulations; provided, however, that Tenant rather
than Landlord shall be obligated at Tenant’s expense to repair or replace
Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures and any items or improvements that
are required to be covered by Tenant’s insurance under Paragraph
12.1(b).
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
If
Landlord is required or elects to repair damage to the Premises and/or access
thereto, this Lease shall continue in effect but Tenant’s Base Rent and
Operating Cost Payments from the date of the casualty through the date of
substantial completion of the repair shall be abated by a proportionate amount
based on the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using by
reason of such damage or its repair; provided, however, that if the casualty
is
the result of the willful misconduct or negligence of Tenant or Tenant’s
Representatives, there will be no such rental abatement. In no event shall
Landlord be liable to Tenant by reason of any injury to or interference with
Tenant’s business or property arising from fire or other casualty or by reason
of any repairs to any part of the Project made necessary by such
casualty.
13.2
Landlords
Right to Terminate
.
Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease, effective as of the last day of
the
calendar month in which such election is made, under the following
circumstances:
(a)
Where,
in
the reasonable judgment of Landlord, the damage cannot be substantially repaired
and restored under applicable laws and governmental regulations within one
(1)
year after the date of the casualty;
(b)
Where,
in
the reasonable judgment of Landlord, adequate proceeds are not, for any reason,
made available to Landlord from Landlord’s insurance policies to make the
required repairs;
(c)
Where
the
Project is damaged or destroyed to the extent that the cost to repair and
restore the Project exceeds twenty-five percent (25%) of the full replacement
cost of the Project, whether or not the Premises are damaged or destroyed;
or
(d)
Where
the
damage occurs within the last twelve (12) months of the term of the
Lease.
If
any of
the circumstances described in this Paragraph 13.2 arise, Landlord must notify
Tenant in writing of that fact within one hundred and twenty (120) days after
such circumstances arise and in such notice Landlord must also advise Tenant
whether Landlord has elected to terminate the Lease.
13.3
Tenant’s
Right to Terminate
.
Tenant
shall have the right to terminate this Lease if all or a substantial part of
the
Premises are rendered untenantable or inaccessible by damage to all or any
part
of the Project from fire or other casualty, provided that such casualty is
not
the result of the willful misconduct or negligence of Tenant or Tenant’s
Representatives, but only under the following circumstances:
(a)
Tenant
may elect to terminate this Lease if Landlord had the right under Paragraph
13.2
to terminate this Lease but did not elect to so terminate and Landlord failed
to
commence the required repair within ninety (90) days after the date it received
proceeds to commence such repair. In such event, Tenant may terminate this
Lease
as of the date of the casualty by notice to Landlord given before the earlier
of
the date on which Landlord commences such repair or ten (10) days after the
expiration of such ninety (90)-day period; or
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
(b)
Tenant
may elect to terminate this Lease in the circumstance described in Subparagraph
13.2(a). In such event, Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the date of the
casualty by notice to Landlord given within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s
notice to Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 13.2.
13.4
Exclusive
Rights
.
Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree that, notwithstanding any law to the
contrary that may now or hereafter exist, neither party shall have any right
to
terminate this Lease in the event of any damage or destruction under any
circumstances other than as provided in Paragraphs 13.2 and 13.3.
14.
CONDEMNATION
If
all or
a material portion of the Premises shall be taken or appropriated for public
or
quasi-public use by right of eminent domain with or without litigation or
transferred by agreement in connection with such public or quasi-public use,
either party hereto shall have the right at its option, exercisable within
thirty (30) days of receipt of notice of such taking, to terminate this Lease
as
of the date possession is taken by the condemning authority, provided, however,
that before Tenant may terminate this Lease by reason of taking or appropriation
as provided hereinabove, such taking or appropriation shall be of such an extent
and nature as to substantially handicap, impede or impair Tenant’s use of the
Premises. If any part of the Building other than the Premises shall be so taken
or appropriated, Landlord shall have the right at its option to terminate this
Lease. No award for any partial or entire taking shall be apportioned, and
Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any award which may be made in such taking
or
condemnation, together with any and all rights of Tenant now or hereafter
arising in or to the same or any part thereof; provided, however, that nothing
contained herein shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in or to require
Tenant to assign to Landlord any award made to Tenant for the taking of personal
property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and/or for Tenant’s unamortized cost
of leasehold improvements, so long as such award to Tenant does not decrease
the
value of the award that would otherwise be made to Landlord in such taking
or
condemnation. In the event of a partial taking which does not result in a
termination of this Lease, rent shall be abated in the proportion which the
part
of Premises so made unusable bears to the rented area of the Premises
immediately prior to the taking, and Landlord, at Landlord’s cost, shall restore
the Premises remaining to an architectural whole with the Base Rent reduced
in
proportion to what the area taken bears to the Premises prior to the taking.
No
temporary taking of the Premises and/or of Tenant’s rights therein or under this
Lease shall give Tenant the right to terminate this Lease or to any abatement
of
Rent thereunder. Any award made to Tenant by reason of any such temporary taking
where Landlord does not terminate this Lease shall belong entirely to Tenant
so
long as said award does not diminish Landlord’s award.
15.
ASSIGNMENT
AND SUBLETTING
15.1
Landlord’s
Consent Required
.
Tenant
shall not assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber this
Lease
or any interest therein (each a “Transfer”), and shall not sublet the Premises
or any part thereof, without the prior written consent of Landlord and any
attempt to do so without such consent being first had and obtained shall be
wholly void and shall constitute a breach of this Lease.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
15.2
Reasonable
Consent
.
(a)
If
Tenant
complies with the following conditions, Landlord sail not unreasonably withhold
its consent to the subletting of the Premises or any portion thereof or the
assignment of this Lease. Tenant shall submit in writing to Landlord (i) the
name and legal composition of the proposed subtenant or assignee; (ii) the
nature of the business proposed to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) the
terms and provisions of the proposed sublease; (iv) such reasonable financial
information as Landlord may request concerning the proposed subtenant or
assignee; and (v) the form of the proposed sublease or assignment. Within ten
(10) business days after Landlord receives all such information it shall notify
Tenant whether it approves such assignment or subletting or if it elects to
proceed under Paragraph 15.8 below.
(b)
The
parties hereto agree and acknowledge that, among other circumstances for which
Landlord could reasonably withhold its consent to a sublease or assignment,
it
shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent where (i) Landlord
reasonably disapproves of the Transferee’s reputation or creditworthiness or the
character of the business to be conducted by the Transferee at the Premises,
(ii) the assignment or subletting would increase the burden on the Building
services or the number of people occupying the Premises, or (iii) Landlord
otherwise determines that the assignment or sublease would have the effect
of
decreasing the value of the Project or increasing the expenses associated with
operating the Project. In no event may Tenant publicly advertise or offer all
or
any portion of the Premises for assignment or sublease at a rental less than
that then sought by Landlord for comparable space in the Project.
15.3
Excess
Consideration
.
If
Landlord consents to the assignment or sublease, Landlord shall be entitled
to
receive as additional Rent hereunder 50% of any consideration paid by the
Transferee for the assignment or sublease and, in the case of a sublease, 50%
of
the excess of the rent and other consideration payable by the subtenant over
the
amount of Base Rent and Operating Cost Payments payable hereunder applicable
to
the subleased space.
15.4
No
Release of Tenant
.
No
consent by Landlord to any assignment or subletting by Tenant shall relieve
Tenant of any obligation to be performed by Tenant under this Lease, whether
occurring before or after such consent, assignment or subletting, and the
Transferee shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant for the payment
of
Rent (or that portion applicable to the subleased space in the case of a
sublease) and for the performance of all other terms and provisions of the
Lease. The consent by Landlord to any assignment or subletting shall not relieve
Tenant and any such Transferee from the obligation to obtain Landlord’s express
written consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting. The acceptance
of
rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by
Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any assignment,
subletting or other transfer. Consent to one assignment, subletting or other
transfer shall not be deemed to constitute consent to any subsequent assignment,
subletting or other transfer.
15.5
Attorneys’
Fees
.
Tenant
shall pay Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees (not to exceed $500.00) incurred
in connection with reviewing any proposed assignment or sublease.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
15.6
Transfer
of Ownership Interest
.
If
Tenant is a business entity, any direct or indirect transfer of 50 percent
or
more of the ownership interest of the entity (whether all at one time or over
the term of the Lease) shall be deemed a Transfer.
15.7
Effectiveness
of Transfer
.
No
permitted assignment by Tenant shall be effective until Landlord has received
a
counterpart of the assignment and an instrument in which the assignee assumes
all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease arising on or after the date of
assignment. The voluntary, involuntary or other surrender of this Lease by
Tenant, or a mutual cancellation by Landlord and Tenant, shall not work a
merger, and any such surrender or cancellation shall, at the option of Landlord,
either terminate all or any existing subleases or operate as an assignment
to
Landlord of any or all of such subleases.
15.8
Landlord’s
Right to Space
.
Notwithstanding any of the above provisions of this Paragraph 15 to the
contrary, if Tenant notifies Landlord that it desires to assign this Lease
or
sublet all or any part of the Premises, Landlord, in lieu of consenting to
such
assignment or sublease, may elect to terminate this Lease (in the case of an
assignment or a sublease of the entire Premises), or to terminate this Lease
as
it relates to the space proposed to be subleased by Tenant (in the case of
a
sublease of less than the entire Premises). In such event, this Lease (or
portion thereof) will terminate on the date the assignment or sublease was
to be
effective, and Landlord may lease such space to any party, including the
prospective Transferee identified by Tenant.
15.9
No
Net
Profits Leases
.
Anything contained in the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 15 to the
contrary notwithstanding, neither Tenant, nor any other person having an
interest in the possession, use, occupancy or utilization of the Premises, shall
enter into any lease, sublease, license, concession or other agreement for
the
use, occupancy or utilization of space in the Premises which provides for rental
or other payment for such use, occupancy or utilization based in whole or in
part on the net income or profits derived by any person from the premises
leased, used, occupied or utilized (other than an amount based on a fixed
percentage or percentages of receipts or sales), and any such purported lease,
sublease, license, concession or other agreement shall be void and ineffective
as a conveyance of any right or interest in the possession, use, occupancy
or
utilization of any part of the Premises.
16.
SUBORDINATION
16.1
Subordination
.
Except
as provided in the next sentence, or as the Tenant and the mortgagee or trustee
of any “First Mortgage” (as defined below) may otherwise agree, this Lease, at
Landlord’s option, shall be subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying
leases which now exist or may hereafter be executed affecting all or any part
of
the Project, and to the lien of any first mortgages or first deeds of trust
(each a “First Mortgage”) in any amount or amounts whatsoever now or hereafter
placed on or against the Land or Building, Landlord’s interest or estate
therein, or any ground or underlying lease, without the necessity of the
execution and delivery of any further instruments on the part of Tenant to
effectuate such subordination, If any mortgagee or trustee of a First Mortgage
or ground lessor shall elect to have this Lease prior to the lien of its First
Mortgage or ground lease, and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant,
this
Lease shall be deemed prior to such First Mortgage or ground lease, whether
this
Lease is dated prior to or subsequent to the date of said First Mortgage or
ground lease or the date of the recording thereof.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
16.2
Junior
Liens
.
Tenant
hereby agrees that this Lease shall be superior to the lien of any present
or
future mortgages or deeds of trust that are junior to any First
Mortgage.
16.3
Subordination
Agreements
.
Tenant
will execute and deliver upon demand without charge therefor, such further
instruments evidencing the subordination of this Lease to any First Mortgage
or
ground lease, or the subordination of any First Mortgage or ground lease to
such
Lease, pursuant to Section 1 6,1, as the case maybe, as may be required by
Landlord. Tenant’s failure to comply with its obligations under this Paragraph
16.3 within fifteen (15) days of demand shall constitute an Event of Default
and
Landlord shall have the right, in such event, to impose upon Tenant a monetary
penalty of $1,000.00 for such non-compliance, in addition to all other remedies
available to Landlord under this Lease and by law. Tenant hereby appoints
Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact, irrevocably, to execute and deliver any
such agreements, instruments, releases or other documents.
16.4
Attornment
.
If this
Project is transferred to any purchaser pursuant to or in lieu of proceedings
to
enforce any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease (collectively,
“Encumbrance”), and this Lease is either prior to such Encumbrance or the
mortgagee or trustee of a First Mortgage or ground lessor of the Project elects
to have this Lease survive such transfer, Tenant shall attorn to such purchaser
and recognize such purchaser as the landlord under this Lease, and this Lease
shall continue as a direct lease between such purchaser and Tenant.
17.
QUIET
ENJOYMENT
Landlord
covenants and agrees with Tenant that upon Tenant paying the Rent and performing
its other covenants and conditions under this Lease, Tenant shall have the
quiet
possession of the Premises for the term of this Lease as against any persons
or
entities lawfully claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject, however,
to
the terms of this Lease and of any Encumbrance.
18.
DEFAULT
REMEDIES
18.1
Default
.
The
occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” by
Tenant:
(a)
Tenant
fails to pay Rent when due and such failure continues for five (5) days after
the same is due;
(b)
Tenant
fails to deliver any subordination agreement requested by Landlord within the
period described in Paragraph 16;
(c)
Tenant
fails to deliver any estoppel certificate requested by Landlord within the
period described in Paragraph 22;
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
(d)
Tenant
Transfers or attempts to Transfer this Lease without complying with the
provisions of Paragraph 15;
(e)
Tenant
fails to observe and perform any other provision of this Lease to be observed
or
performed by Tenant, where such failure continues for twenty (20) days after
written notice thereof by Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the
nature of the default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within
said twenty (20) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if
Tenant shall within such period commence such cure and thereafter diligently
prosecute the same to completion;
(f)
Tenant
abandons the Premises; or
(g)
The
making by Tenant of any general assignment or general arrangement for the
benefit of creditors; the filing by or against Tenant of a petition seeking
relief under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition
filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); the
appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all
of
Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease,
where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or the
attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s
assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where such
seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days.
18.2
Remedies
.
Upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may, at any time thereafter
exercise the following remedies, which shall be in addition to any other rights
or remedies now or hereafter available to Landlord at law or in
equity:
(a)
Maintain
this Lease in full force and effect and recover Rent as it becomes due, without
terminating Tenant’s right to possession irrespective of whether Tenant shall
have abandoned the Premises. In the event Landlord elects not to terminate
the
Lease, Landlord shall have the right to attempt to relet the Premises at such
rent and upon such conditions and for such a term, and to do all acts necessary
to maintain or preserve the Premises as Landlord deems reasonable and necessary
without being deemed to have elected to terminate the Lease, including removal
of all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed
and
stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account
of
Tenant. In the event any such reletting occurs, rents received by Landlord
from
such subletting shall be applied (i) first, to the payment of the costs of
maintaining, preserving, altering and preparing the Premises for subletting
and
other costs of subletting, including but not limited to brokers’ commissions,
attorneys’ fees and expenses of removal of Tenant’s personal property, trade
fixtures, alterations and leasehold improvements; (ii) second, to the payment
of
Rent then due and payable; (iii) third, to the payment of future Rent as the
same may become due and payable hereunder; and (iv) fourth, the balance, if
any,
shall be paid to Tenant upon (but not before) expiration of the term of this
Lease. If the rents received by Landlord from such subletting, after application
as provided above, are insufficient in any month to pay the Rent due and payable
hereunder for such month, Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord monthly
upon demand. Notwithstanding any such subletting for Tenant’s account without
termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter, by written notice to Tenant,
elect to terminate this Lease by virtue of a previous Event of Default. During
the continuance of an Event of Default, for so long as Landlord does not
terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, Landlord shall not
unreasonably withhold its consent to an assignment of this Lease or a sublease
of the Premises as set forth in Paragraph 15.2 - “Reasonable
Consent”.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
(b)
Terminate
Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time by written notice to
Tenant, in which case Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the
Premises to Landlord. Tenant expressly acknowledges that in the absence of
such
written notice from Landlord, no other act of Landlord, including, but not
limited to, its re-entry into the Premises, its efforts to relet the Premises,
its reletting of the Premises for Tenant’s account, its storage of Tenant’s
personal property and trade fixtures, its acceptance of keys to the Premises
from Tenant or its exercise of any other rights and remedies under this
Paragraph 18.2, shall constitute an acceptance of Tenant’s surrender of the
Premises or constitute a termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right to
possession of the Premises. If Landlord terminates Tenant’s right to possession
in writing, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages as
provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.2 or any other applicable
existing or future law, ordinance or regulation providing for recovery of
damages for such breach, including but not limited to the
following:
(1)
The
reasonable cost of recovering the Premises; plus
(2)
The
reasonable cost of removing Tenant’s alterations, trade fixtures and
Above-Standard Improvements; plus
(3)
All
unpaid Rent due or earned hereunder prior to the date of termination, less
the
proceeds of any resetting or any rental received from subtenants prior to the
date of termination applied as provided in subsection (a) above, together with
interest at the Default Rate, on such sums from the date such Rent is due and
payable until the date of the award of damages; plus
(4)
The
amount by which the Rent which would be payable by Tenant hereunder, including
Operating Cost Payments as reasonably estimated by Landlord, from the date
of
termination until the date of the award of damages exceeds the amount of such
rental loss Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided, together with
interest at the Default Rate on such sums from the date such Rent is due and
payable until the date of the award of damages; plus
(5)
The
amount by which the Rent which would be payable by Tenant hereunder, including
Operating Cost Payments, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, for the remainder
of the then term, after the date of the award of damages exceeds the amount
of
such rental loss as Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided, discounted
at the discount rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco
for
member banks at the time of the award plus one percent (1%); plus
(6)
Such
other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted
from time to time by applicable law.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
(c)
During
the continuance of an Event of Default, Landlord may enter the Premises without
terminating this Lease and remove all Tenant’s personal property, and trade
fixtures from the Premises. If Landlord removes such property from the Premises
and stores it at Tenant’s risk and expense, and if Tenant fails to pay the cost
of such removal and storage after written demand therefor and/or to pay any
Rent
then due, after the property has been stored for a period of thirty (30) days
or
more Landlord may sell such property at public or private sale, in the manner
and at such times and places as Landlord in its sole discretion deems
commercially reasonable following reasonable notice to Tenant of the time and
place of such sale. The proceeds of any such sale shall be applied first to
the
payment of the expenses for removal and storage of the property, preparation
for
and conducting such sale, and attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses incurred
by Landlord in connection therewith, and the balance shall be applied as
provided in subsection (a) above.
Tenant
hereby waives all claims for damages that may be caused by Landlord’s reentering
and taking possession of the Premises or removing and storing Tenant’s personal
property pursuant to this Paragraph, and Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless
from and against any loss, cost or damage resulting from any such act. No
reentry by Landlord shall constitute or be construed as a forcible entry by
Landlord.
(d)
Landlord
may cure the Event of Default at Tenant’s expense. If Landlord pays any sum or
incurs any expense in curing the Event of Default, Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment or expense with interest
at
the Default Rate from the date the sum is paid or the expense is incurred until
Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant.
18.3
Late
Charges
.
Tenant
hereby acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent will cause
Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of
which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are
not
limited to, processing and accounting charges. Accordingly, if any installment
of Base Rent or Operating Costs Payments is not received by Landlord or
Landlord’s designee within five (5) days of the date such amount shall be due,
or if any installment of other Rent is not received by Landlord or Landlord’s
designee on or before the date such amount shall be due, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of such overdue amount. The
parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable
estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant.
Acceptance of such late charge by Landlord shall in no event constitute a waiver
of Tenant’s default with respect to such overdue amount nor prevent Landlord
from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted
hereunder.
18.4
Interest
.
In
addition to the late charges referred to above which are intended to defray
Landlord’s costs resulting from late payments, any late payment of Rent shall,
at Landlord’s option, bear interest from the due date of any such payment to the
date the same is paid at the Default Rate, provided, however, that if Landlord
imposes a late charge on any overdue payment, such overdue payment shall not
begin to bear interest under this Paragraph 18.4 until thirty (30) days after
the due date thereof.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
18.5
Default
by Landlord
.
Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord fails to perform obligations
required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event later than thirty
(30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord and to any mortgagee,
trustee or ground lessor of the Project (each a “Holder”) whose name and address
shall have theretofore been furnished to Tenant in writing, specifying that
Landlord has failed to perform such obligations; provided, however, that if
the
nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are
required for performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord
commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter
diligently prosecutes the same to completion.
19.
PARKING
Tenant
and Tenant’s employees, invitees and customers shall have the right to use the
parking areas of the Building subject to such regulations and charges as
Landlord shall adopt from time to time, and subject to the right of Landlord
to
restrict the use by Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives when in the sole
judgment of Landlord such use is excessive for the parking area in relationship
to the reasonable use required by other Tenants. If Landlord becomes obligated
under applicable laws or regulations or any other directive of any governmental
or quasi-governmental authority to pay or assess fees or charges for parking
in
the Building’s parking area, Tenant shall pay such amounts to Landlord as
additional Rent.
20.
RELOCATION
OF PREMISES
20.1
Conditions
.
For the
purpose of maintaining an economical and proper distribution of Tenants
throughout Bishop Ranch acceptable to Landlord, Landlord shall have the right
from time to time during the term of this Lease to relocate the Premises within
another Class A, five-story building in Bishop Ranch, subject to the following
terms and conditions;
(a)
The
rented and usable areas of the new Premises must be of equal size to the
existing Premises (subject to a variation of up to ten percent (10%) provided
the amount of Base Rent payable under this Lease is not increased);
(b)
Landlord
shall pay the cost of providing tenant improvements in the new Premises
comparable to the tenant improvements in the existing Premises;
(c)
Landlord
shall pay the expenses reasonably incurred by Tenant in connection with such
substitution of Premises, including but not limited to costs of moving, door
lettering, telephone and telephone cabling relocation and reasonable quantities
of new stationery;
20.2
Notice
.
Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice of Landlord’s election to
relocate the Premises, specifying the new location and the amount of rent
payable therefore at least sixty (60) days prior to the date the relocation
is
to be effective. If the relocation of the Premises is not acceptable to Tenant,
Tenant for a period of ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s notice to
relocate shall have the right (by delivering written notice to Landlord) to
terminate this Lease. If Tenant so notifies Landlord, Landlord at its option
may
withdraw its relocation notice, in which event this Lease shall continue and
Tenant shell not be relocated, or accept Tenant’s termination notice, in which
event this Lease shall terminate effective as of the date the relocation was
to
be effective,
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
21.
MORTGAGEE
PROTECTION
.
Tenant
agrees to give any Holder, by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default
served upon the Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been
notified in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or
otherwise) of the address of such Holder. If Landlord shall have failed to
cure
such default within the time period set forth in Paragraph 18.5 the Holder
shall
have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default or if
such
default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may
be
necessary to cure such default (including the time necessary to foreclose or
otherwise terminate its Encumbrance, if necessary to effect such cure), and
this
Lease shall not be terminated so long as such remedies are being diligently
pursued.
22.
ESTOPPEL
CERTIFICATES
.
(a)
Upon
thirty (30) days’ notice from Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to
Landlord, in form provided by or satisfactory to Landlord, a certificate stating
that this Lease is in full force and effect, describing any amendments or
modifications hereto, acknowledging that this Lease is subordinate or prior,
as
the case may be, to any Encumbrance and stating any other information Landlord
may reasonably request, including the term of this Lease, the monthly Base
Rent,
the estimated Operating Cost Payments, the date to which Rent has been paid,
the
amount of any security deposit or prepaid Rent, whether either party hereto
is
in default under the terms of the Lease, whether Landlord has completed its
construction obligations hereunder and any other information reasonably
requested by Landlord. Any person or entity purchasing, acquiring an interest
in
or extending financing with respect to the Project shall be entitled to rely
upon any such certificate. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any reasonable
damages incurred by Landlord including any profits or other benefits from any
financing of the Project or any interest therein which are lost or made
unavailable as a result, directly or indirectly, of Tenant’s failure or refusal
to timely execute or deliver such estoppel certificates.
(b)
Tenant’s
failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon
Tenant:
(1)
That
this
Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be
represented by Landlord;
(2)
That
there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance; and
(3)
That
not
more than one month’s Rent has been paid in advance; and
(4)
That
Landlord has completed its construction obligations.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
(c)
If
Landlord desires to finance or refinance the Building, or any part thereof,
Tenant hereby agrees to deliver to any lender designated by Landlord such
financial statements of Tenant as may be reasonably required by such lender.
Such statements shall include the past three years’ financial statements of
Tenant. All such financial statements shall be received by Landlord in
confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set
forth.
23.
SURRENDER,
HOLDING OVER
23.1
Surrender
.
Upon
the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises
to Landlord in its original condition, except for reasonable wear and tear
and
damage from casualty or condemnation; provided, however, that prior to the
expiration or termination of this Lease Tenant shall remove from the Premises
all Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures, alterations and other
Above-Standard Improvements that Tenant has the right or is required by Landlord
to remove under the provisions of this Lease. Tenant shall also be responsible
for removal of all telephone cables and wires, CRT, data and telephone
equipment, and any other form of cabling that exists in Tenant’s space. If any
of such removal is not completed at the expiration or termination of this Lease,
Landlord may remove the same at Tenant’s expense. Any damage to the Premises or
the Building caused by such removal shall be repaired promptly by Tenant or,
if
Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense, in which event
Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for such expenses together with
interest at the Default rate until so paid. Tenant’s obligations under this
Paragraph shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. Upon
expiration or termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s possession, Tenant shall
surrender all keys to the Premises or any other part of the Building and shall
make known to Landlord the combination of locks on all safes, cabinets and
vaults that may be located in the Premises.
23.2
Holding
Over
.
If
Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination
of this Lease, Tenant’s continued possession shall be on the basis of a tenancy
at the sufferance of Landlord, and Tenant shall continue to comply with or
perform all the terms and obligations of the Tenant under this Lease, except
that the Base Rent during Tenant’s holding over shall be one hundred fifty
percent (150%) of the monthly Base Rent payable in the last month prior to
the
termination or expiration hereof.
24.
HAZARDOUS
MATERIALS
Tenant
shall not (either with or without negligence) cause or permit the escape,
disposal or release of any biologically or chemically active or other hazardous
substances or materials. Tenant shall not allow the storage or use of such
substances or materials in any manner not sanctioned by law or by the highest
standards prevailing in the industry for the storage and use of such substances
or materials, nor allow to be brought into the Project any such materials or
substances except to use in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business, and then
only after written notice is given to Landlord of the identity of such
substances or materials. Without limitation, hazardous substances and materials
shall include those described in the Comprehensive Environmental Response
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601
et
seq., any applicable state or local laws and the regulations adopted under
these
acts. If any lender or governmental agency shall ever require testing to
ascertain whether or not there has been any release of hazardous materials,
then
Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of the same, and the reasonable costs
thereof shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord upon demand as additional
charges if such requirement applies to the Premises. Landlord shall have the
right, but not the obligation, to enter the Premises at any reasonable time
to
perform any required testing, to confirm Tenant’s compliance with the provisions
of this Paragraph, and to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph if
Tenant has failed to do so. In addition, Tenant shall execute affidavits,
representations and the like from time to time at Landlord’s request concerning
Tenant’s best knowledge and belief regarding the presence of hazardous
substances or materials on the Premises. In all events, Tenant shall indemnify
Landlord in the manner elsewhere provided in this Lease from any release of
hazardous materials on the Premises occurring while Tenant is in possession,
or
elsewhere if caused by Tenant or persons acting under Tenant. The within
covenants shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the lease
term.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
25.
MISCELLANEOUS
25.1
Attornment
.
Upon
any transfer by Landlord of Landlord’s interest in the Premises or the Building
(other than a transfer for security purposes only), Tenant agrees to attorn
to
any transferee or assignee of Landlord,
25.2
Captions:
Attachments: Defined Terms
(a)
The
captions of the paragraphs of this Lease are for convenience only and shall
not
be deemed to be relevant in resolving any question of interpretation or
construction of any paragraph of this Lease. The provisions of this Lease shall
be construed in accordance with the fair meaning of the language used and shall
not be strictly construed against either party. When required by the contents
of
this Lease, the singular includes the plural. Wherever the term “including’ is
used in this Lease, it shall be interpreted as meaning “including, but not
limited to,” the matter or matters thereafter enumerated.
(b)
Exhibits
attached hereto, and addenda and schedules initialed by the parties, are deemed
to constitute part of this Lease and are incorporated herein.
(c)
The
words
“Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein, shall include the plural as well as the
singular. Words used in neuter gender include the masculine and feminine and
words in the masculine or feminine gender include the neuter. The obligations
of
this Lease as to a Tenant which consists of husband and wife shall extend
individually to their sole and separate property as well as community
property.
25.3
Entire
Agreement
.
This
Lease along with any exhibits and attachments hereto constitutes the entire
agreement between Landlord and Tenant relative to the Premises, and this Lease
and the exhibits and attachments may be altered, amended or revoked only by
instrument in writing signed by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant
agree hereby that all prior or contemporaneous oral agreements between and
among
themselves and their agents or representatives relative to the leasing of the
Premises are merged in or revoked by this Lease.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
25.4
Severability
.
If any
term or provision of this Lease shall, to any extent, be determined by a court
of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of
this
Lease shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Lease
shall be valid and be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by
law.
25.5
Costs
of Suit
(a)
If
Tenant
or Landlord brings any action for the enforcement or interpretation of this
Lease, including any suit by Landlord for the recovery of Rent or possession
of
the Premises, the losing party shall pay to the prevailing party a reasonable
sum for attorneys’ fees. The “prevailing party” will be determined by the court
before whom the action was brought based upon an assessment of which party’s
major arguments or positions taken in the suit or proceeding could fairly be
said to have prevailed over the other party’s major arguments or positions on
major disputed issues in the court’s decision.
(b)
Should
Landlord, without fault on Landlord’s part, be made a party to any litigation
instituted by Tenant or by any third party against Tenant, or by or against
any
person holding under or using the Premises by license of Tenant, or for the
foreclosure of any lien for labor or material furnished to or for Tenant or
any
such other person or otherwise arising out of or resulting from any act or
transaction of Tenant or of any such other person, Tenant covenants to save
and
hold Landlord harmless from any judgment rendered against Landlord or the
Premises or any part thereof, and all costs and expenses, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord in or in connection with such
litigation.
25.6
Time:
Joint and Several Liability
.
Time is
of the essence of this Lease and each and every provision hereof, except as
to
the conditions relating to the delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant.
All the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease to he performed
by either party, if such party shall consist of more than one person or
organization, shall be deemed to be joint and several, and all rights and
remedies of the parties shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any other remedy
at law or in equity.
25.7
Binding
Effect: Choice of Law
.
The
parties hereto agree that all provisions hereof are to be construed as both
covenants and conditions as though the words imparting such covenants and
conditions were used in each separate paragraph hereof. Subject to any
provisions hereof restricting assignment or subletting by Tenant, all of the
provisions hereof shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto
and
their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. This
Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State of California.
25.8
Waiver
.
No
covenant, term or condition or the breach thereof shall be deemed waived, except
by written consent of the party against whom the waiver is claimed, and any
waiver or breach of any covenant, term or condition shall not be deemed to
be a
waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other covenant,
term or condition. Acceptance by Landlord of any performance by Tenant after
the
time the same shall have become due shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord
of
the breach or default of any covenant, term or condition unless otherwise
expressly agreed to by Landlord in writing.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
25.9
Force
Majeure
.
In the
event Landlord is delayed, interrupted or prevented from performing any of
its
obligations under this Lease, including its obligations under the Work Letter,
and such delay, interruption or prevention is due to fire, act of God,
governmental act, strike, labor dispute, unavailability of materials or any
other cause outside the reasonable control of Landlord, then the time for
performance of the affected obligations of Landlord shall be extended for a
period equivalent to the period of such delay, interruption or prevention.
Each
day of delay under this Subsection shall result in one (1) Scheduled
Commencement Adjustment Day.
25.10
Landlord’s
Liability
.
The
term “Landlord”, as used in this Lease, shall mean only the owner or owners of
the Project at the time in question. Notwithstanding any other term or provision
of this Lease, the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease
is
limited solely to Landlord’s interest in the Project as the same may from time
to time be encumbered, and no personal liability shall at any time be asserted
or enforceable against any other assets of Landlord or against Landlord’s
stockholders, directors, officers or partners on account of any of Landlord’s
obligations or actions under this Lease, In addition, in the event of any
conveyance of title to the Building or the Project, then from and after the
date
of such conveyance, Landlord shall be relieved of all liability with respect
to
Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease after the date of such
conveyance. Upon any conveyance of title to the Building or the Project, the
grantee or transferee, by accepting such conveyance, shall be deemed to have
assumed Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease from and after
the date of transfer subject to the limitations on liability set forth above
in
this Paragraph 25.10. In no event will Landlord be liable under this Lease
for
consequential or indirect damages or loss of profits.
25.11
Consents
and Approvals
.
Wherever the consent, approval, judgment or determination of Landlord is
required or permitted under this Lease, Landlord may exercise its good faith
business judgment in granting or withholding such consent or approval or in
making such judgment or determination without reference to any extrinsic
standard of reasonableness, unless the provision providing for such consent,
approval, judgment or determination specifies that Landlord’s consent or
approval is not to be unreasonably withheld, or that such judgment or
determination is to be reasonable, or otherwise specifies the standards under
which Landlord may withhold its consent. If it is determined that Landlord
failed to give its consent where it was required to do so under this Lease,
Tenant shall be entitled to specific performance but not to monetary damages
for
such failure, unless Landlord withheld its consent maliciously and in bad
faith.
The
review and/or approval by Landlord of any item to be reviewed or approved by
Landlord under the terms of this Lease or any Exhibits hereto shall not impose
upon Landlord any liability for accuracy or sufficiency of any such item or
the
quality or suitability of such item for its intended use. Any such review or
approval is for the sole purpose of protecting Landlord’s interest in the
Project under this Lease, and no third parties, including Tenant or Tenant’s
Representatives or any person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant,
shall have any rights hereunder.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
25.12
Signs
.
Tenant
shall not place or permit to be placed in or upon the Premises where visible
from outside the Premises or any part of the Building, any signs, notices,
drapes, shutters, blinds or displays of any type without the prior consent
of
Landlord. Landlord shall include Tenant in the Building directories located
in
the Building. Landlord reserves the right in Landlord’s sole discretion to place
and locate on the roof, exterior of the Building, and in any area of the
Building not leased to Tenant such signs, notices, displays and similar items
as
Landlord deems appropriate in the proper operation of the Building.
25.13
Rules
and Regulations
.
Tenant
and Tenant’s Representatives shall observe and comply fully and faithfully with
all reasonable and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations adopted by Landlord
for the care, protection, cleanliness and operation of the Building and its
tenants including those annexed to this Lease as Exhibit D and any modification
or addition thereto adopted by Landlord, provided Landlord shall give written
notice thereof to Tenant. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the
nonperformance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building of any of said
rules and regulations.
25.14
Notices
.
All
notices or demands of any kind required or desired to be given by Landlord
or
Tenant hereunder shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered, sent
in
the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, or sent by
private messenger, addressed to the Landlord or Tenant respectively at the
addresses set forth below:
Landlord:
ALEXANDER
PROPERTIES COMPANY
One
Annabel Lane
Suite
201
San
Ramon, CA 94583
|
Tenant:
Mr.
Dave Brunton
SBE,
INC.
4000
Executive Parkway, Suite 200
San
Ramon, CA 94583
|
or
such
other address as shall be established by notice to the other pursuant to this
paragraph. Notices personally delivered or delivered by private messenger shall
be deemed delivered when received at the address for such party designated
pursuant to this paragraph. Notices sent by mail shall be deemed delivered
on
the earlier of the third business day following deposit thereof with the United
States Postal Service or the delivery date shown on the return receipt prepared
in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have
the
right, upon notice to Tenant thereof, to eliminate personal delivery as an
effective means of notice hereunder.
25.15
Authority
.
If
Tenant is a corporation or a partnership, each individual executing this Lease
on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly organized
and
validly existing entity, the persons signing on behalf of Tenant, are duly
authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of Tenant and this Lease
is binding upon Tenant in accordance with its terms. If Tenant is a corporation,
Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after execution of this Lease, deliver
to
Landlord a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors of said
corporation authorizing or ratifying the execution of this Lease.
25.16
Lease
Guaranty
.
INTENTIONALLY DELETED.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
25.17
Brokers
.
Tenant
warrants and represents to Landlord that in the negotiating or making of this
Lease neither Tenant nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any real
estate broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this
Lease other than Jeff Well of Colliers International, whose commission is to
be
paid by Tenant. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from
any
claim or claims, including costs, expenses and attorney’s fees incurred by
Landlord asserted by any other broker or finder for a fee or commission based
upon any dealings with or statements made by Tenant or its agents, employees
or
representatives.
25.18
Reserved
Rights
.
Landlord retains and shall have the rights set forth below, exercisable without
notice and without liability to Tenant for damage or injury to property, person
or business and without effecting an eviction, constructive or actual, or
disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises or giving rise to any
claim for set-off or abatement of Rent, to reduce, increase, enclose or
otherwise change at any time and from time to time the size, number, location,
layout and nature of the common areas and facilities and other tenancies and
premises in the Project and to create additional rentable areas through use
or
enclosure of common areas.
25.19
Right
of First Refusal
.
Landlord hereby grants Tenant with a Right of First Refusal to lease any space
on the Second Floor of Building that Tenant does not initially lease (the “Right
of First Refusal Premises”). In order for Tenant to exercise its Right of First
Refusal, Tenant agrees that, within five (5) business days from Tenant’s receipt
of Landlord’s written notice of Landlord’s intent to lease said Right of First
Refusal Premises to another party, Tenant shall notify Landlord whether it
will
or will not exercise said Right of First Refusal. In the event Tenant exercises
its Right of First Refusal, the terms and conditions applicable to the Right
of
First Refusal Premises shall be the same as in the proposed lease with another
party for the Right of Refusal Premises and Tenant and Landlord shall, within
fifteen (15) days from the date of Tenant’s notice, execute a Lease Addendum
which shall incorporate the terms and conditions of the Right of Refusal
Premises into this Lease..
If
Tenant
does not notify Landlord within the aforementioned time frame of its intent
to
exercise its Right of First Refusal, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived
its
Right of First Refusal and Landlord shall be free to lease the space to another
party.
25.20
Option
to Extend
.
Subject
to the provisions of this Subsection 25.20, Landlord hereby grants Tenant one
(1) Option to Extend the Term of this Lease for a period of five (5) years.
Tenant’s notice of its election to exercise the Option to Extend must be given
to Landlord in writing no sooner than twelve (12) months and no later than
ten
(10) months prior to the expiration date of the Term.
(a)
Rent
.
Base
Rent for the Option period shall be set at Fair Market Value, but not less
than
$26.00 per rentable square foot. Fair Market Value is described in (b)
below.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
(b)
Fair
Market Value
.
The
Term “Fair Market Value” used in this Lease shall mean the annual rental rate
being charged in the general area of the buildings in San Ramon, Pleasanton
and
Dublin for space in like size buildings and comparable to the space for which
Fair Market Value is to be determined, taking into consideration use, location
and floor level within the applicable building, the location, size of tenancy,
quality and age of the building, the definition of rentable area or net rentable
area, as the case may be, rental concessions for renewal tenants, the date
the
particular rate under consideration became effective, the term of the lease
under consideration, the extent of services provided thereunder, applicable
distinctions between “gross” leases and “net” leases, expense stop figures for
escalation purposes, and other adjustments to base rental, with respect to
which
such rental rates are computed for renewal tenants.
(c)
Within
thirty (30) days following Tenant’s notice to Landlord to extend the term of
this Lease, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the proposed Fair Market Value.
Tenant shall have thirty (30) days following receipt of Landlord’s notice in
which to:
(1)
accept
such determination; or
(2)
elect
to
have such determination made by arbitration as described below; or
(3)
withdraw
its notice of exercise of Option to Extend.
If
Tenant
fails to notify Landlord of its election within said thirty (30) day period,
Tenant shall be deemed conclusively to have withdrawn its notice of exercise
of
Option to Extend the Lease and the Lease shall terminate on the Term Expiration
Date as if such notice was never given. If Tenant elects to have such
determination made by arbitration, then:
(i)
Within
ten (10) days after Landlord receives Tenant’s notice of its election to have
such determination made by arbitration, Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint
and employ, at its cost, a real estate appraiser (who shall be licensed in
the
state where the Premises are located and be a member of the American Institute
of Real Estate Appraisers (MAI) with at least ten (10) years of full time
commercial appraisal and real estate marketing experience in the immediate
area
where the Premises are located) to appraise and establish the pair Market
Value.
(ii)
The
two
appraisers, thus appointed, shall meet promptly and attempt to agree upon and
designate a third appraiser meeting the qualifications set forth above within
ten (10) days after the date of appointment of the last of the two
appraisers.
(iii)
If
the
two appraisers are unable to agree on the third appraiser, either of the
parties, after giving five (5) days’ notice to the other, shall request the
American Arbitration Association in the county in which the Premises are located
to appoint such independent third appraiser who shall be of similar affiliation
or background of the appraisers aforementioned. Each of the parties shall bear
one-half of the cost of the appointment of the third appraiser and of the third
appraiser’s fee.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
(iv)
Within
thirty (30) days after the selection of the third appraiser, a majority of
the
appraisers shall agree upon the Fair Market Value. If a majority of the
appraisers are unable to agree within the stipulated time, then each appraiser
shall render his/her separate appraisal within such time, and the three
appraisals shall be averaged in order to establish such rate; provided, however,
if the low appraisal and/or the high appraisal are more than ten (10%) percent
lower and/or higher than the middle appraisal, the low appraisal and/or high
appraisal shall he disregarded. If only one appraisal is disregarded, the
remaining two appraisals shall be averaged in order to establish such Fair
Market Value. If both the low appraisal and the high appraisal are disregarded,
the middle appraisal shall establish the Fair Market Value. After the Fair
Market Value has been established, the appraisers shall immediately notify
the
parties in writing.
(d)
Notice
.
In the
event Tenant does not provide Landlord with written notice of its intent to
exercise this Option to Extend within the aforementioned time frame, Tenant
shall be deemed to have waived its Option to Extend.
(e)
Option
is Personal
.
Except
as permitted in Section 15 of this Lease, the Option to Extend is Personal
to
the Tenant executing this Lease and is otherwise not assignable or transferable,
except to an affiliate of Tenant.
Please
Initial
Tenant
( )
Landlord
( )
Landlord
and Tenant have executed this Lease on the date and year set forth at the
beginning of this Lease,
Landlord:
ALEXANDER
PROPERTIES COMPANY, a
California
partnership
|
|
Tenant:
SBE,
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
[Map
of
property]
EXHIBIT
B
WORK
LETTER
INTENTIONALLY
DELETED
EXHIBIT
C
SPACE
PLAN
TO
BE PROVIDED
EXHIBIT
D
RULES
AND REGULATIONS
1.
No
sign,
placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be inscribed, displayed,
printed, affixed or otherwise displayed by Tenant on or to any part of the
outside or inside of the Building or the Premises without the prior written
consent of Landlord and Landlord shall have the right to remove any such sign,
placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice without notice to and at the
expense of Tenant. All approved signs or lettering on doors shall be printed,
painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by a person approved
by
Landlord. Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near
the glass of any window, door, partition or wall which may appear unsightly
from
outside the Premises; provided, however that Tenant may request Landlord to
furnish and install a building standard window covering at all exterior windows
at Tenant’s cost. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, loud
speaker, or other device on or about the roof area or exterior walls of the
Building.
2.
The
sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways shall
not
be obstructed by Tenant or used by it for any purpose other than for ingress
to
and egress from the Premises. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators,
stairways, balconies and roof are not for the use of the general public and
Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access
thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of the Landlord shall
be
prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building
and its tenants, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed
to
prevent such access to the common areas by persons with whom Tenant normally
deals in the ordinary course of its business unless such persons are engaged
in
illegal activities. In no event may Tenant go upon the roof of the
Building.
3.
Landlord
will furnish Tenant with 50 keys to the Premises, free of charge. Additional
keys shall be obtained only from Landlord and Landlord may make a reasonable
charge for such additional keys. No additional locking devices shall be
installed in the Premises by Tenant, nor shall any locking devices be changed
or
altered in any respect without the prior written consent of Landlord. All locks
installed in the Premises excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes, or special
security areas (which shall be designated by Tenant in a written notice to
Landlord), shall be keyed to the Building master key system. Landlord may make
reasonable charge for any additional lock or any bolt (including labor)
installed on any door of the Premises. Tenant, upon the termination of its
tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord all keys to doors in the
Premises.
4.
The
toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for
any
purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance
of any kind whatsoever shall be deposited therein and Tenant shall bear the
expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from its violation of
this
rule.
5.
Tenant
shall not overload the floor of the Premises or mark, drive nails, screw or
drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises
or any part thereof. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires or laying of
linoleum or other similar floor coverings or installation of wallpaper or paint
shall be permitted except with the prior written consent of the Landlord and
as
the Landlord may direct.
6.
Tenant
may use the freight elevators in accordance with such reasonable scheduling
as
Landlord shall deem appropriate. Tenant shall schedule with Landlord, by written
notice given no less than forty-eight (48) hours in advance, its move into
or
out of the Building which moving shall occur after 5:30 p.m. or on weekend
days
if required by Landlord; and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for
any
additional security or other charges incurred by Landlord as a consequence
of
such moving. The persons employed by Tenant to move equipment or other items
in
or out of the Building must be acceptable to Landlord. The floors, corners
and
walls of elevators and corridors used for moving of equipment or other items
in
or out of the Project must be adequately covered, padded and protected and,
Landlord may provide such padding and protection at Tenant’s expense if Landlord
determines that such measures undertaken by Tenant or Tenant’s movers are
inadequate. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and
position of all safes and other heavy equipment or furnishings brought into
the
Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in or out of the
Building. Safes or other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by
Landlord, stand on wood strips of such thickness as is necessary to properly
distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage
to
any such safe or property from any cause and all damage done to the Building
by
moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be repaired at
the
expense of Tenant. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls
of the Building, either by any Tenant or others, any hand trucks except those
equipped with rubber tires and side guards.
7.
Tenant
shall not employ any person or persons other than the janitor of Landlord for
the purpose of cleaning the Premises unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord
in
writing. Except with the written consent of Landlord, no person or persons
other
than those approved by Landlord shall be permitted to enter the Building for
the
purpose of cleaning the same. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor
by
reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good
order and cleanliness. Landlord shall in no way be responsible to any Tenant
for
any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage
done
to the effects of Tenant by the janitor or any other employee or any other
person. Janitor service will not be furnished on nights when rooms are occupied
after 9:30 p.m. Window cleaning shall be done only by Landlord.
8.
Tenant
shall not use or keep in the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline
or
flammable, combustible or noxious fluid or material, or use any method of
heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord. Tenant shall
not use, keep or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a
manner offensive or objectionable to the Landlord or other occupants of the
Building by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way
with other tenants or those having business therein, nor shall any animals
or
birds be brought in or kept in or about the Premises or the Building. Tenant
shall not make or permit to be made any unseemly or disturbing noises or disturb
or interfere with occupants of this or neighboring Buildings or premises or
those having business with them whether by the use of any musical instrument,
radio, phonograph, unusual noise, or in any other way.
9.
The
Premises shall not be used for the storage of merchandise except as such storage
may be incidental to the use of the Premises for general office purposes. Tenant
shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied for the
manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form. The Premises
shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any illegal purposes. No
cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant on the Premises, except that use
by
Tenant of Underwriters’ Laboratory approved portable equipment for brewing
coffee, tea and similar beverages and of microwave ovens approved by Landlord
shall be permitted provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable
federal, state and local laws, codes, ordinances, rules and
regulations.
10.
Landlord
will direct electricians as to where and how telephone wires and any other
cables or wires are to be installed. No boring or cutting for cables or wires
will be allowed without the consent of Landlord. The location of telephones,
call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject
to the approval of Landlord.
11.
Tenant
shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that
the
same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as
approved by the Landlord. Tenant shall bear the expense of repairing any damage
resulting from a violation of this rule or removal of any floor
covering.
12.
No
furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in
the
Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours
and
in such elevators as shall be designated by Landlord. In its use of such, Tenant
shall not obstruct or permit the obstruction of walkways, ingress and egress
to
the Building and tenant spaces and at no time shall Tenant park vehicles which
will create traffic and safety hazards or create other
obstructions.
13.
On
Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays all day, and on other days between the
hours of 7:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. the following day, access to the Building
or to
the halls, corridors, elevators, or stairways in the Building, or to the
Premises may be refused unless the person seeking access is known to the person
or employee of the Building in charge and has a pass or is properly identified.
Landlord shall in no case he liable for damages for any error with regard to
the
admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. Tenant assumes all
responsibility for protecting its Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage,
In
case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, the Landlord
reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance
of
the same by closing the doors or otherwise, for the safety of the Tenants and
protection of property in the Building and the Building. Landlord reserves
the
right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building
on
Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays all day, and on other days between the
hours of 7:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. and during such further hours as Landlord
may
deem advisable for the adequate protection of said Building and the property
of
its tenants, and to implement such additional security measures as Landlord
deems appropriate for such purposes. The cost of such additional security
measures, as reasonably allocated by Landlord to Tenant, shall be reimbursed
by
Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s demand
therefor.
14.
Tenant
shall see that the doors of the Premises are closed and securely locked before
leaving the Building and must observe strict care and caution that all water
faucets, water apparatus and utilities are entirely shut off before Tenant
or
Tenant’s employees leave the Building, and that all electricity shall likewise
be carefully shut off, so as to prevent waste or damage and for any default
or
carelessness Tenant shall make good all injuries sustained by other tenants
or
occupants of the Building or Landlord. On multiple-tenancy floors, all tenants
shall keep the doors to the Building corridors closed at all times except for
ingress and egress, and all tenants shall at all times comply with any rules
and
orders of the fire department with respect to ingress and egress.
15.
Landlord
reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in
the
judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs,
or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of the rules and
regulations of the Building.
16.
Landlord
shall attend to the requests of Tenant after notice thereof from Tenant by
telephone, in writing or in person at the Office of the Landlord. Employees
of
Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular
duties unless under special instructions from the Landlord.
17.
No
vending machine or machines (except for Tenant’s sole use) of any description
shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written
consent of the Landlord. In the event Tenant installs vending machines for
the
use of their employees, the vending machines shall have no exposure to the
exterior of the Building.
18.
Tenant
agrees that it shall comply with all fire and security regulations that may
be
issued from time-to-time by Landlord and Tenant also shall provide Landlord
with
the name of a designated responsible employee to represent Tenant in all matters
pertaining to such fire or security regulations.
19.
Landlord
may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of
any
particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed
as a waiver of those Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant or
tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and
Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Project.
20.
Canvassing,
soliciting, peddling or distribution of handbills or other written material
in
the Building and Project is prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent
same.
21.
Landlord
reserves the right to (i) select the name of the Project and Building and to
make such change or changes of name, street address or suite numbers as it
may
deem appropriate from time to time, (ii) grant to anyone the exclusive right
to
conduct any business or render any service in or to the Building and its
tenants, provided such exclusive right shall not operate to require Tenant
to
use or patronize such business or service or to exclude Tenant from its use
of
the Premises expressly permitted in the Lease, and (iii) reduce, increase,
enclose or otherwise change at any time and from time to time the size, number,
location, layout and nature of the common areas and facilities and other
tenancies and premises in the Project and to create additional rentable areas
through use or enclosure of common areas. Tenant shall not refer to the Project
by any name other than the name as selected by Landlord (as same may be changed
from time to time), or the postal address, approved by the United States Post
Office. Without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name
of the Building or Bishop Ranch Business Park in connection with or in promoting
or advertising the business of Tenant or in any respect except as Tenant’s
address.
22.
Tenant
shall store all its trash and garbage within the Premises until removal of
same
to such location in the Project as may be designated from time to time by
Landlord. No material shall be placed in the Project trash boxes or receptacle
if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the
ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage
in
the City of San Ramon without being in violation of any law or ordinance
governing such disposal.
23.
Landlord
shall furnish heating and air conditioning during the hours of 7:00 a.m. and
7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except for holidays. In the event Tenant
requires heating and air conditioning during off hours, Saturdays, Sundays
or
holidays, Landlord shall on notice provide such services at the rate established
by Landlord from time-to-time. Landlord shall have the right to control and
operate the public portions of the Building and the public facilities, and
heating and air conditioning, as well as facilities furnished for the common
use
of the Tenants, in such manner as it deems best for the benefit of the Tenants
generally.
24.
The
directory of the Building will be provided for the display of the name and
location of tenants and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names
therefrom. Any additional name that Tenant shall desire to place upon the
directory must first be approved by Landlord and, if so approved, a charge
will
be made for each such name.
25.
Except
with the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not sell, or permit
the
sale from the Premises of, or use or permit the use of any sidewalk or common
area adjacent to the Premises for the sale of newspapers, magazines,
periodicals, theater tickets or any other goods, merchandise or service, nor
shall Tenant carry on, or permit or allow any employee or other person to carry
on, business in or from the Premises for the service or accommodation of
occupants of any other portion of the Building, nor shall the Premises be used
for manufacturing of any kind, or for any business or activity other than that
specifically provided for in Tenant’s lease.
26.
The
word
“Tenant” occurring in these Rules and Regulations shall mean Tenant and Tenant’s
Representatives. The word “Landlord” occurring in these Rules and Regulations
shall mean Landlord’s assigns, agents, clerks, employees and
visitors.
ACKNOWLEDGED
AND ACCEPTED:
Landlord:
|
|
Tenant:
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
EXHIBIT
E
JANITORIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
The
following specific janitorial services will be provided in accordance with
provisions of Paragraph 7.1, Landlord’s Obligations:
OFFICE
AREAS
(DAILY)
1.
Empty
all
waste baskets and disposal cans, if liners used, replace as
necessary.
2.
Spot
dust
desks, chairs, file cabinets, counters and furniture.
3.
Spot
vacuum all carpets and walk-off mats; spot as necessary.
4.
Sweep
all
hard surface floors with treated dust mop.
OFFICE
AREAS
(WEEKLY)
1.
Vacuum
carpets completely, including around base boards, etc.
2.
Perform
low dusting of furniture.
3.
Dust
window sills and ledges.
OFFICE
AREAS
(QUARTERLY)
1.
Perform
all high dusting of doors, sashes, moldings, etc.
2.
Dust
mini
blinds as needed.
OFFICE
AREA CORRIDORS AND LOBBIES
(DAILY
SERVICE)
1.
Vacuum
carpets and dust mop any hard floors.
2.
Spot
clean carpets of all spillage.
3.
Clean
all
thresholds.
OFFICE
AREA CORRIDORS AND LOBBIES
(WEEKLY)
1.
Perform
all high dusting of doors, sashes, moldings, etc.
2.
Vacuum
and clean all ceiling vents.
3.
Polish
any metal railings, placards, etc.
STAIRWAYS
(DAILY)
1.
Sweep
all
hard surface steps.
2.
Dust
banisters.
STAIRWAYS
(WEEKLY)
1.
Sweep
all
hard surfaces.
2.
Spot
mop
all spills as needed.
RESTROOMS
COMMON AREA
(DAILY
SERVICE)
1.
Empty
all
waste containers and replace liners as needed.
2.
Clean
all
metal, mirrors, and fixtures.
3.
Sinks,
toilet bowls and urinals are to be kept free of scale.
4.
Clean
all
lavatory fixtures using disinfectant cleaners.
5.
Wash
and
disinfect underside and tops of toilet seats,
6.
Wipe
down
walls around urinals.
7.
Refill
soap, towel, and tissue dispensers.
8.
Wet
mop
tile floors with disinfectant solution.
9.
Refill
sanitary napkin machines as necessary.
RESTROOMS
COMMON AREA
(WEEKLY)
1.
Perform
high dusting and vacuum vents.
2.
Use
germicidal solution in urinal traps, lavatory traps, and floor
drains.
RESTROOMS
COMMON AREA
(MONTHLY)
1.
Scrub
floors with power machine.
2.
Wash
down
all ceramic tile and toilet compartments.
ELEVATORS
(DAILY)
1.
Vacuum
floors.
2.
Clean
thresholds.
3.
Spot
walls and polish surfaces.
GENERAL
All
glass
entry doors to offices, corridors, or lunch rooms are to be cleaned as
necessary.
EXHIBIT
F
DOOR
SIGN, DIRECTORY STRIP AND MAIL BOX REQUEST,
1.
I,
the
undersigned, hereby authorize Landlord to order one door sign of ( ) wood,
( )
vinyl, (x) chrome. The business name on it shall be:
2.
The
directory strip shall read:
3.
The
mail
box strip shall read:
Street
Address:
|
4000
Executive Parkway
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
Complex:
|
Bishop
Rauch 8, Building P
|
EXHIBIT
G
COMMENCEMENT
OF LEASE
INTENTIONALLY
DELETED
LEASE
AGREEMENT
|
Page
1
(4)
|
FOR
NON-RESIDENTIAL PREMISES No.
995
1006
|
The
undersigned have this day entered into the following Lease Agreement
An
X in a
box means that the text following thereafter applies
Landlord
|
NCC
Property G AB
|
|
|
Tenant
|
Neonode
AB
|
National
ID/company registration no.
|
|
Premises
Address, ect
|
Municipality:
Stockholm
|
Property
designation
Lustgarden
10
|
Street:
Warfuingesväg
41
|
Floor/Building
Plan
4
|
Apartment
no.
Hus
1
|
Billing
Address:
|
Condition
and use of premises
|
Unless
otherwise stated, the premises and appurtenant storage areas are
let in
their existing condition for use as: Office for
Neonode
AB
|
Size
and extent of premises
|
Retail
Space
|
Office
Space
|
Storage
Space
|
Other
Space
|
Floor
|
Sq.
m.
|
Floor
4
|
Sq.
m.
appx.
887
|
Floor
|
Sq.
m.
|
Floor
|
Sq.
m.
|
Floor
|
Sq.
m.
|
The
Designated Areas
£
have
£
have
not been measured jointly prior to the execution of the
Agreement.
Should
the area shown in the Agreement deviate from that actually measured,
this
does not entitle the Tenant to any
repayment
of rent no entitle the Landlord to any increased rent
T
The
extent of the leased premises is marked on appended plan(s)
2007-10-16
|
|
|
Appendix
2
|
|
£0
|
access
for cars loading/ unloading
|
£
|
place
for sign
|
£
|
place
for display cabinet/ vending machine
|
£
|
parking
space(s) for car(s)
|
£
|
garage
space(s) for car(s)
|
£
|
Furnishings/
Fixtures/Fittings
|
The
premises are let:
|
Appendix
|
T
without
furnishings/fixtures/fittings specific to the specific
Tenants
|
£
without
furnishings/fixtures/fittings specific to the specific Tenants of
the
premises according to appendix
|
|
|
Unless
otherwise agreed upon, at the termination of the tenancy, the Tenant
shall
remove all property belonging to him and surrender the premises in
acceptable condition.
The
parties agree to carry out a joint inspection of the premises not
later
than the last day of the tenancy. If, as a result of the Tenant’s actions
- carried out with or without the Landlord’s consent - the premises upon
surrender should contain material, which it had not previously been
agreed
that the Landlord should be responsible for, the Tenant shall remove
such
material or pay the Landlord’s expenses in so doing., including but not
limited to, transportation costs, waste disposal taxes and storage
charges.
|
Telephone
Lines
|
£
|
The
Tenant shall pay for the installation of the necessary telephone
lines
from a connection point designated by the service provider to those
points
in the premises chosen by the Tenant in consultation with the
Landlord.
|
£
|
The
Landlord shall pay for corresponding installation of lines to the
premises. The installation of lines inside the premises shall be
carried
out by the Tenant in consultation with the Landlord; the cost, however,
to
be borne by the Tenant.
|
Data
Communication lines
|
£
|
The
Tenant shall pay for the installation of the necessary data communication
lines from a connection point designated by the service provider
to those
points in the premises chosen by the Tenant in consultation with
the
Landlord.
|
£
|
The
Landlord shall pay for corresponding installation of lines to the
premises. The installation of lines inside the premises shall be
carried
out by the Tenant in consultation with the Landlord; cost, however,
to be
borne by the Tenant,
|
Terms
of Lease
|
Commencing
2008-04-01
Appendix 1
|
Up
to and including
|
2013-03-31
|
Termination/
Extensions
|
Notice
of termination of this Agreement must be given in writing at lease
9
months prior to the expiry of this Agreement.
In
the absence thereof, this Agreement is extended by a term of
3
years
at a time.
|
Heating
and hot water
|
Requites
heating of the premises is provided by
T
the Landlord
£
the Tenant
|
|
Hot
water is provided
£
throughout the year
£
not provided
£
|
Notice
Note
that in certain cases, in addition to marking a box with an X, an
appendix
must be appended to the Agreement in order for the agreement set
forth in
such appendix to be binding. This applies, for example. With respect
to an
index clause, a property tax clause and the Tenants rights to a reduction
of rent in conjunction with customary maintenance. In addition, see
Instructions prepared by the organisations.
|
|
Swedish
Property Federation from no. 12B, prepared in 1998 in consultation
with
the Swedish Federation of Trade and the
Swedish
Hotels - and Restaurants Association (SHR), Copying
prohibited.
Notice:
This is a translation into English of for no. 12B.
License
number: 2057-9686-221855. Vernr: 6.01. Registered to: NCC Property
Development AB.
|
Initial
|
Initial
|
LEASE
AGREEMENT
|
Page
2
(4)
|
FOR
NON-RESIDENTIAL PREMISES No.
995
1006
|
The
undersigned have this day entered into the following Lease Agreement
An
X in a
box means that the text following thereafter applies
Rent
|
SEK
1
863 000 Appendix 1
Per
annum comprising
£
total rent
T
rent excluding supplements marked below
|
|
Index
clause
|
T
|
Changes
to the above-stated rent shall be effected pursuant to the appended
index
clause
|
Appendix
|
1
|
|
Heating
and hot water costs
|
T
|
Fuel/heating
supplement payable in accordance with
appended
clause
|
Appendix
|
1
|
|
Water
and sewerage costs
|
T
|
Water
and sewerage supplement payable in accordance
with
appended clause
|
Appendix
|
1
|
|
Cooling
Ventilation
|
T
|
Costs
for the operation of special cooling and ventilation appliances
shall
be reimbursed in accordance with appended clause
|
Appendix
|
1
|
|
Electricity
|
£
|
included
in rent
£
Tenant has own contact with the provider
|
Appendix
1
|
|
Cleaning
of stairwell
|
T
|
included
in rent
£
Tenant has own contact with the provider
|
|
|
Refuse
and waster removal
|
Insofar
as the Landlord is responsible for the provision of storage space
for
refuse/waste, and arranging for the removal of such refuse/waste,
it is
the Tenant’s responsibility to sort and deposit refuse/waste in the
appropriate containers as directed, in their designated place, as
well as
without recompense contribute towards further and/or additional sorting,
as directed by the Landlord
Refuse/Waste
£
included in rent
£
Arranged
for and paid for by the Tenant (the Landlord however shall provide
the
necessary refuse/waste containers and the requisite storage space
for
such)
T
Included
in rent with respect to the types of refuse/waste indicated below.
The
tenant shall be responsible for, and pay for the costs of, collection,
sorting, storage, and transportation of the categories of refuse/waste
not
indicated below which are to be found on the Tenants
premises.
T
Household
waste
£
Fluorescent
tubes
£
Hard plastic packaging
£
Heavy refuse
£
Metal
packaging
£
Hazardous waste pursuant to the hazardous Waste Ordinance
(1996.971)
£
Compostable waste
£
clear class
containers
£
__________________________
£
Newspapers
£
Coloured class containers
£
__________________________
£
Batteries
£
Cardboard packaging
£
__________________________
|
|
Snow
clearance and gritting
|
T
included in rent
£
to
be arranged for and paid for by the Tenant
£
as
per appendix
|
Appendix
|
|
|
Property
taxes
|
£
included in rent
T
reimbursement payable as per special agreement
|
Appendix
|
|
Unforeseen
costs
|
Where,
following the execution of the Agreement, unforeseen increases in
costs
arise in relation to the property as a consequent of:
a)
the introduction of, or increases in taxes, charges or duties levied
specifically on the property as a result of decisions take by Parliament,
Government, municipalities, or other relevant authorities;
b)
general rebuilding measures or suchlike in respect of the property
which
do not relate solely to the premises and which the Landlord is obliged
to
execute as a result of decisions of the Parliament, Government,
municipalities, or other relevant authorise.
The
Tenant shall, commencing at the time of the cost increase, reimburse
the
Landlord in relation to that proportion of the total annual increase
in
costs for the property represented by the premises.
The
proportion represented by the premises is
4.5
per cent. Where the proportion has not been indicated. It shall be
comprised of that proportion of the total rents for remises (excluding
any
value-added tax) represented by the Tenant’s rent (excluding an
value-added tax) at the time of the increase in costs, in respect
of unlet
premises, the market rent for the premises shall be
estimated.
‘Taxes’
in accordance with a) above does not refer to value-added tax and
property
tax to the extent that reimbursement in respect of this is paid as
per
agreement. ‘Unforeseen Costs’ means such costs as were not decided upon by
the authorities as set forth in sections a) and b) at the inception
of the
Agreement Reimbursement shall be paid in the same manner as set forth
below for rental payments.
|
Notice
Note
that in certain cases, in addition to marking a box with an X, an
appendix
must be appended to the Agreement in order for the agreement set
forth in
such appendix to be binding. This applies, for example. With respect
to an
index clause, a property tax clause and the Tenants rights to a reduction
of rent in conjunction with customary maintenance. In addition, see
Instructions prepared by the organisations.
|
|
Swedish
Property Federation from no. 12B, prepared in 1998 in consultation
with
the Swedish Federation of Trade and the
Swedish
Hotels - and Restaurants Association (SHR), Copying
prohibited.
Notice:
This is a translation into English of for no. 12B.
License
number: 2057-9686-221855. Vernr: 6.01. Registered to: NCC Property
Development AB.
|
Initial
|
Initial
|
LEASE
AGREEMENT
|
Page
3
(4)
|
FOR
NON-RESIDENTIAL PREMISES No.
995
1006
|
The
undersigned have this day entered into the following Lease Agreement
An
X in a
box means that the text following thereafter applies
Value-added
tax (VAT)
|
T
The
property owner/Landlord is liable to pay value-added tax for the
letting
of the premises. In addition to rent, the Tenant shall on each occasion
pay the
VAT currently applicable.
£
Where,
following a decision by the Tax Authorities, the property owner/Landlord
become fiable to pay VAT for the letting of the premises, the Tenant
shall on each occasion in addition to the rent pay the VAT
concurrently applicable.
The
VAT paid together with rent shall be calculated on the stated rental
amount and where applicable on supplemental charges and other
reimbursements paid in accordance with the Agreement, pursuant to
the
rules applicable at the time in respect of VAT payable on
rent.
Where
the Landlord become liable to pay VAT pursuant to the provisions
of the
Value Added Tax Act as a consequence of the Tenant’s independent actions,
such as a subletting of the premises (including subletting to its
own
company) or assignment, the Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord in
full.
In addition, the Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord in respect of
the
increased costs arising as a consequence of the Landlord’s loss of the
entitlement to deduct VAT on operating expenses incurred as a consequence
of the Tenant’s actions.
|
Payment
of Rent
|
The
rent shall be paid in advance without prior demand, not later than
the
last working day prior to the commencement of:
£
each calendar month
T
each quarter
£
By
direct transfer to either of the following accounts
|
Postal
giro no.
|
Banking
no.
|
see
bill
|
Interest,
Payment reminders
|
Upon
delay in the payment of rent, the Tenant shall pay interest in accordance
with the interest Act as well as compensation for written payment
reminders in accordance with the Debt Recovery Act, ect. Compensation
for
payment reminders shall on each occasion be paid in an amount currently
applicable pursuant to the Debt Recovery Ordinance,
ect.
|
Maintenance,
ect.
|
£
|
The
landlord shall carry out and bear the cost of necessary maintenance
of the
premises and
furnishings/fittings/fixtures
supplied by him.
|
However,
the Tenant shall be responsible for
|
Appendix
|
|
|
|
|
In
addition, the Tenant’s maintenance obligations includes
|
Appendix
|
T
|
The
Tenant shall carry out and bear the cost of necessary
maintenance
of the surface of floors, walls and ceiling, as well
as
of furnishings/fittings/fixtures provided by the Landlord.
Where
the Tenant does not fulfil his maintenance obligations and does not
within
a reasonable time carry out rectification works following a written
demand, then the Landlord shall be entitled to fulfil these obligations
at
the Tenant’s expense.
|
|
T
|
The
allocation of the maintenance obligations is set forth as per separate
appendix.
|
Appendix
|
1
and 3
|
Management
and Operation
|
|
Unless
otherwise agreed, the Landlord shall, where applicable, manage, operate,
and maintain the public and common areas.
The
Tenant shall not be entitled, without the Landlord’s written consent, to
carry out an fitting out and/or installation or alteration works
within
the premises or otherwise within the property, which directly effects
the
structural components of the building or installations important
to the
functioning of the property, such as water and sewerage, electricity,
ventilation systems, ect., which are the property of the
Landlord.
Sprinkler
heads and ventilation equipment may not be covered by any
fixtures/fittings by the Tenant in such a manner as to reduce the
functioning of such equipment in conjunction with the performance
of
fitting out works, the Tenant shall ensure that the functioning of
radiators and other heating equipment is maintained in all significant
respects.
|
|
Inspections
|
|
Where
any defects and/or deficiencies are found subsequent to an inspection
by a
relevant authority, in the electrical and sprinkler equipment which
is the
property of the Tenant, the Tenant shall, at his own cost and within
the
period prescribed by the relevant authority, carry out any measures
required. Where the Tenant has not rectified the defects and/or
deficiencies within the stated time, the Landlord shall be entitled,
at
the Tenant’s expense, to carry out such measure as are required by the
relevant authority.
|
Access
to certain spaces
|
|
The
Tenant shall keep areas to which the maintenance personnel and personnel
from the energy utilities, water and sewerage utilities, the telephone
company, and any like organisation must have access to, easily accessible
by keeping such areas free of cupboards, crates, goods, or any other
obstructions.
|
Building
material specifications
|
|
Whether,
pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise, the Tenant
performs maintenance, improvement, or alteration works in respect
of the
premises, the Tenant shall provide the Landlord, in good time prior
to the
execution of such work, with specifications of the building materials
- to
the extent such have been prepared - for the products and materials
to be
used on the premises.
|
Planning
and Building Code (PBL) fines
|
|
Where
the Tenant undertakes alterations to the premises without the requisite
construction permit and, as a consequence thereof the Landlord is
compelled to pay construction fines or supplemental fees pursuant
to the
rules set forth in the Planning and Building Code (PBL), the Tenant
shall
reimburse the landlord in respect of this.
|
Reduction
of rent
|
|
The
Tenant shall not be entitled to a reduction in rent for the period
during
which the Landlord allows work to be carried out in order to place
the
premises in the agreed condition, or other works specifically set
forth in
the Agreement.
|
T
|
The
Tenant’s right to a reduction in rent during the Landlord’s performance of
customary maintenance of the leased premises or the property shall
be
governed by a separate appendix.
|
Appendix
1
|
Requirements
imposed
by relevant authorities, etc.
|
£
The
Landlord
T
The
Tenant
|
shall
be solely responsible for, and bear the cost of, undertaking measures
which may be required for the intended use of the premises by insurance
companies, building authorities, environmental or health authorities,
fire
departments, or other relevant authorities after the date of taking
possession. The Tenant shall consult with the Landlord prior to
undertaking any such measures.
|
Notice
Note
that in certain cases, in addition to marking a box with an X, an
appendix
must be appended to the Agreement in order for the agreement set
forth in
such appendix to be binding. This applies, for example. With respect
to an
index clause, a property tax clause and the Tenants rights to a reduction
of rent in conjunction with customary maintenance. In addition, see
Instructions prepared by the organisations.
|
|
Swedish
Property Federation from no. 12B, prepared in 1998 in consultation
with
the Swedish Federation of Trade and the
Swedish
Hotels - and Restaurants Association (SHR), Copying
prohibited.
Notice:
This is a translation into English of for no. 12B.
License
number: 2057-9686-221855. Vernr: 6.01. Registered to: NCC Property
Development AB.
|
Initial
|
Initial
|
LEASE
AGREEMENT
|
Page
4
(4)
|
FOR
NON-RESIDENTIAL PREMISES No.
995
1006
|
The
undersigned have this day entered into the following Lease Agreement
An
X in a
box means that the text following thereafter applies
Signs,
awnings, windows, doors, etc.
|
Following
consultation with the Landlord, the Tenant shall be entitled
to display a
customary business sign provided that the Landlord has not reasonably
denied the same and that the Tenant has obtained the requisite
permit from
the relevant authority. Upon surrender of the premises, the Tenant
shall
restore the facade of the building to an acceptable
condition.
In
conjunction with more extensive property maintenance, such as
the
renovation of facades etc. the Tenant shall, at his own cost
and without
compensation, dismantle and reassemble signs, awnings, and
antennas.
The
Landlord undertakes not to fix vending machines and display cabinets
on
the exterior walls of the premises let to the Tenant without
the Tenant’s
consent, and grants to the Tenant an option to fix vending machines
and
display cabinets on the walls in question.
|
£
The
Landlord
T
The
Tenant
|
is
liable for any damage due to negligence or malicious intent
to
|
T
windows
T
signs
|
£
display/shop
windows
£
|
T
entrance
doors
|
£
The
Tenant shall purchase and maintain glass insurance with respect
to all
display/shop windows and entrance doors appurtenant to the
premises.
|
Locks
|
£
The
Landlord
T
The
Tenant
|
shall
equip the premises with such locks and anti-theft devices as
may be
required to ensure the validity of the Tenant’s business
insurance.
|
Force
majeure
|
The
Landlord shall not be compelled to perform his obligations under
this
Agreement or pay any damages where, as a consequence of acts
of war or
riots, work stoppages, blockades, fires, explosions, or intervention
by a
public authority over which the Landlord has no control and which
could
not have been foreseen, and the Landlord is prevented entirely
from
performing his obligations or may only be able to do so at abnormally
high
cost.
|
Security
|
This
Agreement is contingent upon the provision of security in the
form of
a
|
Appendix
1
|
£
|
Bank
guarantee
|
£
|
Personal
guarantee
|
£
|
To
be provided
no
later than: See Appendix
|
Special
provisions
|
Special
Provisions
Floor
Plan
Delegation
of Responsibilities, Investments, Maintenance
Room
and Technical Description
Display
Programme
|
Appendix
1
2
3
4
5
|
Signature
|
This
Agreement which may not be registered without specific consent
has been
prepared in two identical counterparts of which each party has
received
one. All prior agreements between the parties with respect to
these
premises shall cease to apply commencing on the date of execution
of this
Agreement.
|
Place/date
|
Place/date
|
Landlord
|
Tenant
|
Printed
name
|
Printed
name
|
|
As
a consequence of an agreement entered into on this day, the Agreement
shall cease to apply
commencing
_________________________________, at which time the Tenant undertakes
to
surrender the premises.
|
|
Place/date
|
Place/date
|
|
Landlord
|
Tenant
|
Assignment
|
This
Lease Agreement is hereby assigned to
commencing
|
|
Assignor
|
Assignee
|
National
ID/company registration no.
|
|
The
above-referenced assignment is hereby approved
|
Place/date
|
Landlord
|
Notice
Note
that in certain cases, in addition to marking a box with an X,
an appendix
must be appended to the Agreement in order for the agreement
set forth in
such appendix to be binding. This applies, for example. With
respect to an
index clause, a property tax clause and the Tenants rights to
a reduction
of rent in conjunction with customary maintenance. In addition,
see
Instructions prepared by the organisations.
|
|
Swedish
Property Federation from no. 12B, prepared in 1998 in consultation
with
the Swedish Federation of Trade and the Swedish Hotels - and
Restaurants
Association (SHR), Copying prohibited.
Notice:
This is a translation into English of for no. 12B.
License
number: 2057-9686-221855. Vernr: 6.01. Registered to: NCC Property
Development AB.
|
Appendix
1
NCC
Special Provisions
SPECIAL
PROVISIONS
GOVERNING
LEASING CONTRACT
Appendix
1
Leasing
contract: 995 1 006
Landlord:
NCC Property G AB
Tenant:
Neonode AB
Premises
address: Warfvingesväg 41, Stockholm
18-10-2007
1.
The arrangement of the premises
Prior
to
the start of the lease term the Landlord shall put the premises into order
in
accordance with the attached room and technical description annexe 4 as well
as
arrange the premises in accordance with the drawing, annexe 2 and in accordance
with the delimitation list for investment, annexe 3. The supplementary
information that the Landlord requires from the Tenant in order to put the
premises into order shall be provided in accordance with an Instruction
Timetable that the Landlord draws up. However, the surface layer and the choice
of colour for the surface layer shall be done no later than 15-11-2007.
Minor
adjustments to the layout, annexe 2, that are initiated by the Tenant no later
than by 26-10-2007, shall incur no additional cost for the Tenant. Minor
adjustments are understood to mean that the office and conference rooms that
are
shown on the outline plan may be moved to elsewhere in the premises as well
as a
maximum of 2 office rooms may be added. The adjustments may only be effected
if
they are technically uncomplicated in respect of the property’s technical
installations. The Landlord and Tenant shall, in accord, find the most suitable
solution.
Changes
initiated by the Tenant that involve departures from annexes 2, 3 and 4 and
that
involve additional cost, shall be paid for by the Tenant. In the event of
additional orders, the Tenant shall be charged the Landlord’s prime costs
against invoices from the contractor.
All
changes shall be ordered in writing by the Tenant and ordered work may not
be
commenced until the parties have signed the order.
The
Tenant pays for and draw up a detailed premises schedule as well as furnishing
plans by no later than 26-10-2007 as a basis for the Landlord to undertake
final
planning of the premises. If the Tenant does not provide such a basis for final
planning the Landlord shall undertake final planning and provide the premises
with a point of departure taken in the basis that exists and in accordance
with
the documents that relate to this present leasing agreement.
Changes
to the layout may be expected during the forthcoming detailed planning stage.
Irrespective of the layout and state of the premises according to annexes 2
and
4, the Landlord is entitled to carry out such changes that are imperative for
construction reasons or that are imposed by the appropriate authorities. In
this
respect reasonable consideration shall be given to the Tenant’s
wishes.
Appendix
1 - Special Provisions
|
1(6)
|
Appendix
1
NCC
Special Provisions
The
Tenant shall participate in tenant meetings/planning meetings in order that
the
Instruction Timetable is adhered to.
Any
furniture and fixtures & fittings entered in the drawings in annexe 2, are
not included in the leasing contract.
2.
The Tenant’s own work
The
Tenant is responsible for, and shall pay for, fixtures & fittings, equipment
and installations that are associated with his own business. As examples mention
may be made of telephone and computer systems (the Landlord is responsible
for
the wiring), furniture, reception desks, safes and other loose and fixed
fixtures & fittings, special equipment for his own business, specially
adapted security systems etc. The work that is to be carried out under the
Tenant’s own auspices and that is deemed by the Landlord to have an impact on
the building construction or on the technical supply system, shall be carried
out by the Landlord’s organisation.
3.
Rent discounts
Rent
discounts shall apply as follows:
01-04-2008
to 30-04-2008 SEK 155 250. Rent supplement according to the agreement shall
be
charged during the period.
01-05-2008
to 31-05-2008 SEK 155 250. Rent supplement according to the agreement shall
be
charged during the period.
01-06-2008
to 30-11-2008 a discount of SEK 465 750 shall apply, evenly distributed over
the
period. Rent supplement according to the agreement shall be charged during
the
period.
4.
Index clause
The
annual rent stated in the leasing contract shall, during the lease term, be
recalculated on the basis of the changes to the Statistics Sweden consumer
price
index (total index with 1980 as the base year) in accordance with the following
bases.
The
basic
rent shall constitute 100 % of the rent amount stated in the contract. During
the lease term a supplement to the rent amount shall be made, on the basis
of
the changes to the consumer price index (total index with 1980 as the base
year), by a certain percent of the basic rent, in accordance with what is stated
in the following.
The
basic
rent is regarded as being established in line with the index figure for October
2007 (the basic figure). This figure is currently unknown.
Should
the index figure at any subsequent October have risen in relation to the basic
figure, then a supplement shall be payable at the percentage figure by which
the
index figure has altered in relation to the basic figure. A supplement shall
henceforth be payable in relation to the index changes, whereby the rent changes
shall be calculated on the basis of the percentage change between the basic
figure and the index figure for the respective October. In the event of the
index figure for any October falling in relation to the index figure that
applied at the last time that the rent was adjusted in accordance with this
clause, the preceding index supplement shall be payable without
change.
Appendix
1 - Special Provisions
|
2(6)
|
Appendix
1
NCC
Special Provisions
Payable
rent shall never be set lower than the rent amount stated in the
contract.
The
rent
change always takes place from and including 1 January following the October
that has given rise to the recalculation.
5.
Heating, ventilation, cooling plant, water
The
Tenant shall, at the same time as the rent and in addition to it, effect payment
corresponding to the Landlord’s prime costs (consumption including network
charges) for that part of the Landlord’s fixed and variable costs for heating,
cooling plant and ventilation of the property, that relate to the premises.
The
Landlord does not intend to install separate metering equipment for the premises
whereupon the charging shall be based on the consumption in the building and
a
calculated apportionment between the relevant premises, when the apportionment
shall be undertaken by the Landlord.
The
Tenant shall effect payment quarterly on account in a sum that originally
amounts to SEK 125 per m2/year. The amount on account shall be adjusted annually
on the basis of the actual outcome. Settlement against actual calculated
consumption shall be made no later than 1 July of the following year. The Tenant
shall be entitled to install his own meters at his own cost.
Included
in the rent is the cost of water for normal consumption for office premises.
The
Tenant shall pay the cost of water consumption over and above what is normal
for
the office space, such as for cooling plant, machinery belonging to the
operation or other special apparatuses. Where appropriate the Tenant shall
acquire and install water meters for measuring the consumption for which the
Tenant is liable.
6.
Electricity consumption
The
Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, over and above the basic rent, the Tenant’s
cost of electricity consumption in respect of the premises. Payment shall be
made in an amount corresponding to the Landlord’s prime costs. The Landlord’s
prime costs are understood to be consumption including network charges. Separate
metering of the Tenant’s electricity consumption shall be undertaken. The Tenant
may not choose the electricity provider.
7.
Property tax
The
Tenant shall, at the same time as the rent, and as a supplement to this, pay
the
portion of the payable property tax attributable to the premises that is payable
at any given time in respect of the property. The premises’ share (that shall
remain unaltered during the lease term) shall be deemed to be, and the tenant
shall pay, 4.5 % of the total payable property tax for the property.
8.
Value Added Tax
The
Tenant conducts VAT-liable business in the premises or activity that is
comparable in terms of VAT, and is also notified that the property owner is
registered as being VAT-liable in respect of the premises. The Tenant shall,
in
addition to the rent, pay the VAST that applies at any given time. If the
Tenant, during the leasing relationship, ceases to conduct VAT-liable business
in the premises, the Tenant shall pay to the property owner the amount that
the
property owner, in accordance with the law pertaining to VAT, is required to
pay
to the state. The Tenant shall additionally compensate for the increased
operation VAR and investment VAT that becomes a consequence of the Tenant’s
action.
Appendix
1 - Special Provisions
|
3(6)
|
Appendix
1
NCC
Special Provisions
9.
Garage places
The
Tenant has the right to rent 10 garage places in the property. The rent shall
be
SEK 18 000 per place and year and shall also be index adjusted under the same
conditions that are stated in this present agreement. A separate rent agreement
shall be concluded. The Tenant shall notify within one month of the leasing
agreement being concluded, whether he wishes to rent the places. If the Tenant
chooses not to rent the places the Landlord has the right to rent them out
to
someone else.
10.
Security for the rent
As
security for the Tenant’s fulfilment of all obligations in accordance with the
leasing contract and in accordance with the law, the Tenant shall provide the
Landlord with a bank guarantee for 6 months rent. The bank guarantee shall
be
provided no later than by 15-11-2007. In the event of the company’s
creditworthiness having a rating of 4 after 18 months according to Kreditfakta
or UC, the requirement of a bank guarantee may be removed.
11.
Lease term and taking possession
Lease
term: From and including 01-04-2008 up to and including 31-03-2013.
The
Tenant is entitled to take possession of the premises in order to commence
moving in from 17.00 hrs. 28-03-2008. From that date the Tenant has full
responsibility for the premises. No rent is payable for the period 28-03-2008
to
31-03-2008.
The
above-stated Day of Taking Possession (28-03-2008) presupposes e.g. that the
Tenant keeps to the times regarding his part of the programme work and
instruction timetable in accordance with clause 1 “the arrangement of the
premises”.
The
Tenant is aware about, and accepts, that there may be construction work in
the
premises that is not completed on The Day of Taking Possession. The Tenant
shall, however, be able to conduct his business in an acceptable manner and
also
the work shall be concluded within two weeks of the time that the tenant has
taken possession of the premises.
12.
Operation and maintenance
The
Landlord is responsible for exterior maintenance of the building as well as
for
maintenance of the property’s basic installations regarding heating, cooling
plant, electricity, ventilation and sanitation.
The
Tenant is responsible for the maintenance of all surface layers, operation
and
maintenance of own installations, locks and access systems, alarm systems for
fire (not requirements imposed by authorities and sprinklers) and burglary
as
well as for maintenance of his own fixtures & fittings and equipment, as
well as those provided by the Landlord, in the leased premises and in accordance
with annexe 3.
The
Tenant shall arrange and pay for cleaning of the premises.
Appendix
1 - Special Provisions
|
4(6)
|
Appendix
1
NCC
Special Provisions
The
property’s basic installations regarding cooling plant and ventilation that the
landlord provides are normally in operation from 07.00 to 18.00 on weekdays.
At
other times as well as on holidays, the tenant may himself extend the operating
time via manual adjustment.
13.
Assignment of leasing rights
The
Tenant is not, without the Landlord’s prior written consent, entitled to wholly
or partly assign the leasing rights to the premises. Such consent shall not
be
refused if the Landlord does not have justified cause to oppose the
assignment.
The
Tenant is not, without the Landlord’s prior written consent, entitled to wholly
or partly give up the leasing rights to the premises as sub-letting.
The
above
stated restrictions to the Tenant’s right to assign and/or give up the premises
shall not apply to assignment/giving up to another company or another
association within the Tenant’s corporate group, or to such assignment in
connection with the transfer of business as referred to in the land law
(1990:994) chapter 12, § 36.
14.
Environmental responsibility
If
the
Tenant conducts environmentally dangerous activity he shall be required to
obtain the requisite permits for the conducting of the activity from the
Landlord, authorities, courts or other determining instance. The Tenant is
responsible for following the current environmental legislation and to conduct
the environmentally dangerous activity in a manner that in all respects
minimises any inconveniences for the Landlord, other tenants in the property
as
well as third parties. The Tenant is financially liable and, in all other
respects, for the consequences of the conducted activity in relation to the
Landlord, other tenants, third parties and the involved authorities or similar
instances as well as, where appropriate, the courts.
In
the
event of the Landlord being subjected to financial liability for the
environmentally dangerous activity that the Tenant conducts or has conducted,
the Landlord is entitled to claim full compensation for this from the
Tenant.
The
Tenant shall consult with the Landlord in matters regarding choice of materials
and technical equipment for fixed installations, reconstructions etc. that
take
place under the auspices of the Tenant, and shall also provide the Landlord
with
the requisite environmental information.
The
Tenant is responsible for the cooling media installations that the Tenant
employs at any given time in his activity, meeting all the requirements that
are
imposed in accordance with current environmental legislation.
15.
Fire protection
The
Tenant is responsible for maintaining equipment within the premises to a
reasonable extent, for the extinguishing of fire and for rescuing lives in
the
event of fire or other accident. The Tenant is further responsible for otherwise
taking the measures within the premises that are necessary in order to prevent
fire and in order to prevent or restrict damage as a result of
fire.
The
Landlord has a responsibility for documenting the fire protection within the
building. The Tenant is therefore obliged, no later than two months after the
date of taking possession, as well as each year on 31 January, to hand over
to
the Landlord a written documentation of the Tenant’s fire protection. The
Tenant’s documentation shall have the content as laid down by the Swedish Rescue
Services Agency’s general advice and comments on systematic fire protection
work, SRVFS 2004:3.
Appendix
1 - Special Provisions
|
5(6)
|
Appendix
1
NCC
Special Provisions
The
Tenant is responsible for providing the Landlord within two weeks of a written
request, with the details that the Landlord requires in order to be able to
discharge his obligation to provide a written account of the fire protection
in
the building to the municipality in accordance with the Act (2003:775) on
Protection Against Accidents.
It
is of
particular importance for the Landlord that the Tenant discharges his
obligations in accordance with the above.
16.
Liability for damage to the property
The
Tenant is liable for damage to the property that occurs as a result of, or
as a
consequence of, criminal attack against the Tenant, the Tenant’s business or
premises, e.g. attempted burglary, arson or causing explosions. It is, however,
incumbent upon the Landlord to keep the property insured to the normal extent.
The Tenant’s payment obligation for damage of the type referred to in this
paragraph is limited to what is not compensated through the Landlord’s
insurance, e.g. own risk.
17.
Reconstructions and changes during the lease term
The
Tenant is only entitled to cause reconstruction and fixtures & fittings work
to be undertaken in the premises following written agreement with the Landlord.
The Tenant shall thereupon obtain the requisite permits from the authorities.
The Tenant shall, prior to undertaking such reconstruction and fixtures &
fittings work, hand over drawings and descriptions to the Landlord for
examination and approval. The Tenant shall appoint consultants and contractors
approved by the Landlord. The Tenant is responsible for such reconstruction
and
fixtures & fittings work not damaging the building or giving rise to
increased costs for the Landlord. The work shall be carried out professionally
and in accordance with current standards and regulations.
The
reconstruction and fixtures & fittings work within the premises carried out
by the Landlord shall, upon completion, be inspected. The surveyor shall be
appointed by the Landlord in consultation with the Tenant and shall be paid
for
by the Tenant. It is incumbent upon the Tenant to remedy the surveyor’s
criticisms in respect of the Tenant’s work, without delay and at his own cost.
Rectified criticisms shall be approved by the surveyor. The inspection shall
be
documented in a written record that shall be signed by both parties. The Tenant
shall hand over the revised as-built documentation.
18.
Signs
The
Tenant has set up a sign programme for the property. The Tenant has the right
to
set up a sign by the entrance that is normal for the activity as well as one
(1)
sign on the facade in accordance with the outline in annexe 5, on condition that
the Tenant follows the sign programme and has obtained the requisite permits
from the authorities concerned. The sign proposal shall be approved by the
Landlord before application for planning permission for the sign is submitted,
whereupon it shall be noted that the Landlord shall have acceptable reasons
for
not approving the sign.
The
Tenant shall be responsible for the operation and maintenance of the
sign.
Appendix
1 - Special Provisions
|
6(6)
|
Appendix
1
NCC
Special Provisions
Upon
the
Landlord’s maintenance of the facade the Tenant shall, if necessary, take down
the sign during the requisite time. Upon moving out it is incumbent upon the
Tenant to restore the house facade to an acceptable condition.
19.
Right to reduction
The
Tenant has no right to reduction of rent for obstacles or detriment in respect
of the right of use as a consequence of the Landlord causing normal maintenance
and normal reconstructions to be made in respect of the leased premises or
the
property in general. It is, however, incumbent upon the Landlord to notify
the
Tenant in good time with regard to the nature and scope of the work as well
as
when and for how long the work is to be carried out.
20.
Interruptions in the property
The
Tenant is aware, and accepts, that after moving in construction work may be
undertaken in other premises in the building. The Landlord shall, however,
give
due consideration to the Tenant’s activity and, as far as possible, limit any
negative effect.
21.
Reservation
The
leasing contract is first binding when both parties have signed the contract
and
both parties have each received their copies of the signed
contract.
22.
Interpretation precedence
In
the
event of conflict between provisions in the Swedish Property Federation’s form
for leasing contracts and these special provisions, interpretation precedence
applies to these special provisions.
Appendix
1 - Special Provisions
|
7(6)
|
Appendix
2
NCC
Floor
Plan
[Floor
Plan diagram]
Exhibit
2
- NCC Floor Plan
Appendix
3
NCC
Delegation of Responsibilities
Delegation
of responsibilities
Investments,
maintenance, exchanges, supervision and operations
Appendix
3
Leasing
contract: 995 1 006
Leasor:
NCC Property G AB
Leasee:
Neonode AB
Address
of premises: Warfvingesväg 41, Stockholm
2007-10-18
NCC
Property G AB hereafter called the Landlord (U) and Neonode AB hereafter called
the tennant (HG) have come to agreement on the following division of
responsibility concerning the investment, replacements, maintenance, repairs,
supervision and operations of fixtures and equipment.
The
general principle for the acquisition costs is that U is responsible for all
investments in the building (i.e. but not limited to, roof, floor, walls, water,
sewer, heat, ventilation, electricity, fixed fixtures and fixed equipment)
and
HG is responsible for all loose furnishings (i.e. but not limited to, AV
equipment, alarm, furniture, concept conforming shelving, office machines and
all other property that is required by the operations).
The
general principle for the maintenance is that the party which is responsible
for
the acquisition is also responsible for the maintenance and repairs. However,
HG
is responsible for the daily maintenance, cleaning and supervision in accordance
with the manufacturer’s recommendations. HG is responsible for damage exceeding
normal wear and tear.
The
list
below is a guideline of the allocation of responsibility for the new
acquisitions, replacements, maintenance, repairs, supervision and operations
of
equipment. In cases where a specific item is not listed on the list below,
the
general principles described above are enforced.
U
=
Landlord
=
NCC
Property G AB
HG
=
Tennant
=
Neonode
AB
Exhibit
3
- NCC Delegation of Responsibilities
Page
1
Appendix
3
NCC
Delegation of Responsibilities
|
|
Investment
|
|
Maintenance,
replacement
|
|
Supervision
and operation
|
|
Note
|
|
Building
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Roof
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guttors
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
Drains
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
Roofing
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
Drain
spouts
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
Antennas
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fasad
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signage/light
fixtures
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
Tennant
|
|
Signage/light
fixtures
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
Landlords
|
|
Entre
door
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
buildings
|
|
Garage
door
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
Window
glass
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
HG
|
|
Openable,
exept for towards essingleden
|
|
Window
frames
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interior
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed
fixtures and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entre
door to premisses
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Door
closer/opener, magnetic devices
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
In
addition to required from fire dept
|
|
Door
closer/opener, magnetic devices
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
Required
fire protection
|
|
Ceiling,
floor, glass partitions, walls, surfaces
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
Ceiling,
floor, glass partitions, surfaces
|
|
U
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Inner
doors
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Toalet
rooms
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Pantry/kitchen
incl white goods, microwaves and cupboards
|
|
U
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Buildings
recyclying center/garbage rooms
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
Other
fixtures in common areas
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
Sun
protection
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loose
fixtures and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Shelving,
Signs- and brocher stands
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Bullitan
boards, art etc.
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Curtains,
blinds
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
3
- NCC Delegation of Responsibilities
Appendix
3
NCC
Delegation of Responsibilities
|
|
Investment
|
|
Maintenance,
replacement
|
|
Supervision
and operation
|
|
Note
|
|
Office
machines
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Signs
for the tennants purpose
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Coffee
machines, water dispensers
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Konference
room funishings
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Cleaning
equipment
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Reception
desks
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Other
loose furnishings and interior design details withing the
premisis
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technical
installations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Security
and alarms
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Building
fire protection (government requirements)
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
Fire
protection other
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Wall
barrier building, protection class 2 up to 4 meters
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
Lock
and enrtry systems
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
Entre
fasad
|
|
Tennants
own card and entry systems
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Burglary
alarm
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Evacuation
alarm RWC (building requirment)
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Buildings
operations alarm
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
Tennants
operations alarm
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Telephone
equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central
equipment
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Electrical
network
|
|
U
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Equipment
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data
communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base
netork, fiber, copper
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
Only
to KK-room
|
|
Internal
network, copper
|
|
U
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Poles
|
|
U
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
For
60 workstations + 12 st extra poles
|
|
Channalization
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
communication equipement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PA
and AV-equipment
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Internal-TV
with the rented premises
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Cabel
TV
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Antenna
outlets
|
|
U
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
3
- NCC Delegation of Responsibilities
Page
3
Appendix
3
NCC
Delegation of Responsibilities
|
|
Investment
|
|
Maintenance,
replacement
|
|
Supervision
and operation
|
|
Note
|
|
Generella
electrical equipment
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
Lighting
for common areas
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
changes all light bulbs
|
|
Workstation
lighting
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pipes-installations
air conditioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Heating-,
water- and ventilation equipment
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
Sprinkler
equipment
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
Airconditioning
KK-rum 3 kW
|
|
U
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fire
protection equipement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Evacuation
signs
|
|
U
|
|
U
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Evacuation
plans - maps
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Fire
extinguishers
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance
and operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Window
washing, openable
|
|
|
|
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Window
washing, non-openable
|
|
|
|
|
|
U
|
|
End
utsidan.
2
ggr per år
|
|
Cleaning,
surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
Snow
removal, not outside areas
|
|
|
|
|
|
U
|
|
|
|
Floor
surfaces, walls and
furnishings
maintained by tennant
|
|
|
|
HG
|
|
HG
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
3
- NCC Delegation of Responsibilities
Page
4
Appendix
3
NCC
Delegation of Responsibilities
ROOM
AND TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
Appendix
4 Lease Agreement:
Lessor:
NCC Property G AB
Lessee:
Neonode AB
Address
of the premises: Warfvingesväg 41, Stockholm, Sweden
Room
description
Office/
Open-plan layout/ Passageway
Flooring:
Carpet standard 500 sek/square meter. Oak parquet floor, glued
Skirting:
Wood
Ceiling:
Level acoustic false ceiling with general pendant lighting
Walls:
Painted
Installations:
Airborne
heating/cooling system
Other:
Painted wood-framed glass partitions facing the corridor and wall systems
between rooms.
Conference
room
Flooring:
Carpet standard 500 sek/square meter. Oak parquet floor, glued
Skirting:
Wood
Ceiling:
Level acoustic false ceiling with general pendant lighting
Walls:
Painted
Installations:
Airborne
heating/cooling system
Other:
Painted wood-framed glass partitions facing the corridor and wall systems
between rooms. Folding partitions are not included. Furnishings and equipment
are not included.
Photocopying
room
Flooring:
Carpet standard 500 sek/square meter. Oak parquet floor, glued
Skirting:
Wood
Ceiling:
Level acoustic false ceiling with general pendant lighting
Walls:
Painted
Installations:
Airborne
heating/cooling system
Reception/
lobby/ waiting room/break
Flooring:
Carpet standard 500 sek/square meter. Oak parquet floor, glued
Skirting:
Wood
Ceiling:
Level acoustic false ceiling with general pendant lighting
Walls:
Painted
Installations:
Airborne
heating/cooling system
Other:
All furnishings and special lighting for the reception area to be funded by
the
Lessee.
Pantry/Lunchroom
(1 room) (food preparation not possible)
Flooring:
Carpet standard 500 sek/square meter. Oak parquet floor, glued (plastic mat
beneath and around cupboard)
Skirting:
Wood
Ceiling:
Level acoustic false ceiling with general pendant lighting
Walls:
Painted, wall tiling between worktop and overhead cupboards
Installations:
Airborne
heating/cooling system. Water outlet for coffee machine/water cooler. Workplace
lighting
Kitchen
fittings and equipment: Worktop in laminat. Painted cupboard doors. Blender
and
sink fittings
Fridge,
freezer, 2 dishwashers, 3 macrowave ovens. Fittings for microwave ovens and
coffee-machine.
Exhibit
4
- Room and Technical Description
Page
1
Appendix
4
NCC
Room
and Technical Description
WC
Flooring:
Clinker
Walls:
Tile
Other:
Fully equipped WC, general lighting. All units are fixed to the wall. Handicap
toilets include floor drain and shower fittings.
Cleaning
cupboard
Flooring:
Plastic mat
Skirting:
Same as flooring
Walls:
Painted
Ceiling:
Level acoustic false ceiling
Other:
General lighting. Slop basin
Storage
room
Flooring:
Linoleum
Skirting:
Wood
Walls:
Painted
Ceiling:
Level acoustic false ceiling
Other:
General lighting; furnishings and equipment are not included.
Laboratory
Flooring:
Earthing plastic carpet, so called ESD-carpet
Skirting:
Wood
Walls:
Painted
Ceiling:
Level acoustic false ceiling
Other:
General lighting; furnishings and equipment are not included.
Server
room/Cooling room
Flooring:
Semiconducting carpet
Skirting:
Wood
Walls:
Painted
Other:
General lighting. In cooling room: Fittings for 3 kW cooler. Cable TV outlet
in
star network.
Technical
description
Building
Windows
and French doors are constructed in the first instance with triple-glazed
aluminium clad timber windows.
Window-frames
are so-called triple windows offering the Lessee the opportunity to add their
own Venetian blinds. Tinted glass for sun protection and Venetian blinds are
installed in areas exposed to the sun.
Interior
partitions facing the lift and stairwell in aluminium. Internal office
partitions and partition wall panels between rooms are wall systems supplied
by
Eurowand, Flex or their equivalent.
False
ceiling is constructed as a heavy acoustic false ceiling. Partition wall panels
between rooms are attached to the false ceiling.
Office
floor structure is designed to withstand a load of 2.5 kN/m2. Area designated
to
filing in the heart of the office can handle a load of 4 kN/m2.
Heating,
cooling, ventilation
Inside
temperature: Requirement level of The Swedish Indoor Climate Institute (Svenska
Inneklimatinstitutet) is TQ2.
The
temperature is regulated area-wise with a temperature sensor in each area.
There
are 8 areas per floor and building block in the open-plan office environment.
Each office cubicle and conference room has its own temperature
sensor.
Outdoor
design temperature should be:
Summer:
+22
o
C
+4/-2
o
C
(outdoor design temperature +27
o
C
50 %
RH)
Exhibit
4
- Room and Technical Description
Page
2
Appendix
4
NCC
Room
and Technical Description
Winter:
+20
o
C
+/-2
o
C
(outdoor design temperature -20
o
C
50 %
RH)
Comfort
cooling system should be designed to withstand an internal load of 30 W/m2
LOA
Sanitary
airflow: 1.5 l/s/m2 for office/open-plan office environment and 4.5 l/s/m2
for
conference/meeting room.
Air
extraction occurs via fans placed in so-called “humid” areas and via a centrally
placed device. Conference room (> 12 people) has an air extraction duct. The
Lessee has the opportunity to initiate time-controlled ventilation and also
regulate temperature for each area.
Sound,
Acoustics
According
to SIS 025268, the sound classification of spaces in buildings is class A/B.
35
dB between offices, 30 dB facing corridor, 44 dB between conference rooms,
35 dB
facing corridor from conference room or 30 dB if walls are glazed. Within office
areas, the sound level from installations is ≤ 35dBA.
Lighting
Lighting
is designed according to AFS 2000:42 “Workplace Design” and NUTEK’s design
requirements “Office Lighting 1994-11 2
nd
Edition”, with the exception for the luminance requirement (up to 3500 cd/m2 is
acceptable). Office areas are provided with workplace oriented lighting with
an
average illumination strength of 300 lux. Fluorescent tube fittings, mixed
with
uplights/downlights, individually controlled with light cord pull. The lighting
is operated via centrally controlled time settings (on/off) and/or a switch.
Electricity
Electrical
distribution box is located within the Lessee’s allocated area. Above the false
ceiling there are standard power sockets, computer power sockets and light
sockets. Joined to these sockets are ceiling-to-floor cable rods that are to
be
funded by the Lessee.
Lightning
protection system is installed in the property.
Safety
and Security
According
to SSF 2000:3 protection class 2, the property’s perimeter protection is
installed up to the 4 metre level above the ground. The Lessee is responsible
for their own perimeter protection and for security on their own premises.
The
partition doors in the Lessee’s lobby and the walls surrounding the premises to
be in accordance with protection class 2. The doors to the main entrance shall
be equipped with an empty conduit in which to mount the Lessee’s electric strike
plates and access systems.
The
property is equipped with a sprinkler system. Evacuation alarm with detectors
in
the whole property according to public authority’s demand.
Data/telecommunications
Fibre
optics for data network and telephony are drawn out into cross connect systems
in respective control rooms.
Exhibit
4
- Room and Technical Description
Page
3
Appendix
5
NCC
Display Programme
[Display
Programme]
Exhibit
5
- Display Programme
Page
1
EMPLOYMENT
AGREEMENT
This
agreement has been made on the date set out below.
BETWEEN
Neonode, Inc., hereafter “the Company” AND Mikael Hagman “the
Employee”.
§
1
|
Form
of employment and position
|
The
Employee is hereby employed as CEO.
The
parties agree that the position entails duties and conditions of employment
such
that the employee shall be deemed to occupy a managerial or comparable
position.
The
Employee’s work duties shall accord with instruction, which may from time to
time be given for the position of CEO. The Employee’s locality of employment is
at present Sweden.
§
3
|
Duration
of the agreement and notice of
termination
|
This
agreement shall apply as of 2006-03-05 and indefinitely thereafter. The
agreement may be terminated upon observance of a period of notice of termination
of 12 months by the Company, and 6 months by the Employee. For the length of
the
employee’s seniority and service within the Company, the date of this agreement
shall apply.
Upon
termination by the Company, the Company is entitled to remove the Employee
from
the conduct of the Company’s affairs during the period of notice or part
thereof.
In
such a
case, the Employee is entitled to assume other employment or to conduct his
own
business with no other restriction than that which appears in the provision
of
non-competition of this agreement.
If
the
Employee is removed from his conduct of the Company’s affairs, then all property
which the Employee uses in connection with the employment shall be returned
to
the Company within five days, however in no case later than the date of the
employment’s termination.
§
4
|
Work
hours and vacation
|
The
Employee shall devote all of his work time to his post pursuant to this
agreement, and according to the standard working hours of the
Company.
Vacation
shall consist of 30 vacation days per year pursuant to the provisions of law
as
may from time to time be applicable.
Vacations
shall be planed in consultation with direct supervisor, and with respect to
the
business in the Company.
The
Employee may not hold another employment or be engaged in another business
without the expressed and written approval of the board, nor may the Employee
otherwise he engaged in activities, which can detrimentally affect his
employment under this agreement.
§
6
|
Salary
and Remuneration for board membership
|
Annual
base salary applicable shall be 1.560.000 SEK.
A
review
of salary and benefits shall normally he made each year in connection with
ordinary revision of the pay scale for the Company’s other employees. The first
review of salary shall be made after six months.
According
to the policy applicable to the Company the Employee is not entitled to receive
remuneration for hoard membership in companies of the Company
group.
No
salary
for overtime work or travel time shall be payable.
The
Employee is engaged into a separate bonus arrangement, annually established
in
discretion by the Company. Current bonus program in appendix 1.
The
Employee is engaged into a separate stock options agreement with the Company.
Appendix 2.
§
8
|
Pension
and sickness benefits etc
|
In
addition to benefits required by the national insurance act the Employee is
entitled to the insurance policy of Neonode Inc. as may front time to time
be
applicable.
The
Employee is also entitled to a pension benefit of 12% of the annual base salary
per year, which will substitute the current scheme between the relevant employer
and employee associations with regard to supplementary pension for salaried
employees. By choosing a pension benefit the employee will not have the option
to join “ITP tjanstepension” at any point of his employment with the
Company
§
9
|
Business
Trips and parking lot provided by the
employer
|
In
connection with business trips, the Employee shall receive compensation
according to the Company’s travel and subsistence allowance rules. In connection
with such trips, the Employee shall comply with the provisions on travel and
accommodation expenditures contained in those rules.
The
Employee shall be provided a parking lot nearby the office in Stockholm
The
Company is entitled to summary dismiss the Employee, effective immediately,
if
the Employee has grossly neglected his statutory or contractual obligations.
In
the event of such summary dismissal the Employee forfeits any right to severance
pay as well as the right to salary another employment benefits during the period
or notice, if any.
The
Employee is entitled to severance pay if
a)
the
Company dismisses the Employee; or
b)
the
Employee terminates the agreement due to the Company’s breach of
contract.
Severance
pay shall he paid at the minimum amount based on the Employee’s salary at the
time of the agreement’s termination, corresponding to 12 months base
salary.
Severance
pay shall be paid monthly following the termination of the employment contract.
The Company will not pay social security fees on the severance pay or insurance
premiums unless so required by statue or contract. Severance pay is not combined
with vacation pay.
If
the
Employee during the period that severance pay is paid pursuant to the proceeding
paragraph, assume employment with another employer or become engaged in his
own
business, then the Company shall be notified of such circumstance and in such
a
case deduction of the severance pay shall be made.
The
Employee agrees without any limitation in time not to disclose to third parties
confidential information concerning the Company or any other company in the
Company Group and their business activities.
“Confidential
information”, as used in this provision means any information – technical,
commercial or of any other nature – regardless of whether or not the
information is documented, with the exception of information which is, or
becomes generally known or which has come, or will come, to general knowledge
other than through the Employee’s breach of this provision.
If
the
Employee commits a breach of the above secrecy undertaking the Employee shall,
upon request by the Company pay a penalty of 250.000 SEK for each individual
case. The Company is also entitled to damages above 250.000 SEK if the
Employee’s breach of the secrecy agreement damage the Company for more than
250.000 SEK.
The
Employee agrees that during the period of employment and for a period of 12
months after termination of the employment, not to, either directly or
indirectly, conduct or in any manner further activities that competes with
the
business activities of the Company.
If
the
Employee commits a breach of the above prohibition against competition, the
Employee shall upon request by the Company pay a penalty of 500.000 SEK for
each
individual breach. The Company is also entitled to damages above 500.000 SEK
if
the Employee’s breach of the competition damage the Company for more than
500.000 SEK.
Payment
of a penalty shall not prejudice the Company’s right to remedies other than
damages due to breach of contract.
Only
those amendments and addition to this agreement that are made in writing and
signed by the parties are valid.
The
agreement and its appendixes constitute the parties complete regulation of
all
questions which the agreement concerns. All written or undertakings or
understandings which have proceeded the agreement or superseded by the contents
of this agreement and its appendixes
This
agreement and any dispute in connection with this employment relationship is
governed by Swedish law and Swedish courts.
This
agreement has been executed in two copies of which the parties have taken one
each.
Stockholm
2006-11-30
Neonode
Inc
|
|
Place
and date
|
|
|
|
/s/
Per Bystedt
|
|
/s/
Mikael Hagman
|
Per
Bystedt
Chairman
|
|
Mikael
Hagman
|
|
|
|
/s/
Magnus Goertz
|
|
|
Magnus
Goertz
Director
|
|
|
Appendix
1, bonus program
The
Company and the Employee shall in good faith work out the details for a bonus
program, where the Employee is entitled to a yearly bonus of maximum twelve
months salaries.
Appendix
2, stock option program
The
Employee is entitled to participate in the employee stock option program. The
allocation to the Employee is 100.000 employee stock options at points in time
over a period of 4 years.
SUBSIDIARIES
OF THE REGISTRANT
Name
|
|
Jurisdiction
|
Neonode,
AB
|
|
Sweden
|
CONSENT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Neonode
Inc.
Stockholm,
Sweden
We
hereby
consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements
on Form
S-8 (No. 333-132713, 333-63228, 333-114161) and Form S-3 (No. 333-147425)
of
Neonode Inc. of our report dated April 14, 2008, relating to the consolidated
financial statements and financial statement schedule, which appears in this
Form 10-K. Our report contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s
ability to continue as a going concern.
April
14,
2008
BDO
Feinstein International AB
|
BDO
Feinstein International AB
|
|
|
/s/Johan
Pharmanson
|
/s/Tommy
Bergendahl
|
Authorized
Public Accountant
|
Authorized
Public Accountant
|
CERTIFICATION
OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT
TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I,
Mikael
Hagman, certify that:
1.
I
have
reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Neonode Inc.;
2.
Based
on
my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,
in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based
on
my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included
in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this report;
4.
The
registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing
and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting
(as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
a)
Designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries,
is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control
over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated
the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this
report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed
in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The
registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation
of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b)
Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees
who
have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting.
Date:
April 14, 2008
|
/s/
Mikael Hagman
|
|
|
Mikael
Hagman
|
|
|
President
and Chief Executive
|
|
CERTIFICATION
OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT
TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I,
David
W. Brunton certify that:
1.
I
have
reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Neonode Inc.;
2.
Based
on
my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,
in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based
on
my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included
in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this report;
4.
The
registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing
and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting
(as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
a)
Designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries,
is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control
over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated
the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this
report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed
in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The
registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation
of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b)
Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees
who
have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting.
Date:
April 14, 2008
|
/s/
David W. Brunton
|
|
|
David
W. Brunton
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer, Vice President, Finance and
Secretary
|
|
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF
2002
In
connection with the annual report of Neonode Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “report”), the undersigned, Mikael
Hagman, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and David W. Brunton, Chief
Financial Officer of the Company, each certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as
adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to our
knowledge:
1.
|
The
report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;
and
|
2.
|
The
information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operation of the
Company.
|
Dated:
April 14, 2008
/s/
Mikael Hagman
|
|
/s/
David W. Brunton
|
Mikael
Hagman
|
|
David
W. Brunton
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
This
certification accompanies the Form 10-K to which it relates, is not deemed
filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by
reference to any filing of Neonode Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before
of after the date of the Form 10-K), irrespective of any general incorporation
language contained in such filing.